FEDERAL DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF ETHIOPIA
MINISTRY OF WATER RESOURCES
BARO-AKOBO RIVER BASIN INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT
MASTER PLAN STUDY
“■ • 4 ■ ' '

WARWICK. U. £.FEDERAL DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF ETHIOPIA MINISTRY OF WATER RESOURCES
baro-akobo river basin integrated development MASTER PLAN STUDY
ANNEX 2
NATURAL RESOURCES
Part 1
Annex 2A
Land Evaluation
Annex 2B
Soils and Soil Conservation —
Annex 2C
Geologv
Annex 2D
Mineral Resources
Annex 2E
Forestry^
Annex 2F
Wildlife
Annex 2G
Tourism
Annex 2H
Apiculture
TAMS-ULC Bnro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Doclopmeoi Mister PlanINDEX OF VOLUMES AND ANNEXES
Volume I:EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Volume n:Resource Base and Development Options
Volume IB:MASTER PLAN DEVELOPMENT Volume IV:.... Project Area Maps
Volume V................................ PRE FEASIBILITY STUDIES
ANNEXES
1. WATER RESOURCES
Annex IA Climatology
Annex IB Hydrology
Annex IC
Flood Studies
Annex ID Ground Water
Annex IE
Reservoir Operation Studies
Annex IF Sediment Studies Annex 1G
Annex 1H Irrigation Projects Annex II
Annex IJ Hydropower Projects
Water Resources Cost Estimating Water Supply Projects
2. NATURAL RESOURCES
Annex 2A Land Evaluation
Annex 2B Annex 2C .. Annex 2D
,,,,
Soils and Soil Conservation Geology
.... Mineral Resources
Annex 2E ............................................. Forestry' Annex 2F Wildlife
Annex 2G Tounsm
.Annex 2H
Annex 21
. .. Apiculture Agriculture
Annex 2J Renewable Energy Annex 2K,,, Fisheries
Annex 2L Livestock
J. SOCIO-ECONOMICS
.Annex 3 A
Population Aspects
Annex 3B............................................... Socio-Ethnic Groups .Analysis Annex 3C Economic Infrastructures
Annex 3D............................................. Social Infrastructures
.Annex 3E Economic and Financial Analysis Annex 3F Institutional Support
4 ENVIRONMENT
Annex 4
........ Environment
1 AMS-ULG Baro-Akoba River Basin Integrated Development Master Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
ANNEX2A
LAND EVALUATION
TAMS-ULG Baro-Aknbo River Bnim Integrated Dn-tloptnefit Muster Plan._______________________________ __________________________ _________________________________________________________natural resources
ANNEX 1A, LAND EVALUATION
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION-
2. ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
3. SECTOR INSTITUTIONS—
A ANALYSIS AND MAPPING —
4 I Introduction
4.2 Analysis .................. .............
7.2 / Land Lfcfl CfrW.......... .............
2 2 Lund Untfs+..........
4.2.3 Land Evahtatton.......... ......
4 3 Results
7 J 1 Land Use Cover ....................-
7. 3.1 Lund Evaluation ....................
5, PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN
.APPENDICES
Appendix ! Tables
Appendix 2 Description of Soilsand Land Units, ARDCO-GEOSERV Appendix 3. Crop Environmental Requirements
TABLES
20
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table S Table 9 Table 10
Data Sources 
Structure and definition of suitability classification
Limits of Units for SCRC Classes
Comparison of Land Unit Mapping Units
Principal Crops of the Baro-Akcbo Basin
Land Cover Mapping Legend..
Area in Each Population Support Capacity Mapping Unit Land Suitability - Upper Basin
Land Suitability - Lower Basin
-4
-
(If..
■ It
iiri
Criteria for Imgable Land - Nan-Rice Crops
« #■ ■
... 2
.6
.. 7
... 9
.10 11
.12 ..13
.15
16
Table 11
Area of land Suitable for Irrigation. Non-Rice crops (knr)
Table 12
3
Land Suitable for Irrigation of Rice (km )
..17
17
Table 13
Area of SCRC Mapping Units .
IS
Table 14
Summary of Recommended Land Uses
Table 15
SCRC Units and Corresponding Land Capability Mapping Units
Table 16
IS
19
Areas in each Slope Class
■
- r 19
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2A -iNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND evaluation
acronyms
ALUP CEC FAO
GIS
.Assistance to Land Use Planning (FAO, 1984)
Cation Exchange Capacity
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
Geographical Information System
LUPRD
Land Use and Planning Regulatory Department
LIT
Land Utilisation Type (FAO, 1984)
MLUP MONDREP
Master Land Use Plan
Ministry of Natural Resources Development and Environmental
Protection
PSC
SCRC
Population Support Capacity
Soil Conservation Requirement Classification
WBISPP
Woody Biomass inventory and Strategic Planning Project
TAMS-ULG Bira-Akobo ftiwr Bum Inie(r*Rd Devtiopmmt Maner
2A - iiNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
1. 
INTRODU
CTION
The
objective of
this repor
t
is 
t
he
an
alysis 
of
the
existing
data
on
land
resources
in
order
to
produ
ce relevant
thematic 
m
ap
s 
a
nd
tables 
T
hese
include
a
map
show
ing the
pres
ent la
nd
cover of the basin with tabulations of the areas; a land capacity map showing potential suitability This resulted in the production of a comparative table listing 19 Land Capability Mapping Units, which were generalised to 7 units. This was in order to make comparisons between the various land evaluation systems used in the project area and the identification of major soil and land constraints to agricultural production, including their distribution. The latter is based on the limiting factors of the tabulated Soil Conservation Requirement Classes (Table 13 in this volume refers),
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developmem Master P|an
2A - 1natural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
2. ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DAT A
The quality and reliability of base data on land resources has been reviewed during the inception phase (Inception Report Volume 2, Seaion 1 refers) and will not be repeated in this Final Report A list of consulted data sources is included at Table 1
Table 1 Data Sources
Topic
Source
Land Use
Mapping urut/attribute
data
Land uscland
cover
1 ARDCO-GEOSERV from WBISPP land cover maps combined with LUPRD agro-ecological zones and interpretation of TM images
2 Selkhozpromexport studv
Soil and terrain analysis
Land units
1 ARDCO-GEOSERV field soil survey and remote sensing data
2 Selkhozpromexport field soil survey
data
1 Land Evaluation
Environmental
i requirements
Land utilisation
types
J---------------------—
1 Assistance to Land Use Planning vol. 3, FAO 1984
2 Consultants estimates
1, Assistance to Land Use Planning vol. 3, FAO 1984
1 2 Consultants estimates
Soil Conservation conservation
measures
1 1 Soil Conservation Research Project
i reports
Population Support
Capacity
1 Master Land Use Plan. Main Report
1 FAO 1988
The difficulty has been that the studies for the Upper and Lower Basin used different systems of soil and land classification and land use and land suitability This has meant that a degree of subjectivity has been used in standardising the mapping units for the present study
Data on land use and land cover has been extracted from two main sources zonal government offices and national projects principally the WBISPP Woody Biomass lnve'ntorv and Stnitemc Planning Project. 1595).
The data from zonal offices suffer from three disadvantages:
TAMS-ULG BiroAkobo River Bmmd Integrated Development Master Plan
2A-2natural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
• the data cive the tabulated areas of different land uses and does not identify their
spatial location;
• the local government boundaries have changed during the life of the project making
historical comparisons very difficult, and
• the land use categories used by zonal offices are different from those used by WBISPP.
The WBISPP data arc based on satellite imagery' from the late 1980s with some updating in the early 1990s The data cannot be considered to reflect the change in land use that has taken place ui the basin over the last ten years
The mapping scale of the three environmental data sources mentioned in Table 1 are at best at the reconnaissance survey level, having a field scale of 1 200,000 in the Lower Basin (Soyuz 
1983-1986 and at 1:250,000 in the Upper Basin (ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995) Al this level of study, the basic planning unit would contain a relatively large and would include a certain amount of inevitable inaccuracies The soil and land classification systems used by the studies of Soyuz and ARDCO-GEOSERV were based on different principles and different levels of survey intensity. To combine the thematic maps of these studies, each mapping unit was assigned a specific Baro-Akobo land mapping unit number (refer to Table 4. page 9 and Table
1 1 Appendix I), totalling 44 mapping units The original mapping units have discrete characteristics which were attached to the relevant Baro-Akobo land mapping units
TAMS-ULG BaroAkob* Ri^r Basin Integrated Detdopmen?Master P|M
2A-3ANNEX 2A. land evaluation
5aTCRA1.MS0111CEL—____________ _—---------------- —----------------
3. SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
Under the Ministry of Agriculture there are two departments which have responsibility for land use planning The Department of Watershed Development and Land Use and the Department of Land Use Studies and Rural Technology Development share the concerns regarding land use matters and soil conservation It should be noted that a new structure for the Ministry is currently under consideration (Section 113, Annex 3F, refers)
TAMS-ULG Bin^Akbbtt River Basin lntegrsted De'<-W,nafnt MM,tr Flannatural resources
annex ia. land evaluation
4. analysis and mapping
4.1. Introduction
The physical basis for land evaluation is the land unit which is defined in Lhis study as an area of land with similar patterns of soil and land characteristics Land units are not uniform, they represent identifiable and repeating patients of land and at the level of master planning they are necessarily broad A land unit for example, will include soils of different texture and drainage and land with a range of slopes This means that any land evaluation based on these units will be a generalisation
The land evaluation undertaken follows the method outlined in the Framework for Land Evaluation (FAO 1976 and 1983) The framework is a standard set of principles on which a system of land evaluation can be developed An important characteristic of the framework is that the intended land use and the level of management envisaged must be defined For example, land can be evaluated in a general way for major land uses such as rainfed agriculture during a reconnaissance survey or more specifically for a land utilisation type such as smallholder, rainfed maize during a more detailed study
This classification does not forecast yield reduction by suitability class divisions It would take a considerable number of field trials and land evaluation surveys before yield levels could be included in the system. The use of fertilisers would also play an important role in the eventual yield level In any case this classification is only one step in the land evaluation process The final land classes are based on the FAO Soil Conservation Requirements Classification (Table 3 refers)
It should be emphasised that the Soil Conservation Requirements Classification (SCRC) slope class divisions have been modified to allow for the inclusion of subclasses that indicate low- lying, swampy and waterlogged areas Erosion has also been identified.
The evaluation can be undertaken for current and potential suitability. Current suitability refers to the suitability lor a defined use of the land in its present condition without improvements Potential suitability refers to the suitability for a defined use after specified improvements have been achieved The structure of the suitability classification is summarised in Table 2
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akoto River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2 A - 5N ATU RAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. land evaluation
Table 2
Category Meaning
Structure and definition of suitability classification
Definition
Order
Kinds of suitability
Suitable
N
Not suitable
Degrees of
SI
S2
S3
Highly suitable
suitability within
order
Moderately
suitable
Marginally 
suitable
Subclass
Kinds of
limitation
N1
N2
e=erosion dnirainaue
Currently not suitable
Permanently not suitable
Land on which sustained use will yield benefits which justify inputs
Land which has qualities that appear to preclude sustained use No significant limitations to sustained use
Moderate limitations for sustained use
Land with limitations that make the sustained use of the land marginal
Limitations cannot be corrected at acceptable cost to the farmer Permanently not suitable
Source Framework for land evaluation, FAO, ! 976 and 1983.
The present study has prepared an evaluation, showing the cun-ent and potential suitability of the land The classification of cunent suitability will identify- the constraints to sustainable land use and. therefore, form the basis of a sector plan
A land classification based on the Soil Conservation Requirement Classification (SCRC) has also been used to identify- areas of land suitable for broad uses The SCRC is based on the Land Classification for Use in Soil Conservation, FAO 1988
According to this classification, the soil mapping units are assigned to One of eight classes in order of increasing erosion risk although other factors such as soil depth, stonincss and waterlogging are taken into account The project has changed the slope limits from those used by FAO The classes of the SCRC are summarised in Table 3
TAMS-ULG Bart>-Akobo River B*sia [me^rated Development Masier Plan
2A-tnatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Table 3 Limits of Units for SCRC Classes
SCRC
Class
Slope
Classes
(FAO)
Slope
Limit
(%}
Slope
Limit
in Degrees
Sub-class
Hazard
I
1
0-2
0-2.5°
1
none
II
2
2-8
2.5-5°
De
erosion
III
3
8-15
5-9°
Hie
erosion
1+2
<8
<5°
niw
intermittent waterlogging
IV
4
16-29
9-17°
IVc
erosion
1+2
<8
<5°
IVw
V
1
<2
<2 5’
V
regular waterlogging Perennial swamps
VI
5
30-50
17-25°
Vie
Erosion
VII
6
>50
>25°
Vile
1
severe erosion, soil depth
< 50 cm
Mil
6
> 50
>25°
Voids
soil depth < 25cm and 85 j % rock outcrops
6
> 50
>25°
VOIde
< 25 cm soil depth and severe erosion
4.2 Analysis
4.2.1 Land Use Cover
The interpretation of land use is limited to the WB1SPP mapping. This provides an indication of the land use and its general cover at a particular point in time but does not allow any interpretation of land use changes Despite repeated requests for additional data, none has been forthcoming.
Associated with land use is the concept of Population Support Capacity' (PSC) as developed by the Master Land Use Plan (MLUP, Technical Report I, FAO 1988). The model is useful for identifying areas already at, or approaching, the capacity of the land to support a particular population density Such information can be used in conjunction with data on land and soil characteristics to identify' areas of actual or potential degradation and as an aid to planning development options Further basic information regarding the usefulness of PSC in land planning is provided in section 4 3 1 on page I I
The population support capacity was calculated for each wereda depending on the resources available to meet the combined food, livestock and fuel wood requirements of the population. The model estimates the available food grain equivalent produced by the composite farming systems in a wereda, such as oxen requirements, income from sales of grain and costs of production The nummum area required for subsistence by a typical farm family is estimated in the model taking into account the basic nutrition and fuel needs of a farm family The model then calculates the number of farm families which can be supported by the available resources
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanANNEX 2A. LAND EVALVa^
natural resources
. , f nr^urtivitv The supportable number of famibes is compared in lhe
X^d°Xe estimates of family numbers based on population projections B
by the Master Land Use Plan
™ U) the model include a variety of land suitability and land use items as listed below The inputs to
♦
*
«
*
Zeas of potentially arable land defined as Length of Growing Period and expressed « >90 days, soils > 25cm deep, surface stones < 50-90%, slopes < 30 ,b and exclude vertisols Estimates of rural and urban population in 1985, 1995 and 2010
An oxen-to-cattle conversion factor to compute the minimum number of cattle required by the farming system
Potential fuclwood production per hectare
Potential forage production per hectare
Human nutrition at 162.6 kg grain equivalent per year per capita Cattle nutrition levels at 2,280 kg dry matter per year
The results of the model show the actual number of families in a wereda as a percentage of the supportable number as calculated by the model The resulting percentage can be either positive or negative depending on whether the particular wereda is projected to be over or under supported by the land capacity The mapping legend is as follows
• No pressure on the land from future population increase - no pressure
• Population at capacity within 25 years - at capacity within 25 years
• Population at capacity within 10 years - at capacity within 10 years
• Population at capacity in 1995/96 - at capacity
• Population density critical, in 1995/96, relief measures required: - critical
The assumptions used in the model allow the calculation of a PSC that can be thought of as a worst case situation In most areas, for example, slopes in excess of 30% are extensively used as are vertisols; the land is capable of supporting more families than the model predicts but at the cost of environmental degradation The Population Support Capacity however does provide a base line against which to measure the extent and scale of the potential problems facing a particular area
4.2.2 Land Units
The land units used in the evaluation for the upper basin are those defined by ARDCO- GEOSERV The units are classified firstly on the basis of major landform and then according to soil charactensues within landform units The total number of units defined in this wav amount to 108 However, many of Jem are considered to be sufficiently similar enoueh to be grouped together Descnptions of the upper basm Soils and Land units are riven in
Appendix 2.
'
The definition of land units tn the lower basin is similar to soils with similar properties grouped together to give six major groups which are in turn sub-divided according to topography soil depth and hydro-physical properties The mapping unit is used in this study and thrTJmvLlrnt ARDCO-GEOSERV and Selkhozpromexport units are shown in Table 4
TA.MS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Binn Integrated Development Master Plan
2A -SNATURAL RESOURCES
annex 2A. land evaluation
Table 4 Comparison of Land Unit Mapping Units
Baro-.Akobo Land
Mapping Units
ardco-
GEOSERV
Mapping Units
Baro-Akobo Land
Mapping Units
ARDCO-
geoserv
/Soyuz Mapping
Units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
MO 1
MO 2
MO 3
MO 4
MO 5
MO 6
Hl 1
Hl 2
HI 3
HI 4
HJ 5
PI I
PI 2
Pl 3
Pl 4
Pl 5
PI 6
PU 1
PU2
PU 3
PU 4
PU 5
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3/
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
PU6
PU7
PUS
PL 1
PL 2
PL 3
PL 4
PL 5
Sqyi/z l/ruts M
lb
Ic
Ha
lib
lie
Hla
lib
IVq
IMr
IVc
Va
Vb
".1
4.2.3 Land Evaluation
Land Utilisation Types
The level of management assumed in the definition of land utilisation types for the current suitability is as follows
1. Rainied, smallholder subsistence agriculture with low levels of inputs and reliant on family labour,
2 Ramfed, estate production of tea and coffee with high level of inputs,
3 Irrigated (commercial or smallholder) cropping with a high level of management
The potential suitability assumes improved rainfed smallholder subsistence agriculture with adequate inputs of fertiliser and, importantly, soil conservation measures
The crops considered in the land evaluation have been taken from those currently grown in the area plus a few considered to have potential The major crops grown in the Basin are shown in Table 5
TAMS-ULG Biio-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Mailer PlanANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
NATURAL RESOURCES
Table 5 Principal Cr0Ps of the Bar°-Akobo Basin-
Major crops
Lower Basin
fCereals
Upper Basin
teff, wheat, barley, millet,
maize, sorghum 1
sorghum, maize, rice
1 Grain legumes
field peas, horse bean, faba bean, chick pea
soybean, lentils
Oilseeds
niger. linseed, sesame
sesame, groundnuts,
sunflower, rapeseed
Vegetables
cabbage, canot, tomato, potato, sweet potato
onion, pepper, sweet potato
1 Spices
turmeric, cardamom, coriander, ginger
1 Fruit
banana, orange [ banana, mango
i
Other
coffee, chilli, tea, sweet cotton, sugarcane
, potato
Source ARDCO-GEOSERV, for 1992/3 and Sclkhozpromexpon. 198"
The land evaluation in the upper basin has been undertaken for maize, teff, ensete, groundnut, grain legumes, wheal, tea and coffee A composite class has been used for gram legumes based on the requirements for faba bean and pea In the lower basin the crops considered are cotton, sugar cane, rice, sorghum, maize, sesame, groundnut and soybean Rice and sugar cane have been included as they have a high potential under the conditions in the lower basin
Environmental Requirements
The environmental requirements for the crops proposed in the land use planning have been modified in accordance with the guidelines provided in Assistance to Land Use Planning (ALUP) Volume 3, Environmental Requirements (FAO, 1984). The requirements as given by ALUP are restricted for land suitability classes SI, S2 and N as their evaluation was at the reconnaissance level It has been necessary to establish requirements to distinguish classes SI and S2 to enable an evaluation based on the classes as set out in Table 2
The environmental requirements for the crops considered in the land evaluation are included as Appendix 3 Each land unit includes a range of soils, landforms and altitude, so some land units have been designated subclasses, for example S2/S3, to reflect this
4.3 Results
4.3.1 Land Use Cover
The land use mapping is based on the land cover map of the WBISPP The legend has been simplified from the original and is shown in Table 6 This study indicates that some 40% of the land cover consisted of open woodland at the time of data collection (WBISPP 1995) °
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development Muter Plan
2A- 10NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Table 6 Land Cover Mapping Legend
Class
Description
Area (km )
1
%
BO
open bushland 20-50% cover
1106 49
1 46 1
Cl
rainfed cultivation > 60% cover
13933 40
18.36
C2/FB3
moderate cult! vat ion/verv disturbed forest
1412 50
1 86
C2>GO
moderate cultivahotVopen grassland
154 84
0.20
------- -—.-^=--------------
C6
perennial cultivation
138 70
0 18
' C6/FB3
perennial cultivation, very disturbed forest
255 91
0.34
C6/FP1
nerenntal cultivation-major plantation
27.68
0 04
, FB2
disturbed forest
3350 82
4.4]
FB3
ven disturbed forest
10834.85
14.27
FB3/C6
very disturbed forest/perennial cultivation
1361.84
179
' FB3/G0
very disturbed forest/open grassland
104 87
0.14
FO/WO
bamboo/open woodland
196.17
0,26
FR2
undisturbed riparian forest
904 11
1.19
SF
state farm
18 53
002
WD
dense woodland > 50% cover
6256 50
8.24
UTVWO
dense/open woodland
1181.37
156
WO
open woodland < 50% cover
31503 92
41.50 1
WO/GO
dense woodland/open grassland
2563 26
3 38 ||
WOWD
open dense woodland
604.81
0 80
Total
75,910.57
100 00 I
Source BAROAKOBO Water Resources Master Plan. GIS from WBISPP data.
Population Support Capacity (PSC)
The concept of population support capacity (PSC) in agricultural planning has been developed in the Master Land Use Plan prepared by the FAO. It is described in their Technical Report No. I, 1988 The concept is a useful tool to identify areas that are at or near pre-determined levels of population densities that would be too high for the soil and water resources of the area to support a specific population density. This information could be used in connection with data on land and soil degradation In other words, the PSC could provide advance warning that a particular area could be incapable of supporting a forecasted density of population within a specified period. Appropriate counter measures to remedy such conditions could then be taken.
Further details concerning the PSC model is provided in Volume II, Chapter 5 In addition, Chapter 3, Section 3 2.4 provides a discussion of the data base generated with the help of the GIS The data base has been generated from three existing sets: ARDCOGEOSERV GIS Selkhozpromexport (Soyuz) study and the WBISPP TAMS-ULG coUated data collected in the field from central and local government offices. The Woody Biomass study was probably the first to create an extensive data base that used the PSC model This model, together with other data files extracted from the WBISPP was processed into Ajc/Info files These files were then integrated with the TAMS-ULG analysis, forming the basis for new interpretative
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Matter PlanrcAinrrc
NATURAL RESOURCES
annex 2a. land evai iia-n
diu, which included combmed basins’ soils and land units, land capacity and other then^
ThTpopidation support capacity maps were produced following the legend in section 4 2 j The area of each identified mapping unit is shown in Table 7 The area calculated as critic®] from the PSC model totals some 11,440 km‘ or 15% of the area The model is visually presented in Map 19 (Volume IV, Map Album)
Table 7 Area in Each Population Support Capacity Mapping Unit
Mapping Unit
Area (km )
3
%
Wereda (GIS code)
No pressure
30609 27
40 32
64,63,62.42,68,33,41,44j 43,35,46.36,69,37.38.30,
52.55.60,57,58.59.
At capacity (1995)
85 59
0.11
47
At capacity within 10 years
17535.92
23.10
34,9,10,24,21,17,14.32,2 1 9,27,39.67,48.51.70
At capacity within 25 years
16240.01
21.39
65,66,6,7.8,25,23,40,34,
31
( Critical (1995)
11440.97
1507
1,2,15,16,18,19.5,12,13. 28.26,45.53.54,49
Source BARO-AKOBO WaierResourcts Master Plan GIS from WBISPP, 1995 ~
4.3.7 Land Evaluation
Rainfed Crop Production
'
The results of the land evaluation are shown in Table 8 and 9 for the upper and lower basins respectively.
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter Plan
2A-12Table 8 Land Suitability - Upper Basin
Baro-Akobo
Land
Mapping Unit
ARDCO-
GEOSERV
Maize
Tell
Ensrtc
Groundnut
Grain
legumes
Wheat
Tea
Collet ||
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IS
14
15
16 M7
MO 1
MO 2
MO 3
MO 4
MO 5
MOG
Hi 1
Hi 2
Hi 3
Hi 4
Hi 5
Pi 1
Pi 2
Pi 3
Pi 4
Pi 5
Pi 6
N2 ’
tt
ri
S2ri
S2.,(Sl) S3 ,k(S2>
N2.i
N2.
S3*
SWS2)
S2-S3*
N2U
S3 (S2)
ltl
N2d
S3d(S2) S2US2) S2,(S1)
S2d(Sl)
SJdr
N2d
N2d
N2,i
S3|Wii
SStikii
S2-3*
N2,j
S3**
S2-3jv.il
S3*
N2d
S3d(S2)
S2pV.lL
S2|i/ iL
M2*
N2 *
lt
N2d/di
N2*
N2*
N2*
N2,i
N2 .
llw
NZjMgp N2 | ,i
fc
.
• N2,i * pcrnianenlly ivol suilable (N2) due lo slope
Explanation cf land sminbiliiy Jimiling I'aciois nil (uhiiudc), dr (drainage), Igp (length of growing pc.iiwl), dp (sell dcpiiil, pH (iKidily/alkzilmiiy tevel)- J (slope!
52^11
N2a
X ( if
N 2j ii/igp N2-
N 2 iMgp N2* >
lo
N2.m^
N2 ifi i
l jB
N2.v^
N 2^.11
N2|Waii
S3.vdP
S3*
S3.„
N2d
S3**
S2-3jv.ii
S2-3lh
N2dr
N2*jp
S3*
S3, n
Up
S3.H
N2*
N2BL-*it
NZ^ju
N2jV.Ii
S3*
S3*
S3*
N24
SSki/ih
S3bL.il
S3*
S3*
N2,i
S3*
S3*
S3*
S3*
SJlr
N2,i
N2.t
N2,i
S2tv.it
^iL/hK
N2*
S3**
32^*11
S 2^.11
S3drj.li
N2rf
S3**
S3**
S2*
S2*
Sid,
N2.i
N2j
N2*
S3,i
S3w
53^
N2„
M2.,
N24
N2d
N2
dp
S3AiL i|p
r
N2
lLdp
S3*
N2d,
N2U
si
SI
SI
N2*
S3*.lff
N2*d,
N2a*
S3*
S2-3*
N2Jr
N2,i
Sabini
Sl.ltlff
S3*yn
S3*tt[
N2JrTable 8 continued Land Suitability - Upper Basin
Baro-Akobo
Land
Mapping
Unit
ARDCO-
GEOSERV
Maize
TefT
Cnseie
Groundnut
Grain
Legumes
Wheat
Tea
Coffee
N2.i
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
PU 1
PU2
PU3
PU 4
PU 5
PU6
PU 7
PU8
PI. 1
PI . 2
PL 3
PL 4
PL 5
N2j.jp
N2j
N2j
S3m(S2)
S2j
S2XS1) S2j(SI)
NU
S3-NL
S2j
S3^fSn S2.^i S2,Kt>
N2.i
N2j
S3-Nd S3.KS2)
S2j
S2d
S2.i
N2*
S3 jzsh
S3.»
N2j,
N2,it
N2.h
N2,Wp
N2j
N2d
S3j.h
S2.v«i<
S1-2.H
SI-2,i,
Nk
N2.n
N2.1,
N2.i,
N2.h
N2,u
N2u
N2j
N2j
N2.n
N2.„
N2,ii
N2.h
N2.k
S3.
(1
S2-3j
N2*
S2pu
S2 *»l-
N2j
N2.t
S3.i(S2)
S3d(S2)
S3.,(S2)
S2.i(SI)
S2,i(Sl)
N2*
S3.u
S3.u
N2.h
N2.U
N2.h
N2y N2.i N2j 53.,
S2j
S2p„
S2p»t
Nld,
S3-Nj
N2*
S3.j,
53.1,
N2.i
N2j
S2.ii
S2.i,
S2.u
N2,h
SZigp
S3.i(S2)
N2*
N2.h
N2.u
N2.tl
N2.i
N2j
S2.i
S2.i
SI
SI
N2d,
S3u(S2)
SI
N2dr
N2.ii
N2,u
VTable 9 Land Suitability - Lower Basin
: Baro- Akobo
Land
Mapping
Unit
Russian
Unit
Cotton
Sugar
ciinc
Rice
Sorghum
Mahe
Sesame
Groundnut
Soybean 'J
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
la
lb
Ic
[la
Jib
lie
Illa
nib
lVa
IVb
IVc
Va
Vb
VI
S2f„
S2cl
S2.,
S3„
S3B
S3ta
Nl (S2-3 )
dd
Nlj(S2-3d) Nl (S2-3 )
dd
Nl (S2-3 )
dd
Nl (S2-3 )
dd
N2jf
N2jf
N;
SL
SI
SI
S2l,
S2ta
S2u
S3XS2j) S3 (S2 )
dd
S3j(S2j) Nh(S2u) NlXS2a)
N2Jf
N2„f
Nj
S2j
S2U
S2U
Nl
u
Nlu
S3B
S3*
S3^
Si
SI
SI
Nir
Nlf
n2
SI
SI
SI
S2tt
S2U
S2U
S3XS2j)
S3j(S2d) S3 (S2 )
dd
NU(S2-3d> NU(S2-M
N2*
N2ar
_________ -
S2
S2
S2
S2U
S2u
S2u
Nld(S2-3j) Nl (S2-3 )
dd
Nl (S2-3 )
ad
NU(S2-36) N1j(S2-3j) N2,!,
1 N2jf L^—„
S2U
S2ta
S2U
SI
SI
SI
Nl (S3,)
a
N1j(S3j)
Nh(S3d)
Nld(S3d)
Nld(S3j)
N2<
N2dJ
2L
S2„
S2U
S2U
SI
SI
SI
Nl (S3 )
dd
Nl (S3 )
dd
Nld(S3j)
Nl (S3 )
dd
N14S3J
N2jf
N2df
N,
S2B
S2b
S2u
SI
SI
SI
N1j(S3j)
Nh(S3d)
Nl (S3 )
dd
N |j(S3j>
NMS34
N2df
N2
jr
N;natural resources
I oHtMbilitv is Riven in brackets after the current suitability Not all
?* Vidors iified canbe overcome with the resources available to the farmer and so^
w altitude or length of growing period cannot be altered For this reason a pot^
suitability' is not always given
The limiting factors included in the suitability evaluation are given in Appendix 3 The dominant limitation throughout the upper basin is slope and to a much lesser extent impeded drainage in valley bottoms. Soil depth and stoniness are a limitation only on the steeper slopes Soil fertility critena are included in the environmental requirements but the soil data indicate that, with the exception of phosphorus and to a lesser extent nitrogen, organic matter, potassium and CEC levels are generally high Only soil acidity has been identified as a problem in some soils where the values may be as low as pH 4 0
In the lower basin the major limiting factors are texture, drainage and flooding Land mapping units 31 to 36 are suitable for a range of crops whereas units 37-41 are only suitable for rice Units 42-44 are either prone to prolonged flooding or are very shallow and are therefore unsuitable for crop production (Table 9 refers)
Irrigated Crop Production
The critena used to define imgable land are given in Table 10 Following the definitions the areas of irrigable land in the basin have been summarised and are presented in Table 11.
Criteria for Irrigable Land - Non-Rice Crops
annex 2A. land evaluation
~*" ^r-ar-,,,
r
Criteria
Suitable land
Moderately
Suitable
Not Suitable
Slope
<2%
2-8%
Soil depth
> 150 cm
>8%
>150 cm
Texture
< 150 cm
sandy loam to heavy loams
clays
loamy sand, sand
Drainage
well to moderately well drained
imperfectly drained, somewhat excessively drained
poorly drained, excessively drained
Flooding
no flooding
no flooding
intermittent flooding
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akotoo River Basin integrated DeveJopmrnf Marte Pt m
r
2A-16NATURAL RESOURCESANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Table 11 Area of land Suitable for Irrigation, Non-Rice crop* (km )
Land Mapping
Unit
Suitable
(km )
2
Moderately Suitable
(km )
1
6
10
H
15
16
17
23
24
25
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
88
451
132
329
2498
190
1377
488
2458
1 15
196
1970
1665
628
40
1518
88
Total
2,277.00
11.954 00
The area of irrigable land in each land unit has been found by assuming that 60% of the gross area of the unit is suitable for irrigation This is to reflect the fact that the mapping units are not homogeneous and include a range of soil and land characteristics The area of vertisols in each unit has also been excluded The total area of the basin suitable for irrigation of non-rice crops totals 14,231 km of which 16% is suitable and 84% moderately suitable.
2
The irrigation suitability mapping units have been modified to show a class for marginally suitable land This is necessary because it is not possible to reduce the mapping units by 40% of their area and so the area of land moderately suitable for irrigation would be over- represented The area of land suitable for the irrigation of rice is given in Table 12
Table 12 Land Suitable for Irrigation of Rice (km')
Land Unit
Suitable
Moderately
Suitable
Potentially
Irrigable
31
32
33
36
37-41
1665
628
40
88
4269
Total
756.00
1,665,00
4,269 00
TAMS-ULG B>ro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Master PlanANNEX 2A. LAND EVALt ATlo
natural resources
s
The UMS » Table 12 have been arrived at after deducting 40% of the gross area as fo, Tlt!t 11 The area of potentially suitable land ts that suffering from limitations of flooding ana,, very poor drainage and which require substantial investment to overcome
Land Capability Gasification
.
The land capability' classification is based on the SCRC (Soil Conservation Requirements Classification) units The area of each of the eleven SCRC units is given in Table 13
Table 13 Area of SCRC Mapping Units
j SCRC Gass Area (tan2)
l> “T
ne
me
in w
IV e ivw Vw Vsh Vis vie Vile
| \TD ds | MR de
2275
19,259
Recommended Land Use
annual crops/perennial annual crops/perennial
11,844 annual crops/perennial
9,705 annual crops
2,619 perennial/annual crops marginal
7,554
4,823
non-agncultural
non-agncultural
2,084 , non-agncultural
3,351
5,999
2,683
2,408
perennial crops/grazing perennial crops/grazing forestry
catchment protection
1,302 i catchment protection
I 1984)
Table 13 identifies the major limitations to land use and recommends the most suitable use for the land The areas of recommended land uses are summarised in Table 14
Table 14
Summary of Recommended Land ties
■—
Recommended Land Um
Area (km )
J
as % of total
Annual crops/perennial
Perennial crop&'grazing
forestry
catchment protection
non-acricultural
-------- -------------- ■ - —----------- —----------------- _
36,000/9,705
9,350
2,683
3,710
14,465
Total
60 20
12.32
3 56
4 86
19 06
75.910
100 00
The SCRC classes have been mapped as land capability units using the land units as mapping units The land units usually correspond to a single SCRC class but some contain two For this reason the following SCRC units have been mapped, Table 15
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Baud Integrated Develop meat Master Plan
2A- 18ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
NATTHtAL RESOURCES
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Muter PlanN ATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LANDEValu
Table 15 SCRC Units and Corresponding Land Capability Mappj
ng ( nj(
-
Land Capability-
Mapping Unit
SCRC Class
Land Mapping Units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
I
DE
IRE
mw
IVE
TVW
vis
VIE
VUE
\THDS
VfflDE
i/mw
I/IVW
iv w/n e
niE/rvw
rv w/m w VHEATHDE
VW
L VSh
32,33,36
15,16,31,34,35
5,6,9,14,23,24
10,22,37,38
13,26,27
39,40.41
4,20
8.21
2
1.7,18.
3.12 
30 1
29
17,28
11 1
25
19
42.43
44
|
The project has also used the GIS (Section 3.2, Volume II refers) to calculate the areas in different slope classes The slope class units and the areas are given in Table 16.
T ’bk 16 Arewin«ch Slope Class
Slope Class (%)
0-2
2-8
1 8-16
16-30
30-50
Code
2
3
4
5
6
Area (Ion )
| Total
—
1
~T9.43O j 23,944
14,922
10,786
5.039
789 J ----------- ... 75,910 ~T
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Miner Plan
2A-20NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
5. PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN
A number of development priorities have been considered These priorities are mainly concerned with environmental degradation and population increases
1 The “Without Project" situation has been reviewed in relation to soil conservation. Details are provided in Volume 2 1, Annex 2B. where three options have been discussed It has been noted that siltaticn and sedimentation are the major problems for the proposed dams and irrigation projects
2 Population increase in the areas identified as most at risk would accelerate erosion Proposals have been prepared and are described in Volume 2.1 .Annex 2B
3 Basin catchment protection in order to reduce excessive run-off and the rehabilitation of eroded and deforested land
TAMS-LLG
R|„r Bks„, tatelsr>ted
2A - 21
--------------^ATtRALRESOVRCES______________ _____ -
REFERENCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
_
A Framework for Land Evaluation FAO of the UN, Rome, 1976 and 198j
Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study of Water and Land Resources of the Gambela Plain Volume V, Annex 4 Soils and Their Possible Uses.
Booker Tropical Soil Manual, Longmans 1984
Master Land Use Plan, Annex 1 Population Supporting Capacity FAO, 1988
Master Land Use Plan, Annex 2 Regional Profile of Land Resources FAO, 1988
Master Land Use Plan. Annex 3 Regional Profiles of Livestock and Fuelwood FAO 1988
Master Land Use Plan, Main Report FAO, 1988
Reconnaissance Master Plan for the Development of the Natural Resources of the Rift Valiev Lakes Basin, Final Report, Volume 2 Land Resource Assessment, 1992
Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3a Land Use and Cover, 1995
Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3b Soils, 1995 Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report. Volume 3c Land
Suitability' Classification, 1995.
\^o°dy Biomass and Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, Annex 2, Land Use Systems,
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Man(.r Pl<ln
2A-22natural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Appendix 1
Tables
Table 1.1. Generalised Land Capacity Classes and Corresponding Land Units. SCRC Classes and ARDCO-GEOSERV and SOYUZ Mapping Units
Table 1.2. l-and Units/Land Capacity vs FAO Classification
Table I 3. Land Units Distribution per Wweda (% of wereda area) Tabic 1.4. Land Capacity Distribution per Were da (% of waeda area)
TAMS-ULG Bsro-Akobo River Baiin Integrated development Master Plannatural resources
annex 2A. land evaluate
.. i I And Capacity Classes and Corresponding Land Units. SCRC Clas^
Table 1.1 G‘”mh
^^
J 0P 0E-0sERV and SOYUZ Mapping Unns
Land Capacity
Land Capability
Mapping Units
SCRC
Generalised
Mapping Units
ardco-geoserv
Subclasses
(19 classes to 7)
(Table 15. refers)
& Selkhompro.
(FAO. 198S)
Knnuil with some
renniil crops
Mainly annual
crops with
isolated patches
of perennial crops
or. slopes of
less than 29%
Some minor
areas of intermittent
flooding may occur
MO5
MO6
on-agricultural low
lying arras
Regularly
waterlogged.
cropping possible on
weeding flood
erennial crops and
limited grazing
Land on slopes tn
excess of 30% and
Forested land
less than 50%
4
Land on slopes in
Catcbmrat
excess of 50%
5
[Protectioo
VTIIDS
Land on slopes in
excess of 50%.
vnros
with shallow and
V1UDS
rocky sods
Mainly
6
non-agricultural
Waterlogged areas
ith isolated patches
mixed with areas
V1IIDE
VIHDE
live
IVW/11E
f annual cropping
I crops
suitable for annual
rvwiiE
UIE4VW
Forested land
1
tvw/uiw
n rock) outcrops
land tn excess of 50%
viiE/vm
stope uilh soil depth
<25cm A 85A
outcrops
TAMS*ULG BaroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2 A. land evaluation
TA_MS-ULG B»ro-Akotx> River Basin Imtgnied Development Muter PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Table 1.4 Land Capacity Distribution per Wereda (% of Wereda area)
APJVM
Hcg
GidiPit
AsjjJo
I grii Hjto
Kete
DaJc Wjbera
Pda StA
IjJc falc
SrvO
trir* ■ GeLm
Supe * Sodo
Hik________
LXraw
Dm. Uto
-ir.
St. pas
Setenu
AatlmcJu
Ytb
-.■M
______
■Gnha Tmisbjj
Inwajj YaA LJOldU
SUM Mjji
hjai
J'jawu
■Gjjg a Jer
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan________________________________________________________________NATURAL resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Appendix 2.
Description of Soils and Land Units ARDCO-GEOSERV
TAMS-ULG BuroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development Mister PlanT-nijl IJrvl
Simftaih
FfkxllVE
toil
d*pih. Icml
i *||M H-IVI al I b'N ihil Jl h >ra. kHU* »
It+hUiiktk *
Thfilir Nd i*-»h f J »HvJ m 11I1 IUhmAic kAiixJt, IhfilM- A ( hrnifwt
L mi tali (2O**jL EuCii< C^nKfili
TtllJr I hy Hi wuK
(5-pbutJ |O%
______ ____
IIj^Ik NiIImJ* (KM wiih mii«i|J» t
nd liWh rMbfriwltiCU'*) I Mm*
k M ibrja f I J%1, V«rtn I *n i**i| 1
x Pyihnc l.rpaLkw-Ji 11 >«fcjL
1 «l* «J.
Cfcamic < wMHjIh IO*.j ____________ ____
1 'Imr i™ fIbi
I tif«l- r N«u» >11 (A *»*■ Hida J * *it
Ih UK j_‘amhnH|» fWtj__________________
■ i«> 1* cky lutiH
Ittair
CIM b-Jbl'K/*.)
mih
Voyibd p*tiJi
hi l» il«y
DjurK J luMMih |
IkiH*n M bciy 
,ljll
I^ijiKritnilNi»iFi
I AbukLarJ
M i*h L ul«k! I epifc^lH
• I
I i^k. 1 r JJh. Ji kliiivti
1 i» bun iii
Owwl wwlifaHt]__________________ . Pj uric (.‘Mitliituh < A«oc<u< J
• a* IhpJrt ArcFiawIi f IOM.
I uhic I ejiUmIi (icn»x
4
E»ari< Vc/ii*bIi {IO */_
| : uUIC VrJIraull (IWllJ, I J«plK
Nhjwh I Mb* ij it uh umplfA«il
IUidUic Nimiih fl lfc*J, Dyw*
X Fifth t'jrnbiMili (Iv’-)
1.1 rriMidi kidwn
Hiweifcilh
I >>Hut ChintMinli
mill Eutiic Vr*hi*l« (
IMKialcJ
h> 144L4?
1 kJ likctk) k««ni
1 bn ln«ni hl
Euirirt'Jv*it'll* I ?■**•!ainninlnl n Illi I' uLI Ik X Fl 1 Iiute 1 >r• 1 11 £ wi bb«al* I
VrrvdLfkp*)iih boihA 1a inj
Jllk JiriHMM
tljfL rcd*li«h ba<tm*u Im ili/k 1 cd ________
I luk icdikdt *«LAkb| 1I> H-iLliih Nrw.1 llmmili* «L>LColour
torture
ClauilktHMMi (FAO . I9MII)
umly
*“1’
Kovk Stw facer
MO 113*01.I_________ ___________
I »ll<IL I L'|*Io»1»(b
l‘U2J. Pi II. Hl ’
1x12.1*1.1 J __
IJ.IUU
dr. ilf h
30-W
UyMik Cambi—li (lulhav |d»aw)
MO JI. 11114. lb 25.
5U-IIMJ
t li .-d * h
1630
llaplic Acriflg (Xlneny pl.aae)
xi<> 44. ru ii. M<>4t
■•16
d b.-v d b
A >50
Eulriv lx|><ou>li
MO 45. PU 34
25-30
d b.‘J l b
16 JO
EuUic Cambitoli (Lithic phaie)
PU44
25-50
ye -d rb
Clvoimc CambiwU (Lithic pluw)
lh 32. lb 44
15-50
Eutoc Camlmofe (Honey pbavc)
50-150
e.b.-d r
I lap/*- Lixiiob
100 150
> r.-J r b
Chromic Carnbriolr
d r.b -I b
Dyftric Canibnok
% d frk-v d h
r.b.-d r b
d f.li.-y r
d r.h -d r
Eulrrc Vertiwh ClutMitic l-uviioh I laplk Ijivi»oh
lUphc NiOioli
e.b.-d r.h
bJb V.d b .vd h
Rhodic Niliioh
IJyiUic Ihiviioh Eld/iv Hu *nol»
Eldin'
1 • Vootly drained
2 - Imperfectly drained
• Moderately well sirred
4 • WeM A.mol
' - Sowewtui eaeetvivtftv dt*
dark rcrfdiih
daik rejtlidi IntiMii tcddkdi
k*rv dark hrm««« iLuk UfuttH alm.k »•»>V Jr
I1 r
,,r
Uv| Land 11 Jills
PH (II2O|
tb|j M-aLI <T II 4.<l K
%
AiJil
PUB
failure
(ivd
1 idi
k
uhi/inof
1 uh
Ca
UieJ|[JOg
|-vi‘h
Mg
nrtHOflf
Cl u
top
IHCi lUOg
HAJil
SAT
1*J|I %
Svkl Ulin
IH N<>1 1
|mo i l iv 11
MJ Jt. MO 74, MO 75; MO II. MOM. I'd 22
1 2 pll ll4 l'i JI. lb 1 J.lhH.IJi 1 1. Ih 21. Ill 22, lb 11. PI, II
FLI2, PL 11
1 MOIL IVJ-IJIi 1.1. IT'21
4 MO -14. It' JI, M<>4<
s MO 45, IV n
a IV 44
7 fill JI. Hl 44
M MO 41, MO 47. Ji '64
hip mb tup mjL bup Mill
tup
ink
,
H.*kL lud'jLc*
. 5.5 6
' Hi
ill
di Ik
d
•
■
-
sl
-
1 ilFuc |Apli«u>lk.
12 - 2,4 4 5 - 3.0 il» ' I*
1
Hi
Hi
k
h
in
l-ll
C-il
Hi MIK Canilmcri) (L plwx) |
4 ■ 5.4 4 .1-52 li h h 1*
32 6.2 vlt vli th ill
3 4-60 42.6 1 Hi h Ok h
5 1J - 6 2 11-5.2 k in h III
61 6.7 II h Ik Ilk
5.4-56 4.9-3 2 II in 11 in
d
h
1*
h
li
IM
1
l-scl
ILpIkC AvtkdM L|4mkJ
<
l-m
Hi
ill
h
li
k
Sl
si
EllLftt I.C|tuMkli
d
Hi
ih
di
k
h
d-Kl
d-sd
Ewic- Cunknoln (l.-phaK i
vl
IM
Ik
di
m
rti
l-sl
c-sl
ClkfbMliv CtmblMll (L ■ phiiCj
l-m
Hi
ill
Hi
k
m
scl
sd
Fuiiiv < *iitliiw*lw (y fl nx)
MO 22,MO J4. Ft*4f,HJ 42
di .■
ift
Ik
ill
III
h
d-sl
c
1lii|*1ki. I.kxnuh
1’
lit J Ji JJ, Ili 42. Hi 45, fr 2 lr Pi 22. l'i J>. FUJI, HI 35
II P> JI. Pl* 25, FL M, PUL PL 22. PL 22. FL 24,I'L 25,
l'L42. Pi JI
U •J.4LFLJI
u Ji 14, IK 15, |b 16, Pi 14. P< J5 Pi42. Pi 4J. PUM
H 1 h 24. Hi J4. Hi 4L FV 52, I'M 55, Pi 25
.1 IO JJ, Hi Ji, 111 J7. llj JI, Ml, l'i 41,1*1 44. h »1.
i ,4J, r, »>. h 54, fUJ J, 1'IHJ. H f 45, l-U 46,1'U 51,
*' *
|l‘
5-54
5.2 di ill ni 1
15 vh 1* *6 in
1
li
in
II
k
1
c-scl
c-sd
OtfUflkK Cllklbuull
vl
Mi
*k
b
h
m
c
Kl
IJyiLric Ciriiknwli
4’ 1
'< 50 3 6 I 2.1 - 3 1 vli II ih in
50-641 41-19 d» Hi h
Vi
Hi
di '
li
Ik
h
c-sl
c-sd
I-PUhc Vcrtiwli
L1
1 -III
ill
ili
k
Ik
Ml
csl
c-sd
Clvuillh. l .UllftUii
5.5-51 5.1-5.7 III II ill k
LI -6.2 41->9 ill li vk h
Hn
ill
ilk
di
k
h
C’ll
c-ii
l|jr|»iiu l.innwk
*—
—
hit
ill
Hi
II
1*
ill
c-sd
c*d
llapliv NiIiiliI*
ll J*
IO JL Hi J L III W, Hi 4 L h 24. Pt* 62, I L .14. FL25,
p .26, PH 55
15-60
4 201
III
h
Hi
h
vl
di
Ik
h
li
1
cM
c-sd
KlbuJh NKiiuJ*
1/ 17 lM <>61,54*41
*
4-5 4
(.1-3.6
11
li
H
di
ili
h
h
1
cl-ji
c-sl
Ibpliic I-IuitwL
(
di
r
1 im ri 61, PL' M
P
51
5.2
300
li di
li
li ■"
di
ill
h
li
h
1
bls
Lulric Huikiuii
4 .1 • 4 1 4 I
1.4-54 *li
in Hi
in
d
ill
dk
li
h
1
c-sd
c
Lwirk Qltiitoh
1
"tup": Tvptoll "lull S'libwil
-
d: wry ku
lr l*i gh
I krt*
di wn Jugli
III* RkUllIUll
(Ibr Ipi'kllHlklllH'l ul kllklCl |CC *pfK1»*V V3JANNEX 3.C.2
Fridriim«ental Requirement of CrPPS UMidjilJItt Utid Evaluirtfoii
w ■ CROP environmental requirements for teff
(Ersgrostis tef) _____________
MiRiiri S-uiiatiahry
LifiiJ
| iHJ iMtfcKlIllh.
I ill) HlW
fcnkjrfiiluic Mi 4. mr
MiMiiriiifM iiburc fol |f**l*t ptFHJd
Dll' 2110
bd» ij.i
o««r 25.(J
*
C ll-IFM wig1 l < fBiaJ
I'nBtihfc (MfwrilEf of fiOil hft Uld
iici. - H<«
5?
maki H-rl> to
mu’! IptoMjr i*AMrh
i too nun
24(H.2RIU
JJ.5-15 U
HIG-2S.0
'h hi (ki Urc
Mrluw Hill
E
-
45-W
KW-ICMJ
OOMlXl
4$
talyw 2UU
orvr Mill
OrtMifc
i
i
I
I
IltM h 'Fl|* luritIH- 1'N U hiwirilf p<-i bb1
1t Ik ’ll t|
115 I5ti
■h kiw >1.J
I kg
?LI Cl 15.0
>Wf M o
IhMrJ
I < MpkiL IM £1UWMg (Kliild
4Vmvt'jmj',lvJjWw*' ton is/aN ATURAL resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Appendix 3.
Crop Environmental Requirements
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanIHCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CHICK PEA /GRASS PEA, LENTIL, FIELD PEA/ (Cicer arietinum)
W^0
Qualit
k
LviJ ikuM. l< i tiM
II*
<C4
fcuifriiif SuiUliilil)
SI
IJW IIUU
1
lctnpri#iiirr
AllifcUr
IN
ZltMlUU
Mc» Irwjiotart |iH £1 mv'iitf p. kllU
■I
iMitl JH«k
LSD-MID
1] 1-15.0
JU,IM? 1
N
i2uu
V-<r 7RLV
II 1
■*cl JJ.l
hiakUc
«J hint h»ir*id
IlNailll
I'll
bkj
1 M iiMMfiq;
KliMiun ArJ khbi«Ul>
KmIiU Jurwg 
^filwd
•M
MM
«m«k rki lk k
IM iUJ
4Ui FMi
IhAihid* 1
s«m* rffitagc
* lliaa
MW Ml
CM - Hmm
UMlil
iin mu
150-1 LUI
1
ml IM.- Hum
I**ci<
.
UkwJ 911
kltW JMl
»ri KMMI
vr r
j
M<m Mn»p«ilbir lor
“r
iSlMUCI
U.S IS,u
MO-11 J
lk|.ij4«ijuni Haiord
| « n(i> uZ grwwiiif p<rimi
*4*1 IfUtoif
lllQl
tfl«M
ISO -ISli
1 !U‘
W-«D
U 11.
riidi
artd
ctfah «aateiU|iT
u
U)
1-15
hkuw 115
U*fl 1? J
iKfaw W»
s
- -■ — -— CM
avn IS
-Mil*
|
■4
nx
mu
IM« Hl
--------—------------- —---------- —ICROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUGAR CANE
(Saccharun officinarum)
Ill ’Mifiulll.ll-IJ
nmlriilrl) Id
niaigd|<llj' HciLililc
Alli I S*MJ
iliu hu)
i(XII
1 niipi'rfltaif
Mimi Uaprruait
pcl«M
JJ.M? 5
III 11 1
I-1<»* n $
RcfMiH
>him
u»*( JJ 1
buiirbk KiWirinr of frail S»iJ>rd
1
I) IblftriS
llru'kiaf I'fp. J
l.tfxj* nTp—tof
ItNl -HI
27U-WII
bflusr JJU
ZIKO 7M«l
khtulliff Ahi
0. I.iji
IWU-JUU
| ILNi
nuu-iuiu
urri 4UW
IlijUujfr
Sibil ita Riuiifpr
r
Miim h^ifiri
H tJJ.3
H.VIJ i
fa (Iv- |7 t
lXfi»lt|jlRI
H VI? 5
w*fi IJ.5
I Lun IJ
rnfih ul fQRki^c jxrfrud
)|NI kf»\
2 Ml WM
Ulv* 27U
Sil l’h»li
SI.-M1
'lUnii jijl! Hurt KMtarqpl
o%ri l>
Slupe Iiy ir
uvtt' III
AUbco - <;w;w:k rA.NIk ANU.TMkOI (UK KAMO AKOIKI UAX/.XAlli IfttM Jj
»
No.
Mange of 5»*Ubd»4y
Iaj»J Quabl>
1 Land fTuiacloiaiic
IM
SI
liigl'k M«ubk
»
/node raid? to
raur|wall> twtafck
N
fUrf 1Ull4bk
I SwillceiMr
«bn
1. im
SI.
MIS
GMi
•
1 Null inn MMM
1 NhJ ivmIuhi
I’ll
.43 4 /
S.CM.S
kluMC S.U
1 ard
1 Mttaiiluat
4.74 5
|- ~’9
1 Ihgatdr mmMti
*
imte .1
M
M
Mifetfiatg
C MMliiHm
aid •
Wo/Ublbl)
I JInihr mt»l Apth
<-
.WU Illi
4(MUi
txw
Sfeaari mmI rmi uutt'opi
il-l
1 IS
•wet IS
Sod IfiiMt
elm
IC(rd)
3L
SIS
Ob
M«uf rriirni
IahJ pcc|Wah< •»
aaxl
Mccfuai/jliuii
foKnlial
Slupr ang Ic
4
Ul
1 JU
vwrt JU
Mimri mJ
loci uwKi<^«a
•4
II 1
J IS
wwet IS
Sod Ic elute
ilaii
1. <’(|J|
SL
SLS
_________
on
WHVKV AND AX.d VMII OF 1 lift IIAKO AKHIItl
,'A/JCO . r.K/HAAVCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUNDNUT/SEASAME (Arachis hypogaea}
Lartrf
31
|u|>lilr ujidbk
51
utudcriich1 (o
Mailik
«U kUiUbk
IBIMMMJ
v*™ ikd
/A u IM
MMJ U
Likv- X)]
Hcgkiw
IMVt !J I
PftniMr Kmrtflw of frail bidi4
ruiM
llrCMhmf I’fjioJ
14*|Hi af | RD«rto|
J 711 I KJ
*0-120
brio* 9U
Moitluir A * •»<■»■ dat>
SUU ?L1>
4UU-H0
bduw 40U
70U-I2W
H*w ft) 0
IkflciJlbui
•W»-| J? s
imiw
itfita- MJ
Sud kJk*ri
Nil I'hJj
I.S
K|L<<0 Jfc
ftuara anJ r£*l mdeiqp’
zl
SVHWll I.WM.YU
i i/j f/r w ff ino AKo/rft mux
flitinrf - (rttzsMV
*WllrflWfd)
svMvrv xm> aaVi ym% <*» mi: m%m«> ak<mm> i.uinCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSET
(Ensete ventricosum)
sum.r ,wj lai/ rws ur rw: f> mini n.imx
MUCH . Mj/yJJKVCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGHLAND SORGHUM/HIGHLAND MAI2E
(Sorghum bicolour) _________________________________________
tjn*
l 1 jumI Uglily
Kjwfe of Suability
|
, LmJ l.'hMMkiilrfic
Uni!
.VI
||«£*J]I limtabk
.11
■ooikiWrly io
iiMigHuMy wuhkr
N
rM lUialik
AImmJc
■i
I Wu 7HU
IMMRMJ
b<lu. IMM)
27UD-NU)
mw nuu
1 li MI|IV1 Jllkll'
11 ■ | miut
Alm k«m^4nl«Nc fiv |f«■►*»«* yciW
41
Il VIM
IS.U-I7.1
krkMf 11 lit
'
. 21 VMO
mi 71 ii
IThtmUc unwrmTf □! Iioo Miii4
il«|hll4
iMIfl
MtW
fciy iMualli
|
IhcwMB
l of ftfrulnt pcrwl
•M
imi nu
IHl l»u
Mw Illi
Aw4«MhIiIi
I
MdlMlall J"iliRC gMMritq; p 111*1
MINI IINNI
Uw Mil
lull I2IJNI
mi l.'UI
Driinagr
5w»i ■Iriiait^r
diM
MW W
1
vr r
f
l
All
i;
Ah M L fMhi« lul fiowliii |X1)mI
WT
w.
im n i
ISO IM
IhIbiw 11 0
1 kgrrJ
MtUfdl
>1 S-U Cl
---- - -------------- - ----- —
PWl IS.u
l.rnyifc •< p«*^
mi no
150-110
teluw IR>
luJ k«»»-<r
1 -SV
l-t HL
5
61 Wllill
SteMR uid iia Il oulriupl
*
uj
Ml
<wtr d
X
01
1 JO
ml Mi
.'.viHMwu ittr mm it ixfX
UUHil r.'A/MAXVllaRp Nuaial'dily
Mu
•
Quil.iy
»
J•
1 Und C'haiKkfitlic
IlHd
.HI
InfMy wtl«M>
SI
RimklMrlx lu
fiiaigkwtt) wiialik
N
4M< MtUAl.k
1 k itoir
l.-W
13-SI.
3
•
si.c-r<M)
Numkmi Suiwi* •
1 Siul acKlMai
HI
$1■0
• s.oss
1 Md
RrlfnlMM
• ais
uw 1 S
' OifMMC Rialirr
r»»r 1
M
01
HlM uif
(‘cNklllliun
•ai«J
U’akab.lii)
Hlrttivc Mil drpdi
Stamra uuJ iql! ovlcfopw
bud kxluic
cw
over IUI
sato*
a Ml
IM
MJ
o*cr IS
Lt’S
13-SL
S
SLC-GH)
t
•I
U4
•KI
w»ci 10
%
II 1
MS
u» tvu.vMl ih rm a *•<> amihh
,I ft/JU J . ClKtJlf.ftVCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGHLAND MAIZE
(Zea mays)
~
1 r -■ —-nl
Kiff r U KuilaMiir
FJdUl VUJI-X
I
*
I
I
I t jiad < Iwfclfriiikl
St
kacMy »ukiiMi-
X?
nxxkrMdr Io
i»*r|ui»Mj aUiUbk
N
mA
■
AllffiMk
■in
1 Mi* /Jim
local-1 Um
ku* uro
HU0-J4W
wk< J4UU
TrvaiprikMNc ‘
KcgiAM
bk» lrulj*«a*MC fef
•R,
IH-W 4
II a 17.5
Wkr- |1 U
»J-?5O
«■!< H<J
fOdiMlfk artmww at fmM haUlrf
•M*C
Nur
teiy
Icn^di >d
*0
1 HI JIM
I/O IW
Italww IJO
MnlrioHf Av>|irt«IMj
HwiAlall duiwm c/owwif (WfM
IWII
Jim Jim
WO-lUU
McIcm 60)
I2IKMMJD
<M«'f HO)
J
hiBintgt'
Nllii iJjBMfV
1 Io*
MW w
1
vrr
su
l‘
JklrMakmiii'iJilaiir Mm
«
rrvjj *
II EMM
iMll'-t H II
IkgkidhHi *<
I la j nd
n j.jvii
inft H.O
l.iHyUi uf yibWnf |HriiuJ
.Imp
IW liu
Ilk HU
kiu. I/O
km! h'jhliiu
k lk*A
1. M’
IJtltt
91
xk’ roj)
hbii
5l«fcCI ivcb
(M
Ml
0*0 11
Jilufif auj-k
1
lit
1,0
u*<l 10
■
MSH M' HIM 41WJW jr.M/.V
.UWOI < C.FUSEJtVCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ARABICA COFFEE
(Coffee arabica)
I .mJ
h<hb »U4li>k
M-iugc uf 5wiLi4rilily
si
iwdriMdy i«
iiuif brnJI^f Huiulilr
nd mlatk
IIW IMJU
Uli.w I Hit
Hl*) 22UU
QMf* JJW
TftMprij4wM
1rn«p*fakHi ft* |i
17 1 100
Ulaw 11,1
(CtfJlMr
11 1 JI n
□vfF n u
•lifhl Oh.-Jm
jntrf Ikt Jm
IkthMtfiit IVriiaJ
i rnpih irf
ptrktJ
/III
lilt NO
t>rh>« I VO
i mi iAIM
UMI I Ml
felu* fun
l*d> /LMU
u*ri /UW
Suit Ju»O£t
Mrnfl |rHi|iCI«taMC f-i fiv*^ ptiwd
70 U 2/ I
17 S JOO
IhpcJalnMi
22 1 no
o«MVIlhlllU J)
"I
M«mc< ul SwMafeairfy
lu
l-a*4 Qualrf)
l««d Cfcj'ailtnrtiC
1 >m«
Sb
liigldy «w«uLk
SI
moder airly Io
!M«<gmal1> auMabk
N
imM iwilaLk
Soil UMi.
« Im
i riui
XI.
US
||
•
-
<‘(M|
»
SuU KkihM
1*11
4 u s.s
4SSW
beta* 4 5
NwMrmI .SUIw*
S.S47
«w<r 6.7
RktfHiMI
Otfiwar inatlr*
•»
mrr >
l-J
01|
f'llotoc mil ihpHi
im
«r**t I Ml
IUU ISII
0 KAI
1 'iwAImmi
♦ml
XlMBl MmI l*
XL
s US
SLGC(ftf>
C(M»
M-WM'"*"* IjmmI prrfMiaboi
aaU
M<chMiU4tan ruuniial
Mirr ~<l.
•/.
ii Ift
|A Ul
ovrr Ml
SlWM'H mJ
foci uoktupa
‘X
II. 1
J IS
over IS
Sod MiMt
c|*ia
l.<(id|
SI.
SLS
.»«/•< ft - tlUntlXf4I kJ ( WimklialiC
liftfllly lUiUhk
iiHjJrntrlr lo marginally awiubk
>bk
NvIikmI \m4'»
s*m4 iraiii<M
b*luw 4 0
(hgMic IM*lirI
Slime* end fm'k mrtCfir* Soil If alaif
Wurk»bd«>
State Angle
MoIimw/ju m
ru*<MUal
Sod kaiurr
airwH <;f/AVAjv*<M£fL£ A4. £ fconc famedJ
r
T
RANGES OF SUITABILITY -
\
No.
/ LAND QUALITY
1
. LAND CHARACTERISTIC
]■
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
SZ
moderately to
marginally suitable
Ni not suitable '
Soil texture
class
L-SC
LS-SL
S
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
ANO
RETENT J
S1C-C(rd)
C{bl)
Soil reaction
pH
5.5-6.7
5.0-5.5
below 5.0
6.7-0.0
over 0.0
Organic matter
X
over 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
50-100
0-50
/
HOOTING
CONDITION
AND
WORKABILITY
Stones and rock outcrops
1
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-SC
LS-SL
S
S1C-C(nt)
C(bl)
Soil structure
class
ACr, Agr, FFH-
Mflh FPr FCo
CB1, HPr, MCo, FP1
r
CPr( CCo, HPV
CPI, Mas. !nc
TOXIC1TIES
electrical conductlvi ty
rrntthea/
cm
0-1
fi
4-fl
over •
Other limiting
toxic!ties
ESPX CaCD3X
0-15
0-15
15- 25
16- 30
over 25
over 30
Slope angle
S
0-8
8-30
over 30
uAtii rriicuT
HANAGLMtn!
9
LAND PREPARA TION AND MECHANIZATION POTENTIAL
Stones and rock outcrops
X
0-3
3-15
over 30
Soil texture
class
4
L-SC
LS-SL
S
SiC-C(rd)
-J.
cibJl[TABLE M. 3 : CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR (z™L*ffs)*1ZE
INPUT LEVEL: LOW/MEDIUH
. RANGES OF SUITABILITY
No.
LANO QUALITY
LANO CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2
! moderately to marginally suitable
-------------------------------------------------- , Ni
'not suitable
ft
0-400
Altitude
m
400-1400
1400-1800
over 1800
1
TEMPERATURE
REGIME
Mean temperature for growing period
°C
22.5-30.0
20.0-22.5
’ below 20.0
30.0-32.5
over 32.5
Possible occurence of frost hazard
month
none
none
any month
2
GROWING PERIOD
Length of
growing period
day
120-150
90-120
below 90
3
MOISTURE
AVAILABILITY
Rainfall durlhg
growing period
ba low 400
ami
G00*900
400-600
900-1200
over 1200
4
• DRAINAGE
Soil drainage
class
MW-W
I
VP-P
SE
E
Mean temperature for growing period
20.0-22.5
below 20.0
°C
22.5-30.0
30.0-32.5
over 32.5
«
5
Length of
growing period
day
120-150
90-120
* below 90
OEGRADAIION
HAZARD
\
Soil unit
FAO
unit
JGRTHBLAN
IEVZYXO ■ /
SoH texture
class
■’
LS-SL /
.............................. /
\
\
_
L-SC
s
SiC-Cfrd)
/f Z£" /W. 10 (continued)
RANGES OF SUITABILITY .
> ’> • - 1
1
i No-
LAND QUALITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
11
not suitable
Sail texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
S
76
NUTRIENT
STATUS
ANO
RETENTION
Soil reaction
PH
5,5-B.O
_____________________________
5.0-5.5
below 5.0
8,0-0.5
over 8.5
Organic matter
ar
*
over 3
1-3
0-1
*
ROOT ING
CONDITION
AND
WORKABILITY
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
50-100
0-50
7
Stones and
rock outcrops
I
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
S
C(bl).
Soil structure
class
. ACr. AGr, FD1- MB1. EPr, FCo
CB1, MPf, MCo, Fpl
CPr* CCo, MP1-
CP1, Mai, Inc
TOX1CITIES
Electrical
conductivity
muho$/
cm
0-6
6-10
over 10
8
L
|
Other limiting
toxiclties
ESP*
CaCOJt
0-20
0-30
20-35
30-75
over 35
over 75
Slope angle
X
0-B
8-30
over 30
9
MANAGEMENT 1 Aklfi hotoADA LAnU rntrAKA- TiO.’l AND urruAUi *7 at inM MLCMAFliZMI lull POTENTIAL
Stones and
rock outcrops
1
0-3
3-15
over 15
Su1I texture
class
»
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
S
20
■*.
rnn LOWLAND SORGHUM
ABLE 44. 10 : CROP IVIRONMENENTAL REQUIREMENTS FU ^ ghufi> bl co lor)
or
INPUT LEVEL: LOW/MEDIUM
TANGES OF SUITABILITY
--------->
Ho.
LAND QUALIT
LAND CHARACTERISE
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2 moderately to
marginally suitable
N
not suitable
m 1000-1600
0-1 DOO.........
1600-1POP...
over 1900
1
TEMPERATURE REGIME
Altitude
Mean temperature for growing period
Possible occurence of frost hazard
20.0-25.0
17.5-20.0
below 17.5
°C
25.0-32.5
over 32.5
month
none
i
GROWING PERIOD
Length of
growing period
day
3
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
Rainfall during growing pel rod
150-210
600-800
none
90-150
300-600
any month
below 90
below 300
800-1100
over 1100
P-I
VP
4
DRAINAGE Soil drainage
class MW-W
20.0*25.0
SE
E
Mean temperature
e for growing period
17.5-20.0 •
below 17.5
5
DEGRADATION HAZARD
Length of growing period
°C
day
150-210
Soil unit
FAO
unit
JGRTHBLAN
25.0-32.5
90-150
• QEV
LS-SL 1
over 32.5
below 90
IZYXO
S
1
/
class 1 L-C(rcD
/
Bl
Son texture
%^ovxe>w end 
X • • ••-%*.
/
.
/
\
. ..i.u 
\
X
'
r» •
C(bl)
n— i ax
/
r s»______ jkAfJLf A4. 12 (cottti rftrj
RAMGES Of SUITABILITY ......................... \
I Mo.
r ''
1 LAND CHARACTERISTC
UNIT
ST
highly suitable
52
moderately to
marginally suitable
N1
not suitable
Soil texture
class
SCL-C(rd)
SL-S
S-LS
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
RETENTION
Soil reaction
P'l
5.5-6.7
____________________________ 5.2-5.5
below 5.2
6.7-8.0
over 8.0
Organic matter
1 •r
over 3
1-3
0-1
■>
Effective
soil depth
Cm
over 100
50-100
'0-50
ROOTING
CONDITION
AND
WORKABILITY
Stones and •
rock outcrops
X
0-0.1
0.1-3
over 3
Soil texture
class
SCL-C(rd)
SL-L
S-LS
soil atruetur*
data
rtwtMvv uubMtii 1
*
no amative aubaoil
Electrical
conductivity
rmho!>/
cm
0-4
4-8
I over B
8
T0X1C1T1ES
Other limiting
toxlcities
ESPl CaC031
0-20
0-15
20-40
15-30
over 40
over 30
1
9
Stope (ingle
%
0-4
4-8
over 8
MANAGEMENT
LAND PREPARA-
Stones and ruck outcrops
X
0-0 J
0.1-3
over 3
TION AND
MECHANIZATION
POTENTIAL
I
CCI -Cf r-rl i
SL-L
S-LS
Soil texture
class
._
_________
1
-I 1 ••*TABLE M. 12 : CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
PADDY/BUNDED RICE
(Oryza sativa)
INPUT LEVEL: MEDIUM
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
No.
LAND QUALITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
S)
highly suitable
• S2
moderately to
ttarqlnally suitable
'N•
not suitable
-
Altitude
in
0-1500
1500-2000
over 2000
1
1EMPCRA1UKE
REGIME
Mean temperature
for growing period
°C
22.5-32.5
17.5-22.5
below 17.5
over 32.5 •
Possible occurertce of frost hazard
month
none
none
any month
1
2
GROWING PERIOD
Length of
growing period
day
180-365
150-180
below 150
~T‘
AVAILABLE '
Rainfall during
growing period
min
adequate supply of fresh water
limited supply
of fresh water
inadequate supp.y
of fresh water
4
DRAIN^GI
Sol) drainage
class
l-MK
VP-P
W
SE-E
Mean temperature
for growing period
°C ’
22.5-32.5
17.5-22.5
below 17.5
over 32.5
5
«
DEGREDATIOII
HAZARD
Length of
growing period
day
120-150
90-120
below 90
Soil unit
FAO
unit
JGRTHBLAN
VYX
1QEZ0 -
1 Sull texture
class
SCL-C(rd)
SL-L
SHS ‘
/
C(bl)
: i?
/
k\ \
\ Stones And
\w
r. -*
1c
•lur* r- f *. /
iI
u- J
I
-/
IABLE A4. 35 (continued)
T" -
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
No.
LAND QUALJIY
I LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
highly suitable
moderately to
marginally suitable
not suitable
Soil texture
class
L-SC
SL
S-LS
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
IlElt'HFlON
S1C-C(bl)
Soil reaction
l>H
6.7-7.3
5.5-6.7
below 5.5
7.3-0,2
over B.2
Organic matter
54
over 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 150
100-150
0-100
7
r
riaoi i;.G
CONDI!ION
AND
k'ORKAPl I ITY
Stones and
rock outcrops
£"
<
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-SC
SL
STC-C(bl)
S-LS
Sol1 structure
class
ACr, AGr, FBI- MUI , FPr , TCr>
CBl, MPr, MCo, FPT
CPr, CCo, MP1-
CP1 , Mai, Inc
r
1
V.-
Electrical conductivity
umihos/
cm
0-H
8-12
over 12
H
lUXICllILS
Other limiting
toxic dies
FSPX
CaCOB".
0-20
0-25
20-35
25-10
over 35
over 40
'r.
J
i
MANAGEMENT LAND PRT.t'Al ■
7 JON AND MECHANIZATION POTENTIAL
Slope angle
AM
.♦
0-6
6-30
over 30
Stones and orck outcrops
0-3
3-15
over 15
SL
S-LS
Soil texture
).
class
L-SC
SiC-C[bl}
J. . .
r
.-----COTTON
ABLE A4. 35 : CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR (Gossypium hirsutum)
INPUT LEVEL: LOW/MEOIUM
1
LAND QUALITY
TEMPERATURE
REGIME
UNIT
i;l
°C
______
3
GROWING PERIOD
MOISTURE
AVAILABILITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
Altitude
Mean temperature
for growing period
Possible occurence
of frost hazard
Length of
growing period
Rainfall during
growing period
SI
highly suitable
500-1300 22.5-27.5
4 Ukn mAGE Soil drainage
Mean temperature
for growing period
month
day
mi
class
none
160-100
600-900
MW-W
22.5-27.5
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
S2
moderately to marginally suitable
0-500 1300-1800 20.0-22.5 27.5-32.5
none
120-160
450-600
900-1500
I
SE
20.0-22.5
N
not suitable
over 1800
below 20.0
over 32.5
any month
below 120
below 450
over 1500
VP^P
ba low 20,0
27.5-32.5
over 32.5
RATION
Length of
1SQ-180
ba law iltb
Soil unit
day
FAO
unit
JGRTHBLN
IQEZYXO
texture
\ clas*
L-SC
S-LS
sic-r(t.i)TABLE 44. 4 (continued)
—
NO.
-r-------------------------- LAND QUALITY
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
$2
moderately to
marginally suitable
N
not sutlable
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
SL
S-LS
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
RETENTION
CLbl]
Soil reaction
pH
5.0-5-6
5.5-fl.O
below 5.0
8.0-0.5
over 8.5
Organic matter
t
over J
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
———,—
25-100
■ — - ■ ■
0-25
7
rod. 
r^iHTICHl
AND
WORKABILITY
Stonos and
rock outcrops
t
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-C(ro)
SL
S-LS
C(bl)
Soil structure
class
ACr, Agr, FB1-
MB1, fPr, FCo
C01, MPr, NCo, FP1
CPr. CCo, MPi-
CP1, Mas, Inc
Electrical
/(inductivity
inmhos/
cm
0-6
6-10
over 10
8
TOXIC1T1ES
Other limiting toxicides
ESPX
CaC03X
0-30
0-30
30-45
30-60
over 45
over 60
a
Slope angle
X
0-8
8-30
over 30
9
MANAGEMENT LAND PREPARATlOt-
AND
MLCHANJ2A ‘H _
POTENT!?
Stones and
m b'F rrnne It Ob k OLrLCf OpS Soil texture
X
0-3
3-15
over 15
SL
S-LS
class
L-C(rd)
—CLM}. -
_________ __ ————— -
— -CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
OREAD WHEAT
(Triticum aestiyum)
INPUT LEVEL: lOW/MEDIUM
LAND QUALITY
itnrtK/HUKt REGIME
GROWING PERIOD
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
DRAINAGE
DEGRADATION
HAZARD
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
Altitude
Ku:.' temperature
for growing period
Possible occurence
of/rost hazard
Length of
growing period
Rainfall during
growing period
Sot) drainage
Mean temperature
for growing period
Length of
growing period
Soil unit
Soil texture
UNIT
m 2000-2600
15.0-20.0
month none Oct.-Nov.
day
mm
class
o
C
day
120-150 500-800
W-W 15.0-20.0
120-150
N
not suitable
below 1500
ovsr 3^00
below 12.5
over 22.5
any in Oct.
severe in Nov.
below 90
below 400
over 1200
VP-P
FAO JGRTHBLAN
urn t_____________
class L-C(rd)
RANGESOF SUITABILITY
moderately to marginally suitable
1500-2000 2600-3000
12.5-15.0 20.0-22.5
none Oct.
si light Nov.-Dec.
90-120
400-500
800-1200
I
SE
12.5-15.0
20.0-22.5
90-120
EV.
SL
E______
below
12.5
over 22,5
below 90
IQZYXD
S-LS
and
____ * ■<»«: *r O k b* I ■ ’■Jb5ATVRAI. resources ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
ANNEX IB
SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
River lo^cd
M«ter P!MT*rrkaTI'RAE RESOURCES .ANNEX 2R SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
CONTENTS
PREFACE
L ^tkodcction..................................... ASSESSMENT of available data
3 SECTOR INSTITUTIONS.......................................................... 3 I Administrative Structure
7? Boundary Changes ....
.......................
j JONaL SOIL MAPPING ................. ■■ 4 | Present Estimates of Cultivated Land in the Basin
4.2 Priorities .
J 2, / Protection of natural resources 4 2.2 Immediate action planning
4 3 The Land Husbandry Task
................
5. CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT—14
5.1 Soil Erosion................................ 5 2 Soil Loss 
5.3 Erosion Hazard..
BIBLIOGRAPHY
14
TABLES
Table 1 Datasources 
Table 2 Land Use
Table 3. Households and area for 6 weredas.......................................................................... Fable 4 Vegetation cover for Benshangul and Jimma regions 
Table 5 Slope class distribution, Benshangul and Ji mm2 regions 
Table 6 Area of different slope classes - weredas 1-3............................................................ Table 7 Land use hazards 
Table 8 Slope of land in Jimma Region
* e 9 Capability classification for rainfed agriculture in weredas 28-30 in Jimma a e Land degradation hazard. Ttmma
Tah|C ■ ■ Measured soil losses (annual rainfall 1500 mnVy) a e 13 Soil ]oss (t/ha/y) measured al Sidamo and Gojam
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ElA......
F AO
s Crd
LSDa
MilSpp
...... Environmental Impact .Assessment
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations Sod Conservation Research Department
United States Department of-Agriculture
Woody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Project
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Ruin Integrated bevclopmem Matter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
PREFACE
The Transitional Government, in its economic policy paper, indicated that ‘‘priority will be given to the conservation and development of forestry and livestock resources, soil and water conservation, which were, and still continue to be, utilised wastefully ”
Future soil conservation projects should attempt to utilise the natural resources of an area in 1 sustainable manner To which end they must be integrated into the local farming system and must aim, not only to decrease the rate of soil erosion and land degradation, but also to provide real benefits for the land users in terms of increased productivity, fuelwood provision, and fodder provision
The}’ should focus on conserving currently productive land at the expense of reclaiming degraded land. This approach expresses the judgement that within a framework of limited resources, in terms of money and labour, it is more cost-effective to conserve than reclaim Conservation measures should be conducted with the least possible expenditure of physical effort whilst initiating the greatest possible commitment from people In this way a more widespread and sustainable impact can be achieved.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan^Tl RAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
The following G1S maps and data were used to assess sods in the project area
• Sod unit areas map of lower basin,
• Soil landscape map of the upper basin,
• Combined soil map of the upper and lower basins,
• Map of land slopes,
• Map of population support capacity, and
• Tabulated data based on GIS manipulation of the above.
also the pre^ng report on 
blowing the review of the soil mW® ° Inception Report, Section 1.3, Decern er reviewed
«> O“<*« 
tXn
olh er relevant sort <l»l. here been
TAMS-ULG Baro-Aluibo River Buto Integrated Development Master Pirn
IB-2NATURAL resources
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
2. ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
The reliability and quality of soils data were described in the Inception Report Th used to formulate this study are listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Data sources
^ta
Topic
Mapping Unit
Source
Soil
Soil units
Soil landscape units*
Selkhozpromexport, 1990,
ARDCO-GEOSER V, 1995
1 Slope
Slope class
ARDCO-GEOSERV Survey an remote sensing analysis, Selkhozpromexport, 1990
Population support capacity
FAO, 1988, Master Land Use
- - - ---------------------------------
1
♦ NOTE: The upper and lower basin studies used different systems of soil classification.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2B soils and soil conservation
3 SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
principal government offices involved in soil studies and analyses are listed below
Ministry oj Agriculture
• Ababa Soil Research and Development Dept, Addis Ababa
• Institute of Agricultural Research, Soil laboratory, Holetta
• Land Use and Catchment Development Team, Addis Ababa
• Alemaya Agricultural University Laboratory, Alemaya
• Institute of Agricultural Research laboratory, Melka Werer
• Institute of Agricultural Research Laboratory; Kulumsa
Other
• University of Addis Ababa and LTniversity of Agricultural Colleges at Jimma. Ambo.
and Awasa
In addition, Ethiopia currently has 51 professional associations eleven in agriculture; 15 in sciences and engineering; 8 in health; and 5 in wildlife, environment, and conservation
3.1 Administrative Structure
Ethiopia's administrative structure underwent many changes during the last decade. Following a proclamation issued in January 1992 by the Transitional Government, the administration adopted a four-tier system with representation at a number of levels.
In addition to implementing the policies and directives of the central and regional governments, the wereda administration has the power to plan, prepare, and implement its o*n social services and economic development.
In its proclamation of January 1993, the government empowered regional governments to set p P their own bureaux, including a bureau of Natural Resources Development and
^ronmental Protection. The bureaux are responsible for implementation of national p ’’ ’ties in (he region, and for co-operation in the study of natural resources
^ nher details are discussed in Annex 3F,
u
Institutional Support
of w? adrninistrative tier In 1987 regional boundaries were redrawn to make 27 regions, each Was subdivided into weredas, the awrajas were abolished The weredas, which form
TaMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-4NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERvATi
the basis for much of the data used in this Master Plan, became centres for loZi
courts, prisons, police and taxation Schools, hospitals and line ministry ffi
o
80Verrj>nt
located in weredas towns 
C€S Were us^
In 1992 the boundaries were again changed, this time with 14 regions based
linguistic grounds, these regions do not correspond to the 14 regions abolished in iSt °° wereda has once again become the lowest tier of government, with provision for th **
of local government officials. The administrative unit forms the basis of the nr^ ■
base
P oject s dau
TAMS-CLG Baro-Akobo River Bai.n
tatesrllw| DoeJopnl„,
2B-5PJATURAL resources ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOU, CONSERVATION
4 regional SOIL MAPPLNG
The majority of soil studies conducted in Ethiopia follow guidelines issued by the FAO and use the 1974 FAO soil legend as revised in 1988. The ARDCO-GEOSERV study of upper
i soils utilised the FAO 1988 legend to map soil landscapes at 1.4 million scale It
ha< n
described 30 mapping units classified into 5 groups, which were digitised in colour, about 52 000 km2 coverage The Selkhozpromexport study of the lower basin used the USSR system to provide a mapping legend of 32 units based on 11 broad soil groups, about 23,500 kn? coverage.
The uniformity of Soil Classification may be a concern to the Authorities In this connection it may be worth noting that FAO has developed a number of specialist soil and land classification systems, which may be more suitable for detailed reconnaissance and semi-detailed surveys than the USDA Soil taxonomy (1982). The FAO Soil Map of the World legend (1988) probably represents the best system for systematic surveys at smaller scales of mapping, although it too is not ideal
The USDA Taxonomy was designed primarily to group 10,000 soil series occurring in the USA into meaningful exclusive groups It is an artificial system in that selected observable soil characteristics (particularly the diagnostic horizons) are used to differentiate classes, although these characteristics are largely chosen to reflect agriculturally significant properties. It attempts to be comprehensive in that any profile can in theory be allocated to a class, but in order to do this, the class definitions are necessarily lengthy, complicated and legalistic. This tends to confuse just as much as it clarifies by replacing the use of non-explicit terms such as podzols, latosols and laterite.
This makes the system cumbersome to use. and to many users of other disciplines, it is almost unintelligible. Two further disadvantages preclude its use as a routine system on soil surveys for land u$c planning and development purposes
the class definitions depend on laboratory analyses or long-term soil measurements, making classification in the field al best a provisional exercise only;
the classes identified reflect a regional bias, and make it unsatisfactory for world-wide use tropical sods and some desert sods are treated inadequately and hydromorphic soils are not separately recognised at the higher level of classification
h has been noted that under the terms of the consultant’s contract the use of a specific dassifi cation i s n ot mentioned
For this Master Plan to map soils by region, it was first necessary to combine the different soil
^ends used by ARDCO-GEOSERV and Selkhozpromexport, as was done for the overall
re |US< ^P^’hty assessment as described in Annex 2A Table A-l (Appendix A) gives the
hng combined legend and areas by wereda.
Tli
n onhBaS*n n°W has 111 almost complete coverage of 1 50,000 mapping: exceptions arc the ern and the southern portion in Magi. The 1:50.000 Map Index for Ethiopia
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-6NATURAL RESOURCES annex 2b soils and soil conservation
(Flhio..„ Mapping Authority. Map Ca.aloguc 1995) stows that most of the Baro.^ ?—<™„adbv topographic maps at the above scale The catalogue shows that the tp, Ser on"3 sh«.s covering the basin numbers a total of 10! sheets
Utilising the existing I 50,000 scale mapping of the basin as a tool for land husbandry j5 simple and well proven The Regional Bureaux of Agriculture should establish a wereda (or other administrative unit) register of such subjects as land cover, use, and capability Developed from visual analysis of these maps, among the data that can be obtained are
• non-arable lands by class steep, rocky, shallow, wet, etc ;
• arable land by slope class.
•
forest cover, changes since date of photography.
•
arable expansion, changes since date of photography,
•
ideal alignment of roads,
•
minor dam and pond sites,
•
seasonally flooded areas;
•
grazing land and its capacity,
•
soil conservation needs by area, and
•
land suitability by crop type.
Simple field survey, with local information and history, will improve the value of the above analyses For example, areas with soil conservation treatments, areas of new planting, areas in forest, coffee, or browse; soil cover, colour, texture, stoniness and perhaps even depth can be plotted Portions of the map sheet can be enlarged by photocopier to improve clarity of detail The above method is inexpensive, can be easily updated, and has been proved by the wniff when he worked as the regional land husbandry officer in Nonhem Malawi
The establishment of a regional land register to assist the introduction and management of land husbandry would be cheap and cost effective It has been assumed that the work involved with the establishment of a land register would be carried out as part of the routine of the staff of the Regional Bureaux of Agriculture It should be stressed that for the proposed land re&sis to be effective and the land husbandry concept to be accepted by the fanners the land survey should be regularly updated It depends on the land cover, its use and climate and terrain conditions how often in a set period the survey data should be reviewed It is estimated however that after the land register base line has been established the minimum review' should be once a year Apart from the required set of 1:50,000 topographic maps, no other additional regular supplies would be needed
4.1 Present Estimates of Cultivated Land in the Basin
Table 2 11 Vol. 2 of the Draft Inception report shows that about 7.4 per cent of the lower
9
basin was cultivated in 1987, and a similar area of the upper basin was cultivated in 19 *-
2
1
Based upon a total basin area of 75910 km and assuming a cropped area of 8 per cent- total cultivated area is about 6070 km , about 900 km of which is in perennial crops, mai ' coffee Table 2 gives land use data for 55 of the 68 weredas Accurate regional assessment’
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-7
2
2m tcral resources
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
o f the number and size of holdings is essential to estimating the work of regional land husbandry staff
Table 2 Land Use
Land use (km )
3
Area (km3)
1 Annual cropping
Perennial cropping
Total cropped
Fallow
Total
3.962
1,977
5.939
4,009
9,948
Source Regie™! office
4.2 Priorities
Management of soil resources in the project area can be achieved through careful planning and implementation Several steps are essential to the process. They include the protection of natural resources and immediate action planning to make land husbandry part of agricultural practices 
4.2.1 Protection of natural resources
The following paragraphs describe the steps that are essential to a land husbandry approach to natural resource management:
Land users should adopt soil conservation as pan of their fanning system In so doing,
fanners will need to benefit from advice given by qualified staff of e egto
Land users who are not farmers, dam builders, timber extractors or nu*ier;’_!nus EIA (environment impact assessment) to the statutory regulating o y orc action on a site, the cost of this to be bome by the developer
.
As well as providing expert guidance to farmer ,
. Hmm the
regional
offices will need
to produce
plant materials and seed, especially of native trees > concept of land husbandry so as to include
husbandry concept needs to be taught at secondary sc oo s
^uild up and expand the
The land
will need to be established Using Soil laboratories, particularly to assess soil nu*n(^\^ed cheaply Large numbers of samples 
modern ion-selective technology, results can e 0
, equipment
be processed by a small investmem m staff, buildings and eq *2.2 Immediate action planning
o f land husbandry is
One of the most essential steps dun"^ 'quality 
e
of
Planning efficiency depends greatly npo
Project area, planrung could be improvedI were o^
up
_ ^Jate a
t0
en P
<t0 be f
be created
photo maps could
Seredas Whose earring capacity- is now
-e
sheets
2
^’Ps of 12,000 km at 1 50.000 scale would eq
TaMS ULG Baro-Akobo River Bano Integrated Development Muter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVatiqn
initially, planning should start by ranking each wereda in order of population pressure (refer
Volume IV. Map 19, Table 20 and 63), land hunger, and current state of soil and fOr
degradation Initial resources should concentrate on areas that are close to or at popu|atj
carrying capacity Investment needs to focus on productive or potentially productive 1^
degraded lands should be isolated for later attention, possibly for planting mixed forest
browse (grazing)
In the hope of an improving land tenure status, land holders should be encouraged to create vegetative boundaries of their fields as barriers to roaming livestock Farmers need to develo- a sense of ownership, responsibility, and stewardship towards their land They should establish individual foelwood lots, communal plantings, and nurseries
Ethiopia needs to introduce the mouldboard plough Such a plough will throw the soil up- slope rather than just break the surface, as does the traditional wood plough Manufactured of cast iron, this type of share could be produced within the country
4.3 The Land Husbandry Task
In the paragraphs and tables that follow, the Master Plan has estimated the magnitude of tasks 
required to introduce land husbandry The first priority is to estimate the work required tn
those 33 weredas that are at or near their population carrying capacity (Table A-3). For this 
estimate, 2 regional groupings of contrasting weredas were selected one in Benshangul region and the other in Jima region (Appendix A Table 3 and Volume IV, Map 19).
No further details were available regarding the present status of soil and water conservation activities in the basin Neither the Soyuz report nor the ARDCO-GEOSERV study has mentioned this subject.
Table 3. Households and area for 6 weredas
Wereda name and number
No. of households
Area (km )
J
Benshangul region (1,000 mm per annum) 1 Kurmuk (critical)
2 Asosa (critical)
3 Bengi (at capacity in 10 yrs)
2533
21861
16838
937
2377
2765__ _
Tola!
41232
6079___ J
Jimma region (2000mm per annum) 28 Metu (critical)
29 Hurmu (at capacity in 10 yrs) 30 Yayu (no pressure)
1
10318
6860
6878
788
458
647___
Total
24056
1893___ J
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B - 9flVTl'RAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
Table 4 gives the WB1SPP vegetation cover for each of the above weredas.
Table 4 Vegetation cover for Benshangul and Ji mm a regions
Wereda
WBISPP cover (1990-93)
" ■
Area (km )
1
Total area
Bsnshaogu]
I Kurmuk
Open woodland, 20-50% tree cover
937
937
2. Asosa
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
69
Open woodland, 20-50% cover and bamboo
196
Open woodland, 20-50% cover
2111
2377
3 Bengi
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
741
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
14
Open woodland, 20-50% cover
2101
2765
Jimma
28 Metu
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
380
Ven,- disturbed broadleaved forest
147
Woodland, 20-50% cover
261
788
29. Hurmu
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
257
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
20]
458 |
30. Yayu
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
251
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
396
647
Total cultivated. Benshangui arid Jimma
810+888
1698
Source Table A-4 this report
t
Table 5 gives the slope class composition of the 6 weredas. Table 6 provides their corresponding area of slope classes
Slope class distribution, Benshangul and Jimma regions
Wereda
1 Kurmuk - Asosa
Slope cUsj (per cent)
0-8
8-16
16-30
30-50
>50
61
61
62
14
14
9
9
4
15
16
14
8
•
6
6
61.3
123
9.3
12.7
4
Hmurnu
18
4
-
55
83
35
24
9
52
2
3
11
-
1
2
73
57.7
283
5.3
1
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bwin integrated Dewtopwerrt Muter Plan
2B-JONATURAL RESOURCES
Table 6
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOUL CONSERVATION Area of di (Terent slope classes - wercdas 1-3
Slope class (%)
Area (kn?) “
Wereda 1
Wereda 2
Wereda? ""
0-8
8-16
16-30
574
133
85
1481
323
105
30-50
146
323
>50
-
'noT*'
251
415 214
147
173
7btal
Source Table A-2, Appendi x A of this report
937
2380
2759
From Table 5 we see that 61 per cent of the surface has slopes 0-8%, which are tentatively suitable for annual rainfed crops. Land capacity, from Table 7, shows that only 19% of this is actually suitable, however, for annual rainfed cropping. Corresponding values for wereda 2 are 61% and 28%, for wereda 3 they are 62% and 60%
Table 7 Land use hazards
Wereda
Class
Area (km )
2
Land use hazard
Wereda 1
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
126
47
8
Erosion, slope <16%
Waterlogging, seasonal
Erosion, slope >16%
Wereda 2
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
218
250
80
128
Erosion, slope <8%
Erosion, slope <16%
Waterlogging, seasonal
Erosion, slope >16%
Wereda 3
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
820
263
491
78
Erosion, slope <8%
Erosion, slope <16%
Waterlogging, seasonal
Erosion, slope > 16% ___
Source Tabic A-2 of this report
In 3 wercdas of Benshangul region, the following soil conservation and drainage works arc required;
i Provide up to 1,038 km2 with soil conservation measures for slopes 0-8 per cent,
ii and up to 639 km2 for slopes 8-16 per cent,
iii and up to 214 km2 for slopes >16 per cent
iv Provide drainage for up to 618 km2
2
This represents 2,509 Ion or 41 per cent of the region The present number of households is about 42,000 With an average holding of about 1 0 ha, the immediate task is for an area o less than above total of 2,509 km* An objective of about 420 km of soil conservation together with providing 10 per cent of the class 5 lands or 6 km , with drainage, is not an ambitious task over 3 years for the farmers to aim for
2
2
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlansxTlrRAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS
 AND SOIL CONSERVATION
Inpul by rhe reg.onal staff would amount to about
350 fi™ 
farmers per group) over 3 Extension visits wnuL^*’’
years
Y«r (30
penod. followed by field work As farmers gain
Qn ,he P™ haJi
decrease, thereby permitting larger groups to be approZ? J '
Of irW will
be made to have farmers view the conservation effort^
effon must
has not been imposed by authority as in the past
enterPnx. somethmg that
conservation should be rewarded by e^er access tQ
undertaken sod
Sirmlarty, the land husbandry requirements of Jimma region can be estimated
T ^le« Slope of land in Jimma Regjon
Slope class (%)
Area (km )
3
wereda 28
wereda 29
wereda 30
0-8
8-16
16-30
30-50
>50
143
433
193
18
16
378
43
15
5
-
255
340
74
11
Total
787
4579
650
Source. Table A-2, Annex A of this report
Table 8 shows the range of slope classes in three weredas in Jimma Region The capability of the flat to undulating terrain of the above lands for annual rainfed crops is given in Table 9, Table 10 gives their corresponding degradation hazard
Table 9 Capability classification for rainfed agriculture in weredas 2&-30 in
Jimma
Wereda
Per cent area suitable
28
29
30
73
86
35
Source Land capacity, Tabic A-5 Appendix A of this report
r
T AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Masterplan
2B-12natural resources ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERV
]
AT 0n
Table 10 Land degradation hazard. Jimma
Wereda
Land class
Area (km )
2
Degradation hazard
28
3
4
213
363
Erosion hazard, slope ^16%^^ Seasonal waterlogging
29
3
4
71
324
Erosion hazard, slope <16% Seasonal waterlogging
30
3
33
Erosion hazard, slope <16%
4
192
Seasonal waterlogging
In the 3 weredas of Jimma region, we anticipate the following soil conservation and drainage
2
works, which cover 1,196 km or 63 per cent of the region
(i) Implement up to 317 km2 with soil conservation measures for slopes 0-8 per cent
(ii) Provide drainage for up to 879 km2
The present number of households in the region is about 24,056 With an average holding size of about 1,5 ha, the immediate work required, some 360 km* of conservation and drainage, is 
2
less than the above land surface of 1,196 km Due to a high proponion of perennial cropping (Table A-6 shows about 10,652 ha are perennial, possibly of coffee), the risk of soil erosion is unlikely to be significant The drainage of bottom lands, which are used for subsistence and cash crops, should be done
It has been noted that land drainage is an expensive operation and proper investigations and planning of proposed drainage areas is essential These include semi-detailed soil studies together with hydrological confirmation that the implementation of a drainage scheme would not adversely affect the surrounding area However such studies are not included in the terms and conditions of the present consultancy contract
The input required of regional staff will amount to about 200 group visits per year (40 farmers per group over the next 3 years) The groups are larger in this region than in the others as the areas is more densely settled but the visiting period is less due to a longer growing season
erwise the situation regarding fanners participation remains as described for Benshangul
TAMS-LTLG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-13sa tvral resources ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
5 CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
51 Soil Erosion
The most critical and urgent situation facing those responsible for well being and lives of the present and future generations is the rate of soil erosion Reddy and Georgis' Review of Past Agriculture and its Trends during the Nineties (Institute of Agricultural Research, 1993y state
besides reducing the available soil moisture to crops, runoff brings considerable
soil losses Whitman (1977) observes about 33 tfha of soil was actually tost hi
1975. This is serious at any time, particularly as many' of the sods are shallow in the
first place Uncontrolled ploughing has resulted tn 40 per cent of the present
cultivated land being on slopes above 30 per cent with no precautions to reduce
erosion These figures highlight the seriousness of the problem Any improvement
in crop production will be short-lived unless the rale of erosion is controlled.
Another situation is the loss of forest cover, particularly with regard io watershed protection and flow regimes Between 1973-76 and 1987-89 the area of mixed forest was reduced from 7 0,(XX> km2 to 35,000 km2 (WBISPP, personal communication) The loss since 1989 is probably of the same order.
The risks and consequences of soil erosion have been expounded ad nauseam by writers and cominenlators for generations. The options facing the country are basically three:
1 1) Do nothing, relax all controls and allow a "free for all"
( ) Improve and build on the existing policies to regulate land matters, directives from
central government and regional authorities.
' J) Introduce a "bottom-up" land husbandry concept with the full co-operation of all land Uses land owners, with micro planning at the holdings (farmer) level. This planning ai local level would follow recommendations and systems for individual climatic and land 20nes The systems and recommendations would be the responsibility of the professional officers of the Federal Government, i.e. SCRD team. Environmental Authority, el al
Th
fcthio^d °P^0Tt is the only real choice. Following the changes that have recently occurred in P^arrify0, '* glVes an excellent opportunity to get the land husbandry concept under way Of Pan>r-;^nt imPOTtance is the engagement of farmers and other natural resources users as
Clpants in land husbandry
5,2 s°i] Uss
Soil 'oss d
ici bes Qf removal of vegetative cover is an all too ubiquitous condition in the upland
the basm Tables 11-13 give estimates of soil loss at different sites Table 11 gives Ta MS-Ulg Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M«ier PhuNATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2B soils and soil conserv
AT1on
annual soil loss at the Dizi Research station located in the upper Baro catchment. Thc i term average annual rainfall of Metu, 9 km distant, is 1842 mm
Table 11. Measured soil losses (annual rainfall 1500 mm/y)
° n8-
Cover
Slope (%)
Runoff (%)
| Grass, 100 per cent
Grass, 20 per cent
Forest
Citrus + mulch
Citrus
Rowcrop + mulch
Fallow + weed growth
36
20
7.15
7
7
7
6.9
29.0
2.4
2.6
9.2
39.0
7
.
Soil 1^
1
(t/ha/y )
0026^
12.0
0 24
43
18.9
89.4
53
Source Hudson (1971)
Table 12 gives the results of measurements by the Soil Conservation Research Project of soil losses at Sidamo and Gojam in 1984 The soil is a Eutric Nitisol, its rainfall for the year^as 1,038 mm. The figures from Sidamo and Gojam are considered by many to be high duet: incorrect analysis.
iil loss
Cover
Slope
(%)
Soil loss
(t/ha/y)
Sidamo
Continuous hacked fallow
Fallow followed by grass
Permanent grass
Cereals
Gojam
Verucluvisol, fallow then wheat
Eutric Nitisol, fallow then beans & peas 
Stony Eutric Nitisol, fallow then wheat
Eutric Regisol, grazed grass 80% cover
The results from Dia (Table 13) show low soil loss, but the site was recently clearedwhfl 1984 sites were on lands that had been intensively cultivated and that had lost their °n surface soil
I
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Intearated Development Master PIM
2B-15n aTUBAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2B soils and soil conservation Table 13* Soil losses for different treatments
Treatment
Soil loss
(t/ha/a)
Grain (control)
Grass strip
Graded Fanya Juu Graded bund
Level Fanya Juu
Level bund
5,06
1.48
0 46
0 66
0.76
0.18
Source: Personal communication. Soil Conservation Research Project. Addis Ababa.
5,3 Erosion Hazard
Other than the obvious effect of slope on erosion risk, the soils of the basin respond variably to the rainfall erosivity Soils formed on the extensive plateau basalts have relatively well structured top soils and are thus able to absorb water and resists rainfall energy. Soils derived from the basement complex are less stable their surface tends to seal, and runoff, as it moves down-slope, results in sheet erosion. Top soil loss also means loss of fertility, as much of the organic matter and available nutrients concentrate in the upper horizons.
Rill and gully erosion do not appear to be a feature within cultivated fields. Rills and gullies appear to be the result of cattle paths, footpaths, badly aligned cut-offs, drainage from roadside ditches and mitre drains, and domestic areas Topsoil transport would appear to slow and then cease at the foot of the slopes, resulting in an often deeper, colluvial soil
t AMS-BLG Baro-Aknbo River Batifi Integniwl Dotlopniait Master Plan
IB -16NATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2B soils and soil conservation
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study of Water and Land Resources of the Gambela Pi Volume V, Annex 4 soils and Their Possible Uses
Baro-Akobo upper catchment comprehensive Development Master Plan EVDSA Recon-sr May/June 90 Section 6.6
Booker Tropical Soil Manual, Longmans 1984
EVDSA Reconnaissance Study Report - Socio-Economics Baro-Akobo upper catchment Jj| 1990
Inception Report Vol 2 Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan AMS/ULG 1995
Land Husbandry Manual F. Shaxon et al Government Printer, Malawi 1976
Master Land Use Plan , Annex 3 Regional Profiles of Livestock and Fuelwood FAO 1988
Master Land Use Plan. .Annex 1 Population supporting Capacity FAO, 1988
Master Land Use Plan, .Annex 2: Regional Profile of Land Resources FAO, 1988
Master land Use Plan, Main Report, FAO, 1988
National Conservation Strategy Vol FV of Action Plan TGOE Programmes I to IV et seq Participatory Forest Management workshop MNRDEP Addis Ababa, March 1994 Population aspects TAMS/ULG Feb 96 G Roger statistical Bulletin No 132 Oct 95 hand
utilisation ( private peasant Holdings)
Publication No 22 and 23 Framework forehand Evaluation and land Evaluation 1977-1978 ILRI - Wageningen, The Netherlands
Reconnaissance Masterplan for the Development of the Natural Resources of the Rift Valle? Lakes Basin, Final Report. Volume 2 Land Resource Assessment, 1992
Soil Conservation in Ethiopia (A hand book for field staff) Community Forest and Sod Conservation Development Department. 1996
Soil Conservation Research Project 4th progress Report Vol 5 for 1984 Univ Berne 1986 Soil Conservation Research Project Research Report No 18 Soils of Dizi/IUubabor 1991 and
updated, 1995 (Not yet published) Tables 15 and 16 only.
Statistical Bulletin No 134 June 95 hand utilisation ( private Holdings)
Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3b Soils, Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3c 
Suitability Classification, 1995
'X-
.
Woody Biomass and Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, .Annex 2 Land us
1995’
Woody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, annex 3, Socio-cu Economic .Aspects of Crop Livestock, and Tree Production, 1995
Hee
• hural
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-17NA H'RAL RESOURCES
AND SOIL CONSERVATION
appendix a. tables
Al Combined Basin Soil Map
A2 Slope Distribution per Wereda
A3 Land Capacity, Slope and Population Sunnnr. r
Wetedi
A4 WBISPP Land Cover Distribution per Wereda
ppon CaPac‘ty Model Distribution
River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-18TABLE A.l. COMBINED BASIN SOIL MAP
LEGEND
1. Rock. Scree, Lithic and Eutric Leptosols. Ven' high erosion hazard.
6935 km2. 9% ofbasm
2. Lithic and stony Dystric, Eutric and Chromic Cambisols. Haphic Acrisols, shallow, stony
High and very high erosion hazard.
3. Haphic Lixisols, often shallow over gravels and strongly weathered. Erosion hazard.
8455 km2. 11% of basin
2195 km2, 3% of basin
4. Dystric and Chromic Cambisols weathered and often shallow with coarse top soils.
8164 ton. 11% of basin
5. Eutric Vertisols seasonally waterlogged, generally fertile, often flooded in lower basin, risk of sodic conditions.
Gilgai relief.
6. Chromic and Haplic Luvisols. weathered soils. Erosion hazard
7141 ton'. 9% of basin
3531 km2. 5% of basin
7. Haplic Nitisols, usually deep, fine textured over basalt, “Red Forest" soils.
Slight erosion hazard.
10 710 km', 14% of basin
8. Rhodic Nitisols, usually deep, fine textured over basalt. “Forest Soils”, strong red colour.
Slight erosion hazard.
9. Dystric and Eutric Fluvisols, variable textures, usually deep. Slight erosion hazard
10. Eutric Gleysols, seasonally waterlogged.
Low erosion hazard.
11. Dystric and Eutric Plinthosols. variable depth over laterite/gravels. Erosion hazard.
6083 ton2. 8% of basin 10 086 km', 13% of basin
.
6857 km'. 9% of basin
2237 km2. 3% of bos'
12. Planosols associated with drainage lines and swamps, waterlogged for part or all year. Coarse profiles on shallow slopes.
Slight erosion hazard.
2045 km2. 3% ofb^'vai*i*t ru K'Oomnrxiw mots zvjutyiTAILf A * *3lirr LAND CO’.’Bl ErTTW-TON FW »T1£D<
• •natural resources
annex 2C geology
ANNEX2C
GEOLOGY
Baro-Akobo River Basin Lnlegrated Development .Master PlansRESOURCES
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
CONTENTS
...I
Objectives of Study.............................................................
.............. 1
....... I
....... 1
2
3
3
2.
21 2.2 2.3
Geological Setting...............................................................
Physiography....................................................................... Stratigraphy
Structure....
Seismicity............................................................................
ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
Introducti on.............................................. .
The Russian Report - Lower Basin.....
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report - Upper Basin 
2.4 Conclusion......
3. GEOLOGICAL INSTITUTIONS
.4
...4 ...5 ...7
.8
4.
ANALYSIS AND MAPPING BY REGION. 
5.
6.
PRIORITIES AND GEOLOGICAL. PLAN.....................
CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT .
7.
NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES
..... 12
8.
REFERENCES
13
APPENDICES
A Ppendix A Revised Legend of ARDCO-GEOSERV Geological Maps
TAMS~ULG Biro-A kobo River Basin Integraled Development Master Plannatural resources
1. INTRODUCTION
The Baro-Akobo Basin is irregular in shape and lies to the west of Ethiopia bounded k longitude 33° 00' East and 36° 15' East, and latitude 10° 45' North and 5° 30' North Th: Basin covers an area of 75,910 km2. To the west of the basin is Sudan, and the north east and south is bounded by an irregularly shaped mountainous divide.
Altitude varies from 2,300 m in the east to 400 m in the west. The basin is drained westward, by four principal rivers, the Bare, the Gilo, the Alwero and the Akobo and their mar. tributaries, which rise in the Ethiopian highlands to the east of the basin at altitudes of 1,200 to 2,300 meters above sea level.
Within the Gambela plain to the west these four rivers do not dry up, but in low water season- their run off is very low.
1.1 Objectives of Study
The major objective of the study was to critically evaluate the previous reports and mapping of the basin and assess their suitability for master planning and resources development.
1.2 Geological Setting
Ethiopia is underlain by a crystalline basement complex of metamorphic rocks and plutonic rocks which is part of the Pan-African Orogenic system of late Pre-Cambrian to earliest Palaeozoic age. Scattered small remnants of Permian age indicate wider cover in a Palaeozoic time. Triassic to Jurassic marine sedimentary rocks covered eastern and muc central Ethiopia. Erosion of this succession at its margins occurred before
volcanism in the early Tertiary which has continued to the present. During uplift subsequent development of the East African rift system beginning during the Mioc erosion occurred and uncovered the crystalline basement. The Baro-Akobo Basin lies to west of the country, west south-west of Addis Ababa and consists primarily of ®asC^i crystalline rocks in the eastern uplands with covering Tertiary lavas in places, and Qua sediments in the lowlands to the west.
1.3 Physiography
The land surface is characterised by mountainous terrain in the eastern two thirds o and a gently westward sloping plain in the western one third. From east to v,cSt is mountains, high plateaux and lowland ranges and plains. Generally from east to a dissected peneplain at 1,500 to 2,400 m, a sloping dissected piedmont area at 1. m and a gently sloping alluvial lacustrine plain at 400 to 500m.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlannaTUBAL resources
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
Four
n
jnajor land types have been identified in previous studies from east to west These are:
fhff Mekonnen plateau with an elevation range of 1.300 to 2.000 m, generally 
^jerlain by Pre-Cambrian basement rocks and some Tertiary basalts
the Masongo mountains, which arc a dissected peneplain consisting of mountain chains and intermontane plains ranging tn elevation from 1,300 to 600m and generally cmderlain by Pre-Cambrian basement rocks.
« the High Illubabor plain which is descending gently westwards from elevations of
500m to 440m and generally underlain by Miocene basalts.
• the Low lllubabor plain which is a flat to slightly inclined plain at 440m to 395m and is underlain by Quaternary alluvial and lacustrine deposits and consisting of river flood plains and swamp.
Physiographic forms can vary abruptly across changes in bedrock type, for example between basalts and underlying crystalline metamorphic rocks, between mafic and salic volcanic rocks, and notably between consolidated rocks and alluvial sediments. Tectonics dominate the physiography of the basin but other factors art important, especially the denudation caused by rivers, volcanic lava flows and modification to relief caused by deposition. Rock type has influenced topography. Exposures of Pre-Cambrian schists and gneisses of the Palaeozoic peneplain tend to form a smoothly undulating countryside. The granitic intrusions into these schists and gneisses tend to be more resistant, and sometimes are sharply upstanding as inselbergs. Outpourings of basalt in the Tertiary generally produce plateau treas which have been subsequently dissected by rivers.
laese changes and upheavals have produced conditions which theoretically might seem unlikely. However chronological sequence of the stratigraphy of the area is of academic value 31 this stage of the project. More detailed field work would be required to identify the geological history f the basin.
o
14 Stratigraphy
TT]
S'*successi0" in the Baro-Akobo basin (based on the data made available) is as
Quaternary - alluvial, lacustrine deposits, basalts,
pliocene - sandstone, argillites, basalts
Miocene, basalts, tuffs
ligoccnc-Miocene - trachytes, rhyolites, tuffs
- basalt
Perm’
• pre sandstones, argillites, minor conglomerates
Cambrian Basement - gneisses and schists, granites.
Illllbabor p|^aternar>r alluvial and lacustrine deposits occur in the Gambela plain (the
and*1' t0 WeSt of basin- progrcssively 
eastwards into Pliocene,
^^Kocene-Miocene formations outcrop in the lower basin area between and 34° 30‘ East of approximately longitude 34 jO are Pre-Cambrian
Ta MS-ULG BaroAkobQ River Baiin Integrated Development Matter Pl»NATURAL RESOURCES
basement rocks consisting of gneisses, schists and granites, overlain unconf0rm b] various Tertiary basalt flows in the high plateaux areas.
1.5 Structure
WFA2<:«o Lf)r,
a v by
The Pre-Cambnan crystalline basement rocks exhibit intense folding have been intruded by igneous rocks. In the north of the upper basin, dense.
and foliation and particularly, faulting j.
Overlying unconformably the Pre-Cambrian rocks are basalt lava flows which are general! gently dipping to flat These lava flows are of Tertiary age and are very clearly identifiable on aerial photographs. Tertiary and Quaternary sediments are found in the lllubabor plain west cf Gambela These are virtually horizontal and lie above sandstones and basalts.
Foliation and the axes of folding in the Pre-Cambrian basement rocks are generally in a north south direction. The Pre-Cambrian basement has undergone massive epeirogenic movements such as permitted the Mesozoic sea to transgress over the region from the south east. This deposited sediments with marked unconformity upon the peneplained Pre-Cambnan surface.
1.6 Seismicity
Ethiopia and the Hom of Africa have been continuously jolted by earth tremors over the last six centuries (Gouin, 1979). However the Baro-Akobo basin lies in a zone of no or minor seismic activity with only one event of magnitude 3 recorded in the south east of the basin.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlannaT
wal resources
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
assessment of available data
2.
2J lulroductioii
The geology of Ethiopia has been well documented by Mohr P.A. (1972) and the whole country is shown on a geological map at 1.2.000,000 scale published bv the Mmistrv nf MtoB (Keznun V.,1973). The Baro-Akobo Basin has
an Upper Basin for previous studies.
Pw Lower Basin was covered by Selkhozpromexpon (1990) and is known as the Russian
u
, ”’5> and VotaK “ “
v
d
A further study which covers pan of the Basin is by Davidson, A., (1983). The Omo River Project, Reconnaissance Geology and Geochemistry of parts of Dlubabor, Kefa, Gamu Gofa and Sidamo, which was published as Bulletin No 2 of the Ministry of Mines and Energy . Two geological maps cover part of the upper basin. These are the Gore Map sheet (NC 36-16) published at 1:250,000 scale in 1987 by the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys and the Kunnuk-Asosa Map sheet (NC 36-7, NC 36-8) which was produced at 1:250,000 scale by the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys in 1987, but is unpublished.
, «e references were consulted but the review has concentrated on the Russian report and report, both of which are directly concerned with the basin, and 
C provide a very good inventory of geological conditions in the Baro-Akobo basin.
.-
h is stressed that the legend at Appendix 
j- * been suitably revised to allow basic
checking it was found that the
comparisons between the upper and Iowct basins. A er ' 8end of the Soyuz study did not require any further revi
e
^ or master planning (Section 2.2 refers). U The Russian Report ■L*"'" "” 
mapping scale required
8
, V.200.000
IV w™ Report includes a
'•Vie of the lower basin. Twelve second M .Ml rt'« PWion. The map is considered to b
^Pleistocene and Holocene surfaces-
““
v ,750.000 scale GUo
^ Russian Report also contains a ^ °*
Sneering geological map at
v 200.
-
ale On the ^Io^C
. tectonic map at
the Giio
^AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bisin Integrated Development Muter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX2CgEol
sandstone is classed as Eocene-Oligocene, but Davidson (1983) assigns it to the P Quaternary and Tertiary formations are shown in some detail on these maps ^Hnian
The Russian report is based on ten years of field work in the lower basin. Ann 
IV used aerial photo interpretation extensively as the basis for producing the ma that very little work had been done in the lower basin before the Russian report 'appejn development of the Gambela plain study by TAMS in 1976. Previous gcoloacaJ^L^ mainly concentrated in the upper basin. In genera] the Russian report is not easv r represents a considerable amount of work. 
' 0 rcad
The report described the geomorphological structure in some detail and identified nine surfaces of planation. These are shown in colour on the accompanying geomorphologici maps at a scale of 1:200.000. The land types described and shown on the gcomorphological maps were reviewed using the 1:250,000 topographic maps and appear to tie in well uni reality. Generally from east to west there is a dissected peneplain at 1,500 to 2,400m, a sloping dissected piedmont area at 1,000 to 1,500m and a gently sloping alluvial lacustme plain at 400 to 500m.
The section on geolog)’ in the Russian report has identified in stratigraphic order. Recoil terrestrial deposits. Quaternary volcanic rocks. Tertiary pre-rifl volcanic rocks, Mesozok sedimentary rocks and Pre-Cambrian basement rocks.
Four sheets at 1:200,000 comprise the engineering geological map which distinguishes seven types of cover deposits and five types of underlying rocks. Many boreholes were sunk in the plain for hydrogeological purposes and four cross sections I, II. Ill and IV were piowd
X“T^“ib0‘S:leS r“Ch d0'™ “>275m “0 P- seduw
1 200.000 and a venical scale of 1 1^
?!"
* a horizontal scale of
sections available have been nM. ’ j ’ , C° 1S a tremendous exaggeration In fact the
high and low IUubabor plain Cwn k • sections West of Gambela boreh* |yS1CS ^ ° ^
S
111 die east, but boreholes were only sunk in the
or more casterlv
sections V and VI are also availahlA^ penctra!e ^^stones and siltstones. Two
‘“Ml the sections in the plain area
plottcd on engineering geological maps
sandstone and siltstone. At the hnim/t V vanety of superficial deposits before reaching tb<
faulted against basalts, granites and gneisses
mounta^ns’ sediments a#
The maps also show four locations of dams with many boreholes (used for hy purposes) across the plain. Reservoir basins were investigated at 1:50,000 scale an at 1:5,000 scale with the production of topographic maps. The reservoir basins shown map are Itang, Bonga, Chink and Gilo 21, and Abobo, south of Gambela.
« n.ARBCO-GEOSMVR^^^^
The ARDCO-GEOSERV repon cover*
accompanying geological maps a
, i 5O
2
of 11,6 basin- °r uPPcr basin’
e repon gives a history of previous geoloo^ f thc geo,°©' cast of longitude 34 
6 ^dies in the area, which started during
TAMS-CLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2C-5SAfl RAl KESOtJRCES_______________ ____________ ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
nod 1935-41 when geologists visited the area prospecting for gold or platinum. Most of the
re ports deal with localised prospecting until Hunting Geology and Geophysics Ltd oduced photo-geological maps of the area at 1:100,000 in 1969. Geological mapping by the
ra.jOpian Institute of Geological Surveys began in 1976, but only the Gore map -sheet (NC
; 0 ] 61 has been published, at a scale of 1:25O.OOO
^ps accompanying the report, produced on five sheets, show solid geology only. The niaps are compilation maps with some limited field work in areas not previously mapped. Hie legend of the maps is quite difficult to read due to the use of rather similar symbols and a limited range of 7 colours Clarity would have been improved if letters as well as symbols were used to designate the geological units. Also the forty lithologic units were only grouped approximately in stratigraphic sequence and no attempt was made to determine precise stratigraphic order. For this .Annex, an attempt was made to rectify this, and the revised legend in presented in Appendix A.
Unmapped areas were covered using aenal photo interpretation and limited field work. 1950- 1960 age aerial photographs at 1:60,000 scale were used and photo geological units were
plotted by eye on overlays to topographic base maps at 1:50,000 scale. The photo interpretation was completed by three geologists and took one month, after which the three geologists spent two months in the field mapping field traverses located near existing paths and roads. No photo interpretation was done on previously mapped areas.
One of the map sheets. Gore sheet, was compared with the published geological map of the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys (NC-36-16) of this area and was found to agree quite well with some slight modifications. .An area of granite on the published map was shown as gneisses on the ARDCO-GEOSERV map. The 1:60,000 scale aerial photographs available in the project office covering a strip E-W of this sheet were examined stereoscopically and generally major geological boundaries, for example between basalt and metamorphic rock, were found to agree very well with the map units. The Maji sheet was compared with the 1:500,000 geological map accompanying Bulletin No 2 of the Ministry of
and was generally found to agree very well. One unit of Permian sandstone on the o nver sheet was wrongly designated granite and syenite. A further unpublished map 
w ^^nopian Institute of Geological Surveys (sheet NC 36-7 and 8), Kurmuk-Asosa f 0Unj° 0Ure
U
d P *n office and compared with the ARDCO-GEOSERV Asosa sheet and 
acco t0 agFee
* s cons*dered toai toe &ve geological compilation maps
in ^^pan-‘in8 the ARDCO-GEOSERV report are a good indication of geological conditions
l Per basto cast of
legeiKj ^
longitude 34° 30'. The maps are produced in printed format but the
ls often difficult to read due to the fact that symbols are confusing.
^.^co-geoserv report on geology describes the geological units in the upper basin 
Uiuts fr^prthcnsively, although some difficulties were experienced in correlating geological
exis^gOtn different sources. Overall the report is considered to be a good measure of the
descri[LgCOlogicaJ information for this part of the basin. Previous geological studies are
eXai,tined t detaj‘ and toe list of 59 references is comprehensive, of which a selection were
^Wino L
t
V ’° detailed cross sections are given in the ARDCO-GEOSERV geological maps
^d th
e
m C Underlying structure. Minor discrepancies were noted between these sections
bribed ^>S' maP units are grouped under five major rock unit categories and all are detaj]
^AAlS-lJLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Devetopm«t Master Plan
2C-6NATURAL RESOURCES
A*™* 2CGE0L0Gv
Pre-Cambrian to early Paleozoic Rocks
*
♦
gneisses and migmatite
meta-sedimentary, meta volcanic and metamorphosed shallow intnisiv meta-plutonic and plutonic rocks
rock$
Late-Paleozoic to unmetamorphosed Tertiary and sedimentary rocks Quaternary deposits
2.4 Conclusion
The present geological information is considered to be adequate for Master Planning However once projects have been identified as being suitable for development, (eg hydropower, irrigation or mining projects) then detailed survey and mapping in these areas will be required.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl>“
2C-7vlT URAt RESOURCES
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
3 GEOLOGICAL INSTITUTIONS
Geological mapping is earned out principally by the Ethiopian Institute of • ■
Surveys, of the Ministry of Mines and Energy . 7^ gencra] of
eventually cover the whole of Ethiopia with mapping at 1:25Q,OOO scale
Og,Cal
™l°
In the Baro-Akobo basin only one map sheet, Gore (NC 35-J6i hac „ ui- l r
further sheet, Kurmuk-Asosa (NC 3^7. NO 36-8) „
P S Gi"bbi ?C 36’12’bW"
^ , T'
an unpublished sheet showing the drainage partem
h ^oiou^ L
buI *' availabte map fe
J
ap 1S
More detailed geological research work at 1:50,000 scale has been carried out bv the
Geological Department of the Addis Ababa University, the Ethiopian Institute of GeotgiS
Surveys and the Ottawa -Carleton Geoscience Center of Canada
g
JTSmTZT I"
. I.500OT Mfe by Ethropian 
•“ m“cral d
'* «1 some areas are being mapped
of
Surysys ^8 «W«
mmercial enterprises. Derailed prospecting is being carried out in selected areas.
'
TAMS-ULG Bara-Aioba River Bui. leieeralri
Menu f-nNATURAL RESOURCES
4. ANALYSIS AND MAPPING BY REGION
Volume^). ‘............................................................................ °asm (s^
Although it would have been beneficial to digitise the ARDCO-GEOSERV map sheets at this scale the resulting map would have been very complex with extremely small mapping units and not legible. The GIS map produced is a much better representation of the overall geology of the basin and can be used for general planning.
The ARDCO-GEOSERV maps at 1:250,000 of the upper basin are comprehensive and a ven useful data base for planning, although as previously mentioned some symbolisation is difficult to read due to the limited range of 7 colours and lack of letter symbols. It would be advisable to reprint these maps using more colours and better symbols with additional letter symbols, so that legibility is improved.
The Russian engineering geology maps at 1:200,000 scale of the lower basin are considered to give a comprehensive indication of the geological conditions in this area.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mast* P
r
,,n^turalMSources
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
priorities and geological plan
tv present geological information is considered to be adequate for Master Planning.
□ wcver once projects such as Hydropower projects. Irrigation projects or Mining projects,
have been identified as being suitable for development, then detailed survey and mapping in 
areas will be required.
Such surveys will start at reconnaissance level, but as (he detailed planning of the project progresses, surveys will have to be conducted at semi-detailed 1:10.000-1:20,000 scale and detailed 1:5,000-1:10,000 scale levels Field mapping scales would be appropriately large.
For example. 1’ot dam sites for hydropower or irrigation projects final geological mapping at scales of 1:5,000 to 1:1,000 will be required. Obviously before this can happen, topographic mapping has to be undertaken at these scales.
To facilitate the topographic and geological mapping at large scales, large-scale aerial survey (1:15,000 to 1:20.000) of the priority areas will be required with establishment of ground control. Final topographic mapping would be at 1.000 to 1:5,000 scale. Detailed geological mapping will be facilitated and executed more speedily with aerial photo interpretation. For this aerial photo interpretation colour vertical aerial photographs are recommended, with at least 60% stereoscopic coverage.
Geological mapping of potential mining areas will also be facilitated at the semi-detailed level (1 10:000 -1:20,000) by photo interpretation of vertical colour aerial photos.
As a primary requirement vertical colour aerial photography at a scale of 1:15,000 to 1:20,000 1 be obtained for priority projects. As the projects become feasible, larger scale
reared U :5,000 to 1:10,000). It may be advisable to establish a photo ^relation myt within the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Survcys.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akpbo River B«1d Integrated Development Mwier PL»nNATURAL RESOURCES
6. CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT
It can be concluded that the geology of the Baro-Akobo basin has been adequate!
in previous reports as far as Master Planning is concerned. The available maps a/lT''** and 1:200,000 scales are good and should provide a firm basis for planninc tL . :250,0( (
i
'
reports are also adequate
esc nptive
However, as soon as priority projects have been identified by other sectors, more detailed geological information will be required for feasibility and then design considerations.
For ease of working with the ARDCO-GEOSERV maps it is recommended that they are re- printed using more colours, better symbols and letter symbols.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M«s** ^
r
l>nANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
7 need for further studies
lt is not considered necessary for further studies to be made on the general geology of the Baro_Akobo basin. However once. Master Planning projects have been identified semi- ditaikd and detailed geological surveys will be required.
Ta MS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2C n*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- —_
8. REFERENCES
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995. Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin. Volum JV - Natural Resources. Vol TV-B Geology; Map Folio at 1:250,000 scale.
Davidson, A.. 1983. The Omo River Project Reconnaissance Geology and Geochemistry • parts of Illubabor, Kefa, Gemu Gofa and Sidamo. Bulletin No.2, Ministry- of Mines and Energy. Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys.
Gouin, Piene, 1979. Earthquake History of Ethiopia and the Hom of Africa, University of Addis Ababa, lnt. Dev. Research Center, Ottawa. Canada.
Kazmin, V., 1973. Geological Map of Ethiopia 1:2,000,000 scale Imperial Ethiopian Government, Ministry of Mines.
Kazmin. V,, 1975. Explanation of the Geological Map of Ethiopia. Bulletin No 1. Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys.
Mengesha Tefera and Seife Manam Berhe, 1987. Geological Map of the Gore Map-sheet
(NC 36-16), 1:25O,OOO scale. Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys, Addis Ababa. Mengesha Tefera. 1987. Geological Map of the Kurmuk-Asosa Map sheet (NC 36-7, NC 36-
8), 1:250.000 scale; Unpublished, Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys, Adis
Ababa.
Mohr. P.A., 1972. The Geology- of Ethiopia, 2nd Edition. Haile Selassie University Press- Addis Ababa.
Selkhozpromexport, 1990. Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study. Volume IV. annex 2. Geomorphology, Geology and Hydrogeology; Map Folio...r.tRAl«E5O1JltCES
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
^PENDIX a
Scale 1:250,000
REVISED LEGEND OF ARDCO-GEOSERV GEOLOGICAL
MAPS
quaternary
q Alluvium Gravel, Sand, Clay
q, Tcpi Basalt: Olivine - Pyroxene Basalt
UPPER MIOCENE-PLEISTOCENE (=Nm)
NMp Plugs, necks, dykes of trachyte, phonolite & felsite XMt; Trachyte flow
o ’ivinc’Pyroxciie ba5al1
aphanitic basalt flows wnh minor trachyte
SMti Trachyte flows, minor pyroclastic rocks & basalt flows NM, Basalt, rhyolite, trachyte, phonolite, ignimbrite
NM Surma Basalt
t
PALEOCENE -OLIGOCENE -MIOCENE (=Pga)
?Nv Rhyolite, trachyte, ignimbrite, minor basalt, tuff, upper pan of main volcanic sequence
PNv2 Salic flows & pyroclastic rocks
PNv, Pv PE,
Mixed salic & basaltic flows & pyroclastic rocks
Mekonnen Basalt; aphanitic plateau flood basalt locally phosphoritic Mam volcanic sequence:
Basalt, rhyolite, trachyte, ruff, ignimbrite
Akobo Basalt: porphiritic, olivine -pyroxene basalt
OLIGOCENE -MIOCENE (*=S)
------------------- --- —7
S 4IU1: -—■- ~
Alkali granite &. syenite
PERMIAN (= Ps)
Sandstone, minor conglomerate and siltstone
^Ca— mTfchbV irDiKaInAN
Meta-plutonic aDd plutonic rocks ¥3
Pgt2 P&
Pc gt!
Pc gd
fan Pcdt
Post- tectonic granite, quartz Late to post-tectonic granite, q Gabbro, hornblendite Syntectonic granite (-gt;)
,
Syntectonic granodiorite, tonalite t J?’ Syntectonic tonalite, granodiorite ( t ■■ Meta-quartz diorite, metadiorite ( gb - ^eta-gabbro, amphibolite (^gti)
TAMS'VLG Biro-Akobo River Basin totegrated Development Muter PI™
2C-14natural resources
Metamorphosed sedimentary/volcanic and hypabyssal rocks
PRsj Sedimentary, metagraywackejneupelite, metarhyolite
tuff & meta conglomerate (= Pe3a)
PRs; Quartz-muscovite schist, minor quartzite (=Pe3a)
PRsi Sericite schist, minor pyritic & graphitic phyllite.
metachert (=Pe 3a)
PRm Marble (=Pc 3t)
r
PRum Meta-ultramafic rocks, dunite & serpentinite
talc & talc amphibole schist (=ub)
PR, Mafic hornblende-plagioclase schist interlayered leucocratic biotite schist minor metagraywacke, metaconglomerate in part mylomtic (=Pe 31)
PRs, Schists of metasedimentary & metavolcanic origin, mainly biotite -quartz - plagioclose schist in part mylonitic (=Pe 31)
Gneisses and Migmatites
Pcgn 9 Strongly lineated granitoid orthogneiss (=Pe 1)
Pcgn 8 Strongly lineated layered gneiss, in part blastocataclastic (Pel)
Pcgn 7 Predominantly muscovite-biotite granitoid gneiss (=Pel)
Pcgn 6 Muscovite-bearing gneiss, schist (=Pelb)
Pcgn 5 Calcilicate gneiss, amphibolite (=Pelb)
Pcgn 4 Locally cordierite, gedrite bearing (Pclb)
Pcgn 3 Garnet-amphibole gneiss, amphibolite:
mainly hornblende rich, subordinate gedrite (=Pelb)
Pcgn 2 Hornblende-biotite gneiss, mainly leucocratic magmatic in part, minor metasedimentary gneiss, quartzo-feldspalhic gneiss, amphibolite & granitoid orthogneiss (=Pe lb)
Pcgn 1 Biotite gneiss, migmatite, locally garnet, sillimanite bearing ( =Pelb)
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo
River Basin Integrated Development Master Pi«n
2C-1SANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D
MINERAL RESOURCESANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
L 1.1 12 1.3
I
21
22
1
Objectives of study...................................................... ................. ............................... ............. j
Major Areas of mineralization and geology of ihe basin
....... j
Types of Minerals present and distribution................................................................................ i
ASSESSMENT OF AV AILABLE DA TA...
..3
Introduction ..................................................................... ........................ -.................................... 3
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report.
...........................................................................3
MINING INSTITUTIONS
31 Mining in the Baro-Akobo Basin................................... ...................................................................... 4
l/.j Gold. -..................................... ...................................... .......... ■......... ...... - -................... ........ 4
3.1.2 Piarmum ......................... ......................... ........... ..................... ...................... 4
3.1.3 Iron Ore . ........... ................................. ................................ ......................... ....4
4. MINING TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS „................. ..... ...................................... 5
5. DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS...... ....................... ............. ............ ................................. 6
51 Development Option of Dul..................... .
6
5 2 Development Option at Bunaya-Ankori......................................................................................... 7
5.3 Development option at Tulu Kapi................................................................................................ 8
5-4 Development Option at Yubdo
8
5 5 Development Option at Lhe Akobo Basin................................................................................... 9
*• AVAILABLE MAPS AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS........ ...................................11
7
> priorities and mining plan..................... ..... ............... .............. ....
1 NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES.............. —.................... ...... ......... .................... ....... 11
FIGURES
F 'gure 1
figure 2
General Location of Mineralised Belts
Mineral Deposits and Occurrences Map of Baro-Akobo Basin
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Non-Governmental Organisation
Ethiopian Mineral Resources Development C orporation Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys
Geographic Positioning System
2D -iNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
1. INTRODUCTION
The Baro-Akobo Basin is blessed with many mineral occurrences These are concentrated in the upper basin east of longitude 34° E
nu n
* h'
1.1 Objectives of study
The major objective of the study was to evaluate the previous reports and maps of the basin and assess the mineral resources w’ith respect to their suitability for development in Master Planning
1.2 Major Areas of mineralization and geology of the basin
The Geology of the Baro-Akobo Basin comprises essentially:
• Archean crystalline basement rocks consisting of high grade gneisses
• Upper Proterozoic to early Palaeozoic low grade meta-sedimentary and meta-volcanic rocks
• Permian terrestrial sediments
• Eocene to Miocene volcanic rocks and Quaternary volcanic flows
• Syn-post tectonic intrusives
• Quaternary - Recent alluvial deposits
The low-grade metamorphic volcanic and sedimentary rocks are of primary interest as far as the mineral potential of the region is concerned These occupy three major areas known as the Asosa-Benshangul Mineralised Belt in the north, the Metti-Nejo Mineralised Belt in the east an. the Akobo Mineralised Belt in the south (see Figure I). The first two belts belong to the e Greenstone Region and the third to the Akobo Greenstone Region, two of the well known se^ greenstone regions in Ethiopia of late Proterozoic age They consist of low-grade volcanic sedimentary rocks of greenschist facies along with associated intrusions Gold is found as primary deposits within the greenschists and also as placer deposits
13 Types of Minerals present and distribution
shtnvs^h^known^n^l M’neralo8ical MaP at 1:250,000 scale (see section 2) in five sheets 
p ace go d plXum n
° f b“in Seated maps are primary gold,
metals. Ind,cared from
XX'X" n. umples ”'0'’
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basis Integrated Develop men ( Master
2D-1ETHIOPIA
BaroAkobo River Basin
Integrated Development
Master Plan Project
10s
Dul Mountain (primal go’d)
Assosa- Bens Mneralised
Figure 1.
GENERAL LOCATION
OF MINERALISED BELTS
,+■ ; ■,---■tr
r
Yiixio (piahndn't
4U
r. 2 Stoor
*c
'.J
'"7?
/I
J1
'i."* / ’■
\ * ■/
1Z
54 (
P
J
r~
Akcco
>
ff
• \5\
1996
from ARDCOGEOSERV ’’■ner^apr
3-CI
c r<
* 79Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
Master Plan Project
Figure 2
MINERAL DEPOSITS AND OCCURRENCES
MAP OF BARO-AKOBO BASIN
1/
Go*
I
*
Sow,lr> 01 Waler R
* & 7. 1997r^[LAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
Asosa-Benshangul Mineralised Bell there are four important primary gold occurrences 
in ’ base metal occurrences The principal primary deposit is at Dul, which is 13 km
* tth ’cTtheast of the border town of Kurmilk centred on Latitude 10° 29' N. longitude
and has been explored since 1970, with geological mapping at 1:10,000 scale
tion work is presently being carried out by a US/Canadian joint venture and
^essiorts have been granted Drilling, trenching and pitting has been carried out
near DuL 25 krn “tit h-southeast of Kurmuk is the Azale-Akendeyu area, which is a
jiential deposit of copper and zinc and has been subject to considerable exploration
Indications are that there is a possible association of gold and silver so this area is considered
10 be important
[n the Metti-Nejo Bell primary and placer, goid has been found at Tulu Kapi, Bunaya-Ankori, l_ega Baguda, Komto, Ya van Gedhemso, and Kobera-Uwa. Exploration work was earned out ictnc vears ago in the Tulu Kapi and Bunaya-Ankori areas However, the most important
■nineral occurrence in this area is the eluvial and alluvial platinum at Yubdo, centred at
approximately longitude 35° 30L and latitude 8“ 57N, which was mined from 1926 to 1988. The highest production was in 1932 at 230 75 kg but recently production never rose above 5 is per annum Extensive exploration has been carried out in this area.
Also in the Metti-Nejo Belt iron ore is found which has been explored since the early 1960s The deposits occur as lenses within the Metti-Nejo low-grade metamorphic belt Principally Jour localities have been identified with total reserves estimated at approximately 800,000 metric tonnes, Other potentially important occurrences in the Metti-Nejo Belt are of nickel at Dalati. 32 km northeast of Yubdo
n the Akobo Mineralised Belt in the south of the basin the only mineral of economic 
^Ponance is placer gold, which has been mined by local inhabitants since early times. Based
ploratory work a foreign firm estimated a possible total of one million cubic meters of
efOdS ^Gal gold with a possible average grade of 0 7 g per nr.
’’’Wtrialj I° ^ morals are also reported to occur in the basin Apart from construction
Wnditj & ■ °r U5C suc^ 43 building materials and brick clay and carbonate rocks for soil
8 'nlercslm? industrial minerals occurring are garnet, sillimanite, talc, beryl and
u fl !l ’he occurrences are believed to be small and further exploration is necessary
Gambeb r.
ducted aSm 15 associaled wi’b the White Nile Rift Graben and Chevron Oil has ^nence ®eo?hysical studies which confirmed the presence of a 3,600m thick sedimentary'
CS
k^lin bup !]
^ oura|j[
v
c pCneath the Quaternary alluvial sediments, which constitutes a deep trough
i'Sc
0Veret|
° r Petroleum and gas deposits The area is still under exploration since oil has been
^bc]a pi^ e adJacent Sudanese rift basins and similar formations could continue into the
2D-2NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOVRqs
ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
2.1 Introduction
The mineral resources of Ethiopia have been described by Jelence D (1966), but very little wis written in this publication about the Baro-Akobo basin
The main-source of reference for this study was the ARDCO-GEOSERV report, (1995) Volume IV C Mineral Resources Survey. Part of the basin is covered by Davidson, A (1983), The Omo River Project, reconnaissance Geology and Geochemistry of pans of Ilubabor. Kefa, Gamu Gofa and Sidamo which was published as Bulletin No 2 of the Ministry of Mines and Energy
Two general references for the whole country consulted were by the Ministry of Mines and Energy (1994), Introducing the Gold fields of Ethiopia, and Introducing the Mineral Wealth of Ethiopia.
2.2 The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report.
ARDCO-GEOSERV has investigated the mineral potential of the Baro-Akobo basin and Volume IVC - Minerals Resources Survey, is a comprehensive document on the mineral resources of the basin The report cites 53 references, mainly geological reconnaissana surveys, prospecting reports and geochemical reports and gives an inventory of mineral occurrences and deposits of the basin Data was obtained from four regional surveys and many semi-detailed and detailed surveys
The report identifies 57 mineral deposits and occurrences in the Baro-Akobo basin mainly a reconnaissance and preliminary investigation stage with only three deposits investigated in detail All the occurrences are identified on the accompanying Mineral Maps in five sheets at 1:250,000
e _ 1 occurrences are of gold placers, nine are of primary gold, two are platinum, one is nxkd and four are iron ore, marble, beryl, kaolin and clay account for the remaining nine occurrences Significant occurrences that deserve further consideration are described in detail together wtb associated geological conditions
From the analysis of the .ARDCO-GEOSERV report it is evident that the Baro-Ak 
contains significant mineral occurrences, and most of the prospective areas have been [)* regional geological mapping and mineral prospecting by several international agencies Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys in the past
The Baro-Akobo basin is a large area and since systematic studies only started during by twenty years there are many gaps in the knowledge of specific areas within the basin This !»<* L data is a constraint to any planning of the development of the mineral resources in the basin
2D -3MSOWCES_____________ ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOTlrpg
MINING INSTITUTIONS
... owing operarions in Ethiopia are governed by rhe Mirwiry of Mines and Energy He
Eboopiw *6‘OTl R^'“ T
r
-nemmenl agency established tn 1982 developed and operates an open pit sold mine at Lego ^ntbi in primary 8old depoSits m soulhern Ethiopia
The Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys (EIGS) conducts geological reconnaissance ^■eys. and mapping and exploration programmes Once EIGS identifies a mineral deposit. i_be Ethiopian Mineral Resources Development Corporation undertakes detailed mineral exploration and development, except for petroleum, natural gas and geothermal energy
11 Mining in the Baro-Akobo Basin
Since ancient times rhe three mineralised belts have been known for their gold and local people have exploited platinum and iron ore as well as gold Mining is an artisanal activity at present
JU Gold
Existing mining developments in the basin are restricted to the semi-detailed -detailed primary go;d exploration which is under way by a Canadian American joint venture company at Dul In the Metti-Nejo belt alluvial and eluvial deposits in areas like Yubdo, Kapi. Gtdemso and Komto have been known for their gold and platinum In the Akobo mineralised bell, placer gold is the only known economically extractable mineral and as in the Asosa-Benshangul [ «pon local inhabitants, usually 1 or 2 man enterprises, mine these deposits There are no estimates of the quantities extracted, and much is smuggled over the border
il2 Platinum
^discovery of platinum in the vicinity ofYubdo dates back to the early 1920s The main 1988 dep9sd ‘s residual derived from the bedrock. The total platinum mined from 1926- Then^-5 2129 67 kg excluding that produced from 1973-1983 where data is not available
T ,a'J‘”- <EMRDC) - antononoos
re ^n!
reci:irded production of the metal was in 1932 which amounted to 230.75kg, In
Uft 3tHakCarS Production has not exceeded 5kg Major exploration programmes were Nadine Yubdo since 1961, and total platinum reserves were estimated as 12,060kg
tDergy jj B^onne. Yubdo was the only mine worked by the Ministry of Mines and
°' Vever this stopped because of undisclosed financial and technical problems
''“"Ove
local
in Ethiopia (induing the central Wdlng. repon) have
Te Port su^. Ore for the manufacture of agricultural implements, utensils *eaP°,
■■"•'4Mniaoy Of Mines, Mtcatad a l«al rf'X
‘"”'c S, h b“i" ™"
- in the basin. This reserve is spread out in s are small
” f0Ur ™Iqr ““
T *M£uLci.nkAkrt« River BnsinNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL
MINING TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS
The critical areas for follow up studies are
• Dul
• Bunaya - Ankori
• Tulu Kapi
• Yubdo
• Akobo basin
Such studies will take a long time and will have to be undertaken as part of the implementation of the Master Plan In addition there should be a proper assessment of the geology in terms of plate tectonics to establish metallogenic zoning in order to help predict areas of interest for future exploration Extensive use of merging of data sets using Remote Sensing and GIS is advocated
Mining in the basin is an artisanal activity at present. The government of Ethiopia recognises that foreign investment in the mining sector is essential for national economic growth, and is therefore actively seeking foreign investors to participate in mineral resource development
Local inhabitants mining placer gold deposits on a subsistence basis might be grouped in to organisations to actively mine and produce gold in a more efficient way
Limitations to development of the mining potential in the Baro-Akobo basin are mainly poor access to possible areas of mineralization, lack of water resources and lack of energy Development of these resources would enhance the development of mining operation* However the main constraint on the development of mining in the Baro-Akobo basin is lack of detailed exploration carried out in the area
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
development OPTIONS
Five development options have been presently identified but it . a co^rehensive list and further options may weJ] d^e]nn
nawr plan execution
Stressed that is not P further studtes dunilg the
The options identified are
■ Dul
’ Bunaya - Ankori
' Tulu Kapi
• Yubdo
* Akobo basin
Due to lack of suitable data it has nor h^n
5.1 Development Option of Dul
1. Mineral Resources
2.
J. Development of primary Gold Mining al EW _„derable amOuni of exploration has been
The development
carried out indicating extensive reserves
is being proposed becaus 
recently acquired an exploration
4
5 Beneficiaries would be private investors and the
The development is socially acceptable because it >s thirty remot 6.
te away
from the border town
7.
This development is appropriate, as it is suitable for north Northwest of Benshangul Location is 13km south Southeast of Kurmuk, or
.11 in QOO covers an area of2060 sq km
A geological map of the Dul area at scale 1- ,
i^ent opportunities 
The development would provide substantial employment opponu.
The development will be financed by overseasinvaeo|ovital survey diamond drilling Before bnplementation could take place further detailed geological
12.
11
3314 geochemical analysis of samples is required
The development would be supported by the Ministry o . ^logical Surveys 
The development would require power, water
Ethiopian Institute o.
i upgrading of roM's 311
Dv
14
15
^"unications and the establishment of a mining to
devtiop has to be protected by law
ment
amount of explosion work cam
Ifi
nsta for ta project « ^ect “^^Xrcialnsks^l^
l
> it reserves are proven by exploratory X development of inbaslninure
wof
W>j«r will be sustained »th external finance and develop
^S-ULG Bare-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter Pint
2D-6NATURAL RESOURCES
17. The environment would be seriously affected in the area of mining dev |
e Oprn
^
•_£_ tn/'htHina nnu.’W linP^ and made Thp
infrastructure development, including power lines and roads The impact on the **
a
................... — ■ . . T_____ - A________ . :________ J considerable and an Environment Impact Assessment is proposed
18 The development would probably create employment for predominantly men 19 The development will probably create a health hazard and employees will
breathing precautions
20 It is not known what will be the demands on social services but a hospital facilities must be provided
21 No other economic activities will be created by the development
w ”CoulHk_ to
22 Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands With proper up-to-date rm^. management and transportation conflicts are not foreseen to arise with other uses of resources
5.2 Development Option at Bunaya-Ankori
1 Mineral Resources
2 Development of Primary' Gold Mining at Bunaya-Ankori
3 Limited exploration has been carried out with geochemistry, soil survey, geophysics, trenching and drilling. Preliminary investigations have indicated that viable deposits are available.
4 Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
5. The development is socially acceptable because it is remote
6 This development is appropriate to foreign investment
7 It is centred on 9° 08*N latitude and 35° 35^ longitude It is near the Genji - Tulu Kapi-Am road in the south and extends northwards
8 The development covers an area of approximately 15 km'
9 The development would provide substantial employment opportunities
10 The development will be financed by overseas investment
geological mapping is required
12 The development would be supported by the Ministry of Mines and the Ethiopian Geological Surveys
13. The development would require power, water supply, upgrading of roads of communications and the establishment of a mining town.
14 The development has to be protected by law
15. The commercial risks for the project are subject to the amount of exploratory work
out, if reserves are proven by exploratory work, then the commercial risks are lessened 16 The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
17 The environment would be affected only in the area of mining developmen infrastructure, including power lines and roads
15 
l
19 The development will probably create a health ha^rri and employees will have breathing precautions
2200 It is not known whai will be the demands on soda! services but a hospital and
ffaacciulilttiiees s mmuusstt bbee pprroovviiddeedd
21 No other economic activities will be created by the development, except perhaps sec activities such as shops, services and transportation
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanSOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
------------- ------------------------ -------------------------- ------- -----------------
4*
Development option at Tulu Kapi
Resources
f
‘ Development ° pnmmy Gold Mining at Tulu Kapi
■ Exptoratiori b* 311 Itahari
, in 1939 indicated proven reserves of Gold of psi over
[ 150kg, worth approximately 45 million US$ at present prices
Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
5 The development is socially acceptable because it is fairly remote
’ This development is appropriate as it is suitable for foreign investment
• It is located some 15 km Northeast of Yubdo at approximately longitude 35° 32" E and latitude SWN
S The development covers an area of approximately 250 sq.km
9 The development would provide substantia] employment opportunities
10. The development will be financed by overseas investment
11 For implementation further detailed geological survey, diamond drilling and geochemical analysis of samples is required
12. The development would be supported by the Ministry of Mines, and the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys
13. The development would require power, water supply, upgrading of roads and communications and the establishment of a mining town
14 The development has to be protected by law
‘5 The commercial risks for the project are subject to the amount of exploratory work carried out, if reserves are Droven bv exploratory work, then the commercial risks are lessened
e development will probably create a health hazard and employees will have to take precautions
001 known what wifi be the demands on social services but a hospital and medical
-.................~ uc facilities must be provided
- l No other economic activities will be activities such as shops, services and
- £Ol perhaps secondary
wu ~
, lbe development excep P°
other
conflicts are not fores**
be
■* With proper up to date mining manager*®’ ^.n, and graang «• of resources Care has to be <*»«*"*
required for the platinum development at u
1
2
3.
opment Option at Yubdo
TA>SLLGBar(>Akolw Rjver
P, “
2D -8NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERalr^,,
Resources of platinum have been estimated at 12,060kg grading 0 336g worth a
56 million USS at present prices.
ppr°5
amat |.
e
4.
5.
6
7.
8
Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
The development is socially acceptable because it is fairly remote
This development is appropriate as it is suitable for foreign investment
Location is at Longitude 8°57*N and latitude 35’30'E, near Yubdo town
2
The development probably covers an area of approximately 1000 km .
9
The development would provide substantial employment opportunities
10
11.
The development will be financed by overseas investment
For implementation, research into new processing techniques is required, as well
as 
st
drilling. Also GPS should be used to localise existing mine sites and shafts, in ord
o^
accurately locate mineralised areas on maps.
’
10
12.
The development would be supported by the Ministry of Mines, and the
Et
hiopian
Instmr
of Geological Surveys
13
The development would require power, water supply, upgrading
of
roads 
a rd
communications and the extension of a mining town
14 The development has to be protected by law
15. The commercial risks for the project are subject to the results of research into new processing techniques
16 The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
17. The environment would be affected in the area of mining development and infrastructure including power lines and roads The impact on the area could be considerable and an Environmental Impaci Assessment is proposed
18 The development would probably create employment for predominantly men.
19 The development may create a health hazard and employees will have to take breathing precautions.
20 It is not known what will be the demands on social services but a hospital and medU
facilities must be provided
21 No other economic activities will be created by the development, except perhaps secon
activities such as shops, services and transportation
Q.
22. With proper up to date mining management conflicts should not arise with other uses resources Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands
5.5 Development Option at the Akobo Basin
1. Mineraj Resources
2.
3
Development of placer Gold Mining at Akobo
Exploration of the Akobo River and its tributaries with the aim of delineating 8^.^ deposits was carried out in 1939-40 (COMINA Mining Co.) and sampling was ]e average
during 1951-53. A possible total of 150,000 cubic meters of gravel with a poss value of 1 gram per cubic meter was indicated At present values this is worth ap
58 million USS
Beneficiaries would be artisanal miners and private investors
The development is socially acceptable because it would provide limited emp This development is appropriate to local investment
It is located in the region of Akobo River and tributaries
The development covers an area of approximately 2400 km2
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master 1 *
2D -9
| j pi^-era uralResources 5T
9.
If II
13
devdopraent would only prov.de 1™^ empl^ gmitffpnses.
The development will be financed locally
For implementation further sampling and analysis is required
Fte development would be supported by the Ministry of Mine,
or 2 mail
t L-
Geological Surveys 
,J,C Ethiopian Institute of
13
1-1
15
The development may require li
mited power and limited
mfrasm.cn
The development has to be prot
ected by law
The commercial risks for the
project appear to be
minimal and are suhi^ , u
exploratory work particularly geochemical analysis 
The project will be sustained by local artisanal miners nnc«hh, „ The environment would only be affected locally 
bjW tO resuhs of fijrther
y supervised by NGO's.
The development could provide employment for men and women The development should not cause a health hazard
There would probably be no demands on social services
No other econonhc activities will be created by the development Conflicts are not foreseen to anse with other uses of resoX^
I
20 -10NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURq^
6. AVAILABLE MAPS AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS
Th ARDCO-GEOSERV geological maps at 1:25O,OOO scale form an excellent datab asefor
reconnaissance planning Also the accompanying Mineral Maps show clearly 
uh&e mineralization occurs
Many semi-detailed surveys have been carried out, principally by the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys However, for any developments to take place in the mining sector, much detailed mapping and exploration work is required This can only be accomplished with foreign investment
TAMS-1 LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D -117 priorities AND MINING PLAN
„tostageilis verydiffioih to identify pnorit^ fw
act comprehensive Obviously exploration and mapping JL f h ,nforn”tJOn available is 
However the options mentioned in Section 5 would 1 development in the region.
Geological information available at present is adequate f M mapping of potential mining areas is required There sh^dX" “hen geochemical, geophys.cal and detailed mineral'U^on Detailed and semi detailed geological mapping win
*° proceed ^"'muousiy dppear to be the pnorities for
.
scale (1 15000 to I 20,000) colour vertical aerial DhotlL Ias5,sted
hv
-
However d«ailed
tbe provirion of large
overlap.
aenal Photographs, wnh at least 60% atereowjfc
I
1
20 -12NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL Rfs
8. NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES
It is not considered necessary for further studies of the general geology of basin to be carried out However a great deal of further work is required wi semi-detailed and detailed levels before mining activities can be activated
'he Baro-Akofc 
th exploration v
.Although the outline of the existing geological maps has been carried out, there should h, detailed database covering areas where geochemical, geophysical and detailed mii^’ explorations have been carried out, including a summary of how many stream, soil tren^ chip samples have been collected
n
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bum Integrated Development Maater PlanANNEX 2E forestry
ANNEX 2E
FORESTRY
B*ro-Akobo River Bavin Integrated Doelopmen* Muter Plan/UTURAl RESOURCES
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
CONTENTS
jNTRODUCTION
■i
1. 2.
II.
2.2
r
2
i1
method ........................................... .
Available Data
National Priority Forestry Areas BASELINE resources
Natural Forests 
11.1
1.12
Hi
1.1 ■>.
j i.i
1.1.6 117. 31.8. 11.9
3.2. 1
.4 rrcM Ipi ne and Sub-A /pine
Cum/crous...............................
Aningcrta .....-..........................
Olea.........................................
fiaphia ..........,..........................
Evergreen Clump-Shade......
Mixed Deciduous........ ....... ..... Comb re rum and Acacia
Riparian..................................
I I 4 A.
*■ ri
»■
■i
... - f.4
+■
Plantation Forests 
1 SILVICULTURE
4.1 Forest Nurseries -
4.2. 4 J
44
Forest Management...................... ... .......... ..
Forest Monitoring............................ Land Clearing and Forest Harvesting
-- - - 4 - - ■ - -- -- - . - .a---- - - -- - - . + 4
J. FOREST INSTITUTIONS AND POLICIES
5,i
5 2.
6.
Institutional History and Development of Forestry Forest Strategy and Policy 
DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
+
■
fr.l.
6.2 Forestry Education-................................................... '
■ '■■■I
11
6.3
64 6.5. 6.6.
7.
Forest Demarcation, Delineation, Inventories and N apptng Rehabilitation of Disturbed Natural Forests 
■4--
.. ..2
3
4
4
4
5
....... 5
....... 5
5
5
........ 5
...... .6
.7
. . 7 
. . 7 
. .. 7 
.7 9
10
12
.. 14
15
Gum
Belt
Rehabilitation-
n f-TT • i «
Introduction of AgroforestTy-....................................................... Reforestation of Abandoned Land
REFERENCES........................... .......................................................
16 18
.20
22
ACRONYMS
Pood and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations Non-Governmental Organisation
United Nations High Commission for the Refugees
^S-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plannatural resources
1. INTRODUCTION
The project area contains about 2 2 million ha of forests .Although isolated into
and seriously degraded, they constitute more than half of Ethiopia's remai SUnd$
(personal communication. Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conserv^ ^Orestl
water quality and supply will lessen, and agricultural productivity will diminish
This Master Plan forestry component has the objective of describing forests within the project area and of proposing plans for their management In reality, the quality and quantity of available data and restrictions placed upon the gathering of new data seriously limited the attainment of these objectives An inventory is therefore crucial before any other options car. be tackled Nonetheless, the close of this document presents important avenues by which forest management can be improved These options are, necessarily, generalised because of lack of data Most importantly, however, it is necessary to realise that the potential loss of Ethiopia's forests is a national problem, not just a project issue: national policies will need to be set before projeci actions can become effective
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Buio Integrated Development Mast(rANNEX 2E FORES! RY
, HiSTHOD
P,., Master Plan study of forest resources was developed from a review of existing reports Ocularly those provided by previous studies in the project area. The inquiry was conducted P two phases inception, when the available data was accessed for adequacy and ^mpleteness, and in the interim, when resource development projects were formulated A
Add visit t0 the Project
quality, and use of forest resources 2_|. Available Data
1996 aidcd the underslandL'1g of the extent, density,
Since the review of the Inception Report there has been no change in the availability of resting data, reports and maps, including the position of the 1994/95 satellite imagery In this connection it should be remembered that the procurement of remote sensing data is an extremely long process. Considering the timing and the limited input, it was not practical to insist further on the supply of this digitised data The Steering Committee’s ad hoc committee on data collection advised that, because there were no other data, old data would have to be ised
It should be emphasised that all available forest and land use information will need to be updated to provide a ‘balance sheet” of the land resources of the Baro-Akobo basin It is a venous matter that so little new primary data has been collected during the last 10 to 15 years 
us point was realised by the Steering Committee when it reviewed the Inception Report ni l” dui™B 11 should be stressed that monitoring and evaluation CM&E) of project ^tanentatton is essentia] to keep a tight reign on government expenditure In addition ^•ome”118 ProBress improvements of economic and physical factors such as farmers’ ^^environmental issues, forest regeneration and domestic energy supplies would be
nsa hitemational funding agencies would regard an M&E programme essential
■Action J?Project implementation financing Such programmes would not be able to 11 ou i a recent and acceptable data baseline
fhV^ewcd f°r lhis Master Plan included information from1 o , “? P
r
0i roniexport 1990,
(3) wRDCCkGEOSERV 1995, and
°ody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Study, 1989
GE OSEjtyZpr°,nexP rt
0
study was a geo-botanical identification of species, the ARDCO-
b *mas5 invem’ dupllcated information developed by the Woody Biomass study, the woody 
. ^her. DcstijOty G:>CUsed on woody material suitable for fueiwood excluding marketable used?Ue. (^e’r Seemingly recent publication dates, the baseline data and satellite
ik>er'eit’Ination
these reports were considerably older This introduced a systematic
1 then ° tota^ forest area and an under-estimation of dramatic land use changes OCCUrrin8, and indeed continue The differing formats and objectives of these
" cited at the dose
o
f ifeu documtni
AA,s-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Devdopinent Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
reports obscured their utility to this Master Plan In particular, the absenc 
truthing' and forest inventory meant that no assessment could be made of da* °f pQlJnd ARDCO-GEOSERV’s over-reliance on forest inventories obtained near roads 
stands were likely disturbed, which introduced a systematic bias into their
S rneant
. the
5
relatively short time available to ARDCO-GEOSERV to carry out an inventory f T basin forests meant that shortcuts inevitably reduced the quality of their information ** The Ethiopian practice of combining natural forest types (slow growing) and plantati
Uppe’
(fast growing) to compute yields introduces confusion in estimations of forest susl" St* Repeated requests were made for information on timber harvesting from the Fore* i i.t ,ty Section They were not forthcoming
4
lsatK)n
2.2 National Priority Forestry Areas
There are 11 National Priority Forestry Areas in the Project Area These are depicted on Map 37 (Volume IV) and include:
Gerjeda
Sigmo geba Sele Mesengo Gesha
Yeki
Sheko Guraferda Saylem Wangus Godere
Abobo Gog Gambela Park
The nearb identical image signatures fex Fl (closed undisturbed forest) and F2 (closed or
require ground truthing to separate
’ We esUmstr the time required to conduct low-mtensity inventones to be about 18 months,
used 4, of which onlv 3 were actually in the field
Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pla°ANNEX 2E forestry
3"
baseline risoirces
sued statistic is that 60 per cent ofEthiopia's natural evergreen forests occur in the
M [n actual fact, the forest reserves of the project arsa arc meagre Few primary
4
ptoj® * iibbrrttst st^5 r
those that do remain occur on steep land that is unsuitable even for shifting ffoorreest sts s tthhaatt rreemmaaiinn aappppeeaarr ttoo ffoollllooww aa seseqquueenncece ooff iinncr creeaasi sinnnn ddwwmmrrttaattiinnnn
ftiupolation of the available soil, terrain and forest data is statistically allowed, provided that ihe field mapping scale and distance between survey transacts are based on international standards laid down by FAO and other similar organisations. Without aerial photo- mrwpretation, however, this method tends to introduce inaccuracies and is therefore not nctnuHnded
Under the prevailing conditions, there were no other alternatives but to use the available data io prepare a master plan for the forestry sector and this Annex describes how this task has leen accomplished. Additional inventory work using recent imagery was not realistic
31 Natural Forests
following delineations of forest types are based on reconnaissance observations rather
■Jr tm delineations of mapping units (this Master Plan contained no provision for primary’ u colleict n -i-o--n---a--n--daimiiiuamp cpvciniyg) .Almost every forest that was visited was disturbed, some being
per cent of their normal density.
i.n
Plane anH k , 0
^^cultivation.
J?n of S4eds assists their regeneration. They’ comprise two principal species: ,Wi//Ca/U5 ^utnpcroiis excelsa Other important trees include Fagaropsis
^ l ^r^2ttJa^rru^nea- Teciea nobilis, and Schefllera abyssinica One of the most
of Ethiopia, Podocarpus, has been logged almost to extinction
2E-4NATURAL resources
3.1.3. Aningeria
.Aningeria forests lie between 1600 and 2000 m where the annual rainfall is 
mm The species composition of this type is high due to its wide range of °U'
conditions Important species include Syzygium guineense. Ficus spp ^Ultable ditt^
Prurns africana. Albizzia gummifera, Potysciasfu/va. Morus mesozygw
^hckii Celtus gomphophylla, Cordia africana. and Croton machrostachyus
J.Z.4 Olea
Olea forests lie between 1500 and 2000 m Their preference for gentle slopes expose disturbance and exploitation They comprise a wide range of commercially desirable e"-t0
Olea welwitschii. Bosqueie phoberos. Apodytes dimidiata, Potysicias ferrugme^o?
hochstetten. Cordia abysinnica, and Syzygium guineense
3.1.5. Baphia
Baphia forests often merge with riparian forest. An open forest type, it contains such species as Zizyphus pubescens. Diospyrus mesipihforms, Alstonia boonet, Celt is integrifoha, ad Chlorophora excelsa. Woodland species, Albizzia schimeriana. Croton macrostachyus. sod Combretum molle, also occur Baphia forests are under threat from burning and fuelwood collection
3.1.6. Evergreen Clump-Shade
Evergreen clump-shade forests occur throughout the highland plateau Remnants of the forests which once clothed Ethiopia's uplands, they are now made up of islands of trees whose under-storey has been removed to provide space for coffee; there is no forest regeneration Nonetheless, the trees continue to provide a low intensity of habitat for birds and other e
well as some slight hydrological benefit.
3.1.7. Mixed Deciduous
01
Mixed deciduous woodlands extend along the south-western and north-western e
plateau at about 1200 m altitude Their species include Albizzia schimpen macrostachyus, Euphorbia abyssinica, E. candelabrum. Greuia bicolor. Bersama
and Acacia spp, among others
3.1.8. Combretum and Acacia
The combretum and acacia woodlands (or wooded savannahs) occupy the low and Pf*
u
between 500 and 1500 m altitude. In the far western pan of the project area, gum Acacia seyal and A. sievenana occur, combretum grows in the Omo, Garnbela’ullCjnc d’c regions Heavy grazing and charcoal making encroach into these woodlands, r
area of the gum belt, which extends from Anifilo wereda nonh to Kurmuk wereda
3.1.9. Riparian
l h e PlatCaUX drainage
S ofh the savannahPaanttedrnu’ pdrl0aPnPdinbgasin, riparian forests are under en TAMS-ULGBaro-AkoboRiver Basin Integrated Doxlopinenl
plains. Lik^w^dS ^°th! ^annANNEX 2E FORESTRY
------------------------- ——
"■
an j refugee populations Important species include Celtis krausstana.
from ^fiutusops aethiopum Tamartndus indica. Maytenus senegatensis. Ktgeha
guinenses. and Acacia spp
^ioP^- *
jj plantation Forests
„ not possible to obtain information about plantation forests in the project area Th^r
apparent absence is in conwast to much of Ethiopia, where the practice of plantation forest^ generally advanced The UNHCR cites examples of forest nurseries at several of its camps Forthose which were visited, the stock being produced failed to match the requirements of
irus for which they were proposed
plantation forests are not separately listed in the wereda data, which were obtained by the land evaluation section of the project Tabulated wereda land use data are available in the GIS data fles as broad land use categories Recent (1995) wereda boundary changes have affected many area values However, the relevant tabulated data cannot be modified at this stage as the new boundaries have only been established and agreed by the authorities during June/July,
1996
TA W^B^Akobfl BajiD inte^ied Develops Master Plannatural resources
4. SILVICULTURE
Silvicultural management of the forests described in the preceding section is consp1CUOus l absence Indeed, watershed and catchment area management training is not pan p
curriculum of Ethiopia’s schools of forestry Lack of knowledge, coupled wnh a lI? ;
means and of effectual national policy, excludes the practice of silviculture from the
area.
4,1. Forest Nurseries
Forest nurseries obviously played a significant role in the expansion of eucalyptus plamatic<is during the Derg regime Small forest nursenes occur in scattered locations in the project ar« Those operated by refugee camps are producing species unsuited to their location
4.2. Forest Management
Forest management as a science is totally absent from the project area Eucalyptus and other species arc planted at a spacing that produces slender poles rather than maximises yield Mule this means that timbers can be handled solely by manpower, improved technology nigh contribute additional volume to help resolve the imbalance between wood demand and supply
4.3. Forest Monitoring
There is no monitoring of project area forests
4.4. Land Clearing and Forest Harvesting
The decline in forest cover appears to result from the combined actions of civil unre^ conversion to agriculture, fijelwood harvesting, and burning FAO (1990)
Ethiopia loses about 250,000 ha/annum of its natural forests, equivalent to a fiielw
of 53 5 million m’ of wood, and that the demand for woody biomass ex 
regenerative power by 60 per cent (this value is closer to 80 per cent today). n
capita fuelwood demand is about 1.2 kg day in arid lands, 2 1 kg in upland plates 
kg, one of the highest rates in Africa, in the south west (the project area).
about
Another contributing factor is the project area's population of refugees, curren y ^pt^
individuals but ranging between 10,000 and 385,000 since 1983 Assuming « ™,e 7 kg/day’ CUrTent retIuir«nents are 2.7 kg day x 365 days/annum x 60,'
fcftjg<cr H |l
59J30 tonnes/annum or about 57,000 m’, the equivalent of 5,700 ha/annum of P [eS m3ia Refugees were reported by the UNHCR to be selling fuelwood (Montro
TAMS-IK, B»n>-Akot>o River Basin Integrated Development Ma**er pl*
2E-7.vatliral RESOURCES
The faiata non-indigenous ethnic group in Gambela ^emer. practices Burning is an important component
In common wrth much of savannah Aftca,
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
“ part of li^ock
in foe pr(™
objectives' to promote new growth of natural pasture tn? ‘° achiev® a multitude m'
area. to drive out small mammals used for foo/ Thc d^w ^life jnto an unproten^
could even amount to more than half the area of thJfow^T
can •* ige^rf
a
fire was observed extending from Bonga Refo £ r^"
E
course
O af
f ^d
Bure, a distance of 39 km
Kehj^ Camp to the p|aicau JUJt
ljrgc coffee and tea estates occupy areas of former plateau forcfl
With the exception of forests located on sJ
project area are tn serious decline The Om/r-kt than about 60 per cent for— 
“ and Assoc , IW)
£
The project area contains 8 sawmills: 1 each in the weredas of Hurnuru, Becho, Ale, Setema, Seyo, and Godere; and 2 in Sigmo. These sawmills were conceived for much larger timber throughputs than that now available.
" te ““ We‘ °r?~V“
TAA,s-tLG Banr-Akobo River Basin Integrated Devetopmenl Master Plan
2E-8natural resources
5. FOREST INSTITUTIONS AND POLICIES
Forest institutions in Ethiopia have changed greatly since their inception in io<
of organisational stability within the hierarchy of government, the many 9?°
that have evolved in recent decades and the lack of budgetary commitment tCOrnplcx arattg^
management have weakened the role of forestry in Ethiopia
0 stren8then
It was found that no new draft forest policy paper had been published b ■
Forestry and Wildlife Conservation before the end of June 1996 With ' h Depinnie,Jt of of conflicting development options in the forestry sector, this is beine addr l° ’hc queS]0"
Chapter 5. Land Allocation, where all proposed options are broueht possible conflicts 
‘ n V°lur*2
8 er and tested fa
Further relevant information is provided tn Chapter 5 of this Annex. Vnh.™ n Section 3 4 5 and Chapter 4. Section 4.3.3.
■ Chapter <
With regard to land tenure issues in the forestry sector only limited and
have ban included in lhe Interim Report Further work has been carried out bv te
Specialist and the results are included in Annex 3F
5.1. lnritrrtirrn.1 Birrory ,„ Development of Forestry
' ™ ™u4S
d
Government involvement in forestry beean with th. u ■
century It was not until 1950, however that j C m*roduction of eucalyptus during the Its 
installation of a Department of
of Ethiopia's forests were privatek public ownership, in 1976 thev bee
ern /oresT management commenced with rhe MlnistrT °f Agriculture At that time nw«
° tbe nat’ons forests were transferred
time the Department of Forestry * proPert>’ name of the people During ths 
later became a Wildlife and Con ** I!'Cr8e^ ‘nt0 a Wildlife Conservation Organisation wh#
Forestry and Wildlife Consent;
Deve,0Pment Agency By 1980 it had become the
°f the Ministry of .Agriculture c" 1^eve*°Prnent Authonty established under the urnkt-4
Ministry of Agriculture its de« U/T. ^Orestry survives as a nominal department within -
1S also proposing Regional Fnr
yet t0 be confirmed by the minister
tanner in which regional forZw? Bureaux t0 deaJ with local forestry issues To date «
undefined
mstitutions would liaise with the federal govern^-
Other organisations involved with forestry issues include the fo
• (established 1980), a Community Forest Development Dep
• (1980), a Soils and Water Conservation Department,
• a Relief and Rehabilitation Commission,
• numerous NGOs working in the project area. Menschen r
• the Orthodox Church
Nlenschcn'
TAMS-lLG Baro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Devetopm*01 Was1er P
2E-9f , Fore«< Strategy and Policy
The
sector These mciuoc
. toting public sector involvement in activities that could b(. hw could be better addressed by the * Unuu*w r
private sector.
F"-
. amplifying organisational and administrative structures and procedures
• encouraging private sector involvement in forestry matters
. providing an effective interface among public-sector agents NGO< industry, forest dwellers, and markets; 48 '
. integrating forest institutions with public agencies in such fields as ton . sod and water conservation, rainfed farming, and animal husbandry 
• deliver forestry services in a cost-effective way
e
farmers, forest
,
P S'
T <MS lil ilaro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Miite/plm g6. DEVELOPMENT options
Heavy logging operations have been earned out by eight sawmills in the Sigm0
Godere and Becho forests Records have shown that the planned throughput fOr th., considerably larger than the present available timber reserves in these areas Cons^* 011115 4 sometime in the near future (possibly over the next 2 to 5 years) the mills will be
e
below capacity This statement should be regarded as tentative and provisional8 ** reasonably accurate estimates can be provided at this time The sooner remotely sensed made available to the Regional Forestry Bureaux concerned, the better it will be for fo?? “ remaining areas of exploitable forests At this stage it might be appropriate to seriouk recommend that a logging moratorium is decreed for a period of at least six to 12 months During that time a semi detailed forest survey could be carried out in the affected areas (Section 6 2 refers)
It has been suggested that forest plantations be established to satisfy the needs of thy wri^ sawmills It should be remembered however that it would not be before 2030 at the earliest that the sawmills would be able to carry out selective logging in such plantations The abow time span does not allow for the planting of hardwoods or semi-hardwoods In the mean time there is a real danger that most indigenous tree species will disappear, unless urgent action a taken urgently.
The demand for fuel-wood should be set in the context of a total renewable energy demand and supply It should not be limited to fuelwood and charcoal The Annex on Renewable Energy Resources (Annex 2J) lists a number of specific energy sources These include ik following
(1) Biogas,
(2) Solar energy,
(3) Wind energy,
(4) Water current turbines,
(5) Fuel wood plantations in deficit areas,
(6) Integrated rural energy systems,
(7) Distribution of an improved cook stove design
tu
The pet capita fuel wood demand varies from 1 2 kg per day in the arid part o
■
f the cOUtitty h*
josinS
- ' kg peT day for the highland areas The FAO estimated in 1990 that Ethiopia fee
some 250,000 ha of natural forest per annum country-wide. With such
inappropriate to consider the present total fuel wood consumption of the basin ‘ is clear that the demand exceeds the forest regenerating power, which could
elation ■
Map number 66 (Volume IV, Map Album) combines the land use t This map together with Tables 35 and 36 (Volume IV refers), shows
and farming
w
oodland, Cultivated Areas and Forests These themes are combined
_ 
---------- - v-- ----- - 5 van^
wereda boundaries Forest issues can therefore be related to certain themes m P
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Doelop men I M»ler
2E- llANNEX 2E FORESTRY
i ted data can be manipulated on the basis of administrative units This 
bu a
r Plan proposes improvements in forestry so as to
baling the production of wood and foelwood to meet demand,
strengthen the interaction between forestry and agriculture,
restore the vegetation of degraded lands, and
strengthen the forest economy of the project area,
border to achieve these objectives, forestry needs first to
• improve knowledge about forest extent, composition, density, increment and quality ,
• improve the number and capacity of foresters as teachers and as technical foresters 
within the Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation
The following sections provide descriptions of development opportunities in forestry and include the following components
(1) forestry education;
(2) forest demarcation, delineation, inventories and mapping;
(3) rehabilitation of the gum belt,
(4) rehabilitation of disturbed natural forests,
(5) introduction of agroforestry; and
(6) reforestation of abandoned lands
05ls :;>T S0Tne of the above options are contained in the financial analysis in Annex 3E Forestry Education
lhe supply of technical foresters to implement investments in forestry is insufficient J"®*, requirements of an expanding and developing resource The development
® candidates to receive education to the MSc level in watershed and gement Four would enter service with the Department of Forestry an
0<kServation; 2 would teach forestry to undergraduates
“natural resources
Basic data
Explanation
— _
1
Sector
Forestry 
’ —__
2
Intervention
Education of technical foresters in watershe7^ ~~^---J^
an
s
J
Rationale
(1) To expand the technical capacity o7~tlv^^C? Agriculture, Department of Forestry and Wildlif manage its catchments (2) To increase the* m technical forestry in Ethiopia
^taiicn
4
Beneficiaries
(1) School of Forestry, Addis Ababa University——
(2) Ministry of Water Resource Development
(3) Nation and peoples of Ethiopia
5
Acceptability
The option is institutional and bears no impacToiTtC— public
6
Application
Condition the intervention is intendeTlbr~^ve7sit7^d
who have an interest in forestry 
' Wl!
Description
7
Location
Addis Ababa University, School of Forestry
8
Extent
Universities and schools of forestry will add waterST management to their curriculum The technology will ultimueh extend throughout the watersheds of Ethiopia
9
Employment
No employment opportunities are offered and none are foregone as a result of this intervention
10
Financing
Financial assistance will come from donor countries.
11
Implementation
The initial cadre will spend 2 years overseas to complete tber course work. They will then return to (1) form a teaching staff ot watershed management and (2) enter Ethiopia's civil service
12
Institutional support
The School of Forestry will co-operate with the Ministry «t Agriculture, Dept of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation, ® implementing improved watershed management inEthwpia__^-
13
Infrastructure
Infrastructural support will come from the universities 
students attend
—---------
14
Legal
There are no legal requirements for these measures 
implemented
—------- r—'rhZ
15
Risks
There are no risks associated with this 
application of technical management of Ethiopia po< requires budgetary commitment, which rnay or
forthcoming
__
——-—1
J
mpact
—^5*'
16
Sustainability
1L
Improved technology will be sustainable u itori^ financial benefit This will come about through
change in project watersheds —-------- - ~~~~
mOlI
17
_
Environment
18
The option has no necative environmental
Gender
Eligible graduates would be selected withou imp0- gender Linguistic and scholastic qualifications 
19
Health
however
---
Application of improved watershed - ^ nan ^
mana Cn1 iri
Ljr
improve water quality’ and useable
TAMS-ULG Btro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Developm«“ MaStCr *
2E-13>A ri H'1
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
Social
Ehexpl altanh watiillonimprove as a result.
There is no demand for social services with this opt io n
jo
21 Multiplied
Conflicts-non- fuiancial
This option will
enable the Department of Forestry and Wildlife
Conservation and the Ministry of Water Resources to manage forests and catchments better Forest dwellers and water resource users will benefit._________ ___________
Disturbed landscapes will require improved management Insofar as these may be in sub-margjnaJ agriculture, some individuals may require relocation or employment in off-farm activities
b 2 Forest Demarcation. Delineation, Inventories and Mapping
Improved understanding of the extent, density, composition, and quality of natural forests in ihe project area is essential to their improved management. Protected forests require their kundaiy be marked with permanent posts or other indicators.
1: has been noted that the 1,516,300 ha of forest area include such impurities as agricultural ud grazing land The above area has been calculated from the 1988 satellite imagery and it would at this stage not be possible to separate areas that were once forested and since converted to other uses Without newly surveyed and mapped data, it would not be possible to tad areas that could have land use conflicts. This would be especially the case in grazing areas itai at some stage in the past had been forested
34, Land Use, 1990, (Volume IV), depicts a large area of Woodland Unfortunately this 
•ad use category is combined with grassland Due to the limited data it was not possible to UbTK cate^ories al Present R is worth noting that the land use units were mapped from
™DSAT-TM images dated 1986 to 1988, with fieldwork carried out by WBISPP between
and 1993
1
Baric data
.Sector Intervention
3
Explanation
Forestry___________________ ________________________ The option requires the demarcation, delineation, inventory (low
intensity), and mapping of the 11 National Priority Forest Areas 
within the project area.________ ______________________________
Rationale
In order
to
manage Ethiopia's 
dwindling
forests better, we need
4
to know where they are and what they contain __________________ _
Be neficianes
(1) Ministry of Water Resource Development
(2) Ministry of Agriculture, Dept of Forestry and Wildlife
Conservation
5
(3) the nation___________________________________________
Acceptability
The
National
Priority 
Fores
ts Areas
have alrea
dy been
declared,
6
They pres
ent
no
conflict
with
existing
policy.
-^Pj^ation
There is no co
nditiona
litv to t
he applic
ation of this 
option
S-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2E-14NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2EFnb
Explanation
1-
T~
Location
The location of this option is thell N ti Pp^~r-^2^
a ona
Areas of the project basins 
norit> foret..
8
Extent
The extent of the option is the l,516,3OoTa th'~'"^ total area of the 11 National Priority Forestry .Areas UI> lllt
area
ln ,tle Projtq
9
Employment
Survey and inventory workers as follows: ~
(1) 3 teams each of 3 forest survey workers l
driver, and 1 forest technician with GIS/GPS
(2) 1 delineation team of 40 local hire workers
(3) 1 team leader with GIS/GPS mapping experience The survey would require 3 years to complete
1
10
Financing
Financing would be partly from exterior (donorHow^ partly from the Ministry of Agriculture
II
Implementation
After selecting a National Protection Forest AreaTthTta^ would commence a GPS mapping of the perimeter in prepare for demarcation A low intensity inventory of the stand would follow The delineation team would then set boundary markm along the perimeter.
12
Institutional support
Trained personnel are required
13
Infrastructure
The option would require 4 No 4x4s, 1 lorry, full cutots equipment for 19 persons, survey and GIS imagery, mappirx GPS instruments, forestry' tools, and boundary markers
14
Legal
There are no foreseen legal implications for the implemefltitiono.
this option.
—- -----
15
Risks
There are no foreseen risks for the implementationofthisoEWEJ
Impact
16
Sustainability
Summability is not an issue, as
the option requirest^0^
17 Environment 18 Gender
T*L
envi____________ ronmental
impacts for this option
J9
20 2l_ 22
Health ______ Social services Multipliers Conflicts (non- financiali
-zr—~j£L52^gQder implications for this option
e arejip health implications for this option
_____option wW^Iace no demands on social services -^j~^-?[£jojggnoniic activities associated with this option option n° f°rescen conflicts in the implementation ~
Rd "',iliU,i’"»fI,“™rt»dN,n tllF0TOls
,
through pratrction Sd ” S?£
<>
e
!eS“ rehabdiu" slight- to medium-disturbed
disturbed forests would ^'”8 w,,h "»*>«« that constitute the natural ft"* » “ •* Wilk fas. growing exoties.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M**r Pl>
2E-15ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
ff&ic dai^- Secttrf _— Intervention
Explanation
Forestry 
Rehabilitation of disturbed natural forests
using natural
species
, 
severely 
disturbed 
forests
might
be
plant
ed 
using 
fast
gro
wing 
exotics.
Rationale
Forest
re
habilitation 
will
provide
ben
efits
that
are
econo
mic
and 
3
J
Beneficiaries
environmental ________________
- Ministry of Water Resources Development
- Ministry of Agriculture, De pan merit of Forestry and Wildlife
Conservation
"s"
Acceptability
The option, because it generates employment and renews a valuable resource, is socially beneficial
6
Application
The option meets government policy of protecting Ethiopia's natural resources.
i
it
Location
The 11 National Protection Forest Areas located within the project area
1 *
19
Extent
.As above.
Employment
(1) Seed gathering and nursery 20 workers
(2) Replanting 40 workers
(3) Supervision I forestry technician 1 supervising forester
10
Financing
Multi-lateral donors or development banks
11
Implementation
Replanting using naturally occurring species in slightly disturbed forests and fast growing exotics in heavily disturbed forests
12
Institutional
support
Institutional support includes 2 No 4x4s. 1 lorry, forestry tools and equipment. GIS/GPS
. Ij
14
Infrastructure
As above
LegaJ
There are no legal implications to this option.
15
Risks
Risks include fire and over grazing Forest protection would be essential to minimising those risks.
18
J9
20
21
Sustainability ^ironment Gender
Health
.Social Services -Multipliers
Conflicts-non- financial
This option is a one-tiroe input to forest management__________________ There is no risk of adverse environmental impacts.. 
There arc no gender issues attached to this option: both sexes
could be equally employed.___________________ _______ __ ___ ____ The option poses no health issues.______________ __________________ _ There is no demand for social services bv the option__________________ The activity would reduce sediment production and stabilise runoff, thereby creating watershed benefits_____________ ____________ The option introduces no conflicts.
■ Gt,ni Belt Rehabilitation
Ethiopia ,
foie^ ne Edition of gathering gum has earned on for millennia Much of its former
r n°W de8raAed and the industry is in decline (current production is about 500 
from former high of 6,000). The project would rehabilitate gum-producing
a
T ANfS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
ZE - 16natural resources
US’S-
forests in the lower basin between Anfilo in Region 4 to Kurrnuk wered ■
uncontrolled grazing is an important cause of gum forest degradation th ReglOri 6 
implemented simultaneously with the
livestock interventions proposed in k°
t
Pt 'On wc*4du 
Given the difficulties of rehabilitating severely disturbed forests, gu^ Klajatr pjj concentrate on forests where the amount of disturbance is between licht refubilit«iofi \
medIUtn *3 The existing Gum Arabic (Acacia Senegal) area between Mugi in the south 
north-western upper basin established itself spontaneously many
 d '° Run’’ult uit^
e
development proposal is for 750 ha of a formal plantation-type new pl CCa<^Cs *80 jy* 
plui'^ would include up-dated management and husbandry methods In additi
would be limited to especially reserved areas to avoid overgrazing and’
stimulate grass regrowth for cattle grazing. It is believed that as a tnal andT^^ bunun? a 750 ha area is adequate It should be possible for the plantation to serve em°nstrit’On pkx. 
from its establishment The stated labour requirements appear high, but^re d level of management and planting maintenance It is also stressed that the area ,0 1 as a demonstration plot with the aim of propagating gum exploration 
W °U,d **50
Basic data
Explanation
1
Sector
Forestry
2
Intervention
(1) Survey and assess the gum .Arabic belt between Mugi in oe south to Kurrnuk in the north-western upper basin
(2) Implement improved grazing practices (see livestock anoa
(3) Develop 750 ha of gum Arabic plantation
3
Rationale
Gum Arabic will expand the forest economy in rural areas as as expand Ethiopia’s range of export commodities,____________
4
Beneficiaries
(1) Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Forestry »• Conservation
(2) Natural Gum Products and Marketing Enterprise.
(3) Rural gum collectors, and
(4) National econom —~—"TitT
5
Acceptability
y _________ _ The option's effects upon the rural economy 
acceptability 
------------ '"'’j
6
.Application
There are no conditions to the application_oftiusyT!
Description
7
Location
Depends upon the findings of the initial survey ^,1 probably the area of the former gum belt betwee
Kurrnuk, to the north of the upper basin^.— and a *^
55
8
Extent
Depends upon the findings of the initial survey
The option calls for replacing gum trees _ ^py burning or intensive overgrazing. The P*^ ® x 
ha at a density of 2800 treesffia (2
1
9
Employment
Employment would occur in 3 phases initial w
(1) Land clearing of the 750 ha planting
fractions thereof (40 workers). kers) s
wor
I
(2) Ground preparation and plantation
1 (3) Gum collecting (100 workers);—_—
__________ -
1AMS-ULG Bjro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Develop®*®1
2E-17RESOURCES
<atV^-------- -------------
annex 2e forestry -------------- ------------
jjdjrc data^_-------- Financing
Explanation
Collaboration between the Natural Gum Products Marketing
10
Enterprise and loan institutions such as the World Bank
fT
Implementation
Implementation would commence with survey and assessment work Based on its findings, the site or sites of seedling nurseries would be established. Rehabilitation would be on a micro-site basis where needed, clearing would be included Seedlings would then be planted out.
Tf
Institutional
support
The Ministry of Agriculture. Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation would assist with staffing and materials Specialist support would be from the Natural Gum Products Marketing Enterprise in gum collection, grading, and marketing
13
Infrastructure
Staffing, vehicles, and equipment would come either from project funding or resources at hand
74
Legal
No legal implications are foreseen with the implementation of this intervention
15
Risks
Market fluctuations and the introduction of synthetic gums might affect product prices.
I
/npocZ
16
Sustainability
The tradition of gum collection in Africa is very old Sustainability could be affected by uncontrolled grazing and 
burning
17
Environment
There are no adverse environmental impacts from this activity
18
Gender
The activity' carries no gender implications
-LL
Health
JO_ _
There are no health implications associated with this option
Social services
21
There is no demand for social services by this activity.
Multipliers
22
No conflicting economic activities will be adversely affected by this intervention
Conflict s-non-
. financial
There are no foreseeable conflicts arising from this intervention.
Introduction of Agro fores try
^h a soil conserving and agricultural productivity increasing a&ofbrestrv °P^on described below proposes to evaluate the costs and benefits of
tender conditions prevalent in the project area
,2
fosicdata Sector
^tervention
Explanation______________ ___ _______________________________
Forestry ______ ______ __________ ____________ _______________
7
J
Rationale
The option will evaluate the introduction of leguminous and 
heavy Ieaf4itter agroforestry species in enhancing soil fertility and reducing soil loss, _____________________ _________ ...__________ Soil degradation is decreasing farm productivity in the project area. The option proposes to evaluate agroforestry as a means of soil managem ent
ASj S’ITLG BanKAkobo River Bun intep-aied Development Mister PtinNATURAL RESOURCES
Basic data
Explanation 
- —
4
Beneficiaries
The fanning population of the project area “—-------
5
Acceptability
The acceptability of the option will depend upo
'
margins over time. If shown to be beneficial thL f* 
adopt the practice. 
’ 6,1 far”iers
6
Application
Agroforestry is likely to be beneficial 7?nl uTider — 
y
conditions that are as yet not well understood Th ,We.,1”defi’*d largely upon land suitability for agriculture
marginally suitable lands are unlikely to benefit from ^
t
SUnable 01
Description 
-------
7
Location
Throughout the project area on lands suitable
----- -
8
Extent
A function of fanner adoption rates: probablv abouTz -
during year 1. not more than 60 per cent in vear in **r CW
9
Employment
Farm household employment onlv.
10
Financing
Donor financing or multi-lateral loans/grants —
11
Implementation
The practice will collaborate with rainfed agricultural component! expressed elsewhere in this Master Plan
12
Institutional
support
Expanded extension as expressed elsewhere in this Master Plan
13
Infrastructure
These are expressed elsewhere as expanded extension in the land
.—
14 Legal
15 Risks
____ . mpact
16 Sustainability'
17 Environment
18 Gender_______
19
Health _______
Social services
husbandry annex______________________ ____________________ There are no legal implications in the implementation of ths option._______________________________________________ ___ Agroforestry implemented on lands unsuitable for agriculture will produce unattractive gross margins For this reason we recommend it be implemented only on suitable lands. 
It will be self-sustaining only if fanner gross margin a-' attractive. 
Inappropriate agroforestry species or mono cropping o few species could lead to insect or disease problems • 
in the selection of agroforestry trees for particular agro zones_____------------------------------------------------------------- There are no gender implications for this --------- ---------------------- here are no health implications for this option;—---------------
The option requires improved extension services
21 Multipliers
22 Conflicts-non- financial
contained in the land husbandry annex —_ The practice will help control soil erosion 
It could I**1
improved farm income and expanded
There arc no foreseeable conflicts that an 
irodu^
"from
implementation of this project.------------- -------------------- ""
i .vnj-LLl, Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2E-19resources
geforesution of Abandoned Land
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
ndoned by agriculture occur throughout the project area This option proposes their
to forestry
flask-' d&a
Expianaiivn
i1
Sector
Forestry
5
"fntervention
To reforest abandoned farmland, particularly those in the escarpment portions of the project area
T"
Rationale
To meet Ethiopia's continuing demand for fuelwood and timber, and to protect project area watersheds against increased degradation
4
Beneficiaries
(1) Ministry of Agriculture. Department of Forestry' and Wildlife Conservation
(2) Inhabitants of the project area
"?
Acceptability
Land tenure problems may ensue: to whom does abandoned land really belong9
6
Application
Former forest lands that have been cleared for agriculture and then abandoned
Description
7
Location
Mostly along the upper escarpment rim at approximately 35°
longitude east and 9° latitude north
8
Extent
About 1500 ha initially with subsequent replications
Employment
financing taplementation
•nstitutional ^PPott
^restructure
^tamabilj
The option will require 3 nurseries, land clearing, tree planting, and maintenance These requirements are as follows
- nurseries (60 labourers),
- land clearing (1500 ha by 50 workers),
- out plantings (50 workers),
- forest maintenance (10 workers),
- supervision (1 technician)
Government auction of coppicing rights
Site selection and establishment of nurseries (3 months) Clearing of plantation sites Planting eucalyptus when seedlings 10- months old Total time 18 months
Site supervision by one forester
1 No 4x4 vehicle, 1 lorry, tools, nursery equipment, water tanks, fencing, seeds, etc. 
Land tenure could be a problem if formers believe the option infringes upon the right of access. 
See above
Sustainability will depend upon the financial returns of the option
^LG Baro-Akobo River Bann Integrated Development Mailer Plan
2E-20NATURAL RESOURCES
A ^FXJtpost
Basic data
Environment Gender Health
Social services Multipliers
Explanation
This option carries no adverse environment^—■— There are no foreseen genderjssuerge^.-}^ -
There are no health issues co^ected~wi h7>^~^
5
t
5 0ptl0F
rhere afe no demands upon^d^Tse^T .
c
The intervention will 'nipT^e balin^ydroloa,; ^5 reducing flooding, improving water
22 ' Conflicts-non-
| financial
sediment discharge. Land tenure issues fully resolved 
y ’ dftfTtujZ
----- __ ementai'on
G Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M»'ter ^*,D
2E-21ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
l«
references
ncFRV 1995 Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin Final
Vdsl through IV
ort 1990 Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study of Water and Land
s Jd>ozp ^ j (jambela Plain. Draft final report Vols 1 through XII,
C y o the
ron
e □ Assoc 1995 Omo Gibe River Basin Development Master Plan. Addis
^'oodroofe, K
Ababa
t AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated DoelopneDt Ust
IE-22APPENDIX 1
FORESTRY INTERVENTION
Table 1 - Gum Tree Plantation1
i
I
i
I
ITable 1 Foreetry Section Gum Tree Plantation Fln.ncl.1 .nd Economic Anlay.l.
[YLAR
OUTPUT
QuafMHIa*
2010
T“
r«ea 3 of 3
1___ t
r
— —
210.000
420.000
030.000*
2.100.000
________ ? '• 1
1
Utt
i
4.200,000
0.300 000
231.000
442.000
053.000
2,310.000
4,420 000
5.530.000
J r 1.000
•30,000
441.MJ0 41)000
441.004 *24.000
2,040,000
B.OOOjOOO a,020.000
3,570.000
7,140.000
LIU,CM
4.410 000 4 I 4.420.000
io.rio.odb
» I 11.210.000
INPUT
Capital
Clearing
Saadlireg
_f*oc»ng
Malntananc* A Operation*
Malolenanca
Harvesting 10%
HarveaRng 20%
Marvaattng X>% ___
Guard*
—| —- —■ —
1.304 OOO
4.42O.OM
4,240.000 *
n.Mo.ooo |
--- - - - - - - - ----- -- -- -- ----"- T--- t
—
L
i-r
r
t --t
t
lo.ooo
210.000
4 20.000
410,000
37,500
277,500
4*7 400
007.400
t" 2T7.4OO
M7.M0
_T M7.IO0
30.000
231.000 |
442 000
503,000 J
37.500
MM00
425.400 .
7*0,500
200.400 '
525.400
740,500 *
10.000
252.000
404 000
30,000 204,000 sto.ooo
30.MM
314.000
•X.000
— •1-.• —
_ 30.000
130,000
472.000
30,000
357.000
714,000
T
r
1
90 |
30,000
42AM
90 | 441.500 00 r" 442.000
>0.000
442.000
•24.000
544.000
37.500
1.*05.000
37.500
1.071.000 37.400
00 1.323 000 1 144.000
M[
37.440
37,440
352.500 403.400
444. SOO
•23.400 j 1,201,400 ’
TOTAL COST AT 10%
TOTAL COST AT 20%
TOTAL COST AT >0%
GROSS MARQ»N~AT\0%
GROSS MARGIN AT 20%
GROSS MARGIN AT30%
MET PRESENT VALUE
4PV<1«%
NPMin
IMltRHAL RATE OP RS.TURM
H 1O*K
VPW ION.
v,** Wfc
T" 1.522.000 I _2.0H.5OO |
447.400
1,012,400
352,400
•57.500
1,012.500
2.757.000
4.502.500
734.400 1,075.400
1 403.500 * 2.235.500
F 2.475.500 ~ 1 ------- ' ]
+ 1,404.500 _ 4.440.400
1,712.500
7 412.140
11.272.500
4.27*600
•Aia.wo
I2.tn.5oo
5.437,400 7,504 400f fanatfy
Uuju ri
ittanriMicW •/*! Kconomic Antey*!*
pEW-----------------------------------------------1-----3313----
"------ S3.
sss
3O3T
3Q3«
/
__________________________________________ /OU»FUT
}*0
J 10
>M
f fxirr par Kg par tri a
I IM1I Lp af gwrn
If* Mrva* lad
10% hiM*v«llad
30% hwvei-lfliJ
104 000
1,001 OK 1,112,000
624.000
I.OH/HQ
i.ns.ow
144,000
1.041,000
1, IM ,000
“J
117,M0
1 134,000
1,701.000
2.M
•00.000
1,174 000
1.744.QQ0
OIit (IB par Kg J
Incom* al HF*
IncBmr at 24%
IwxorM al MW
8,040 000
10,M0,000
IL 120000
5J40.0M 10.WQ.Otf
li 7io wo
•,4*0.000
10,920.000
IB,300.000
4,170,000 11,140, MM
17,010,000
.
MIO, OW __ H^rw.ooo
17,1*3. MO
INPUT
Capital
CH Bring
SaadBng
Farising
Mrint»nan<a 4 Dp-wnilona
EaiaWHhlng
Hrinlanama
30,000
JO,[MO
tiarwaattog 14%
444,900
11air*-4llng 30%
1,900,000
Morvaailng MIX
1 100,000
>0,000
Ml,000
1.101.000
1 131.000
tir.o-M 1,134,000
1.7101.000
'GuiB^h
1,112. oco 37 U0
IT 1,800
ijl.ow
1.BU.OOO 1,171.000
3M00
17.100
OpMaPng Coati 10%
Qparifciky Com 10%
hlmo
1.07MM 1,117.100
30.000
Ml.OOO 1.171.000
1,744 000
37 MO
•41.100 1,2*3.6013
Oparrilng Coala 34%
TOTAL COST AT lff%
1.BTMM T.HJ IM
•71 IM 442.100
97.800
113.K0
1.110,100
1,701,100
013,100
TOTAL COST AT I«X
TOTAL cost at 30%
t.«7M00 1.170,W0
1,1 M^M
1,709,100
134100 1.J01,LOO
1.7M.W0
■ 34,404 1,201, W<
1,7«,*QQ
QRO^S MARGIN AT1OX MGB, we
I.OTI.WO
1,fl1,100
• I4.MM
1.343,000
1,031,000
1.224.W0
QAQB4 MAHGIM ATJfi%
1,004 IM
1.117,100 1 442,*00
4.1*71000 BJB2BM
14,107.MM
AMI,100 1.700, BOO
10.134,100
GROSS MARGm At 30%
a*C T PRE3CNTVALUE
npv.kix
13.MO.MO
14174,100
11 341,100
10,111140
ll.BM.WO
NFV.»*
NPVJ»%
MTtfiMM RATI OF RETURN
IRR 10%
llRR 20%
|mn soxANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
ANNEX 2F
WILDLIFE
T AMS4JLG H»r^Akobo Rfrer Blsin Integrated Development Mister Plan
1-7*-ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
CONTENTS
2.
j
3.1
J.2.
J-3.
4.
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
PRODUCTION................................................................................................................................... ..
assessment of available data............................................................. 2
SECTOR INSTITUTIONS.........................*.... -................ ...............-................................... .......... 4
Historical........................................................................................................................................ j
Current Status............................................................................................................................... 4
Sector Capacity........... ........................................... ............... -........ —-.......... - —-.................. —• 5
sECTOR LEGISLATION AND POLICY.................................................................................... 6
Wildlife Policy.............................................................................................................................. 6
Wildlife Legislation.................................................................................................................. 7
Policy and Legislation in Perspective............. . .................................... .......... .............................7
5 PLANNING STUDIES.....................................................................
PROTECTED AREA STUDIES......................................................... ........................
Boundary Definition and Proclamation of Nev. Protected Areas ...........................
5/J Retain the existing National Park as a Federal Park..................,.............
JJ.2 Reconsider rhe Status of the Gambela NP as a Protected Area............................ J11 .Vew Regional Park. Wetland Reserve and Community Conservation Area !> 1.4 National Fores! Priority' Areas..................... ............................ ..............,...... ... 51.5 Migration Corridors................... ........................ ............... ....... ................. ...........
s 16 Sociological Impact of Protected Areas.....................................>....................
5 1. Alternative Siresfor Protected Area Status .................................. —
5 1- 5 Aecpm^enJario/is for further studies.............. ........,.......................—........ .......—-
Planning Studies for the Management of Protected Areas................................. .....
* 1 Preparation of Management Plans for Protected Areas..................................
Sqfan Hunting.................. ........... . ............................ ................. ......... ...........
5 ? The o/ the Private Sector in Protected Area Management........... ............
5 ’ 5 -Wi?c/Mnuwj for Common ity-Based Conservation ............... ............ ..........
Of A Regional Policy Document On Refugees............. ......... ... .
5 3 / Utilisation Outside Protected Areas................................. *......................
51 ? Car ^£D7W^.................. *............ ..... ................ .................. .. .............. . ........
5 u ^ °coc/i/e Farming. ...................... .......................................... .......... —.............- ■
r
Wildlife Ranching .............. ,........................... .................... .......... ...............
Fij NDINg for planning studies......................................... .......
; 9°nor Perspective........................................................................... .................................
rn °nty......................
..........................................
8
9
............9
„ .... ..........
...... . 9
........10
......... 11
......... 1!
..........12
......... 13
......... 13
.........14
....... 14
......... 15
.........19
.........19
.........21
....... 21
....... 22
..... 23
.........23
....... 24
........24 
r k ....... 24
....... 25
1 *MS-ULG BiroAkobo River Basin inltfrited Drvckipmen' Master Plan
2F-iNATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2F Wi. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- —
appendices
APPENDIX 1: CURRENT CATEGORIES OF PROTECTED AREA LN F.THlnu APPENDIX 2: STANDARDISED FORMAT FOR PARK MANAGEMENT Pt A APPENDIX 3. POTENTIAL METHODS FOR DESIGNATION OF AREAS PaAl
HUNTING.................................................................................................... °RsAF^ APPENDIX 4. POTENTIAL METHODS FOR ALLOCATION”” ntA5 
CONCESSIONS.................................................................................. UF SAf
ARj
.APPENDIX 5: METHODS FOR THE SETTING OF QUOTAS
APPENDIX 6: ETHIOPIAN ELEPHANT CONSERVATION PLAN (EECPV............................... A9
APPENDIX 7: THE IMPORTANT BIRD AREAS GBAS) PROJECT LIST OF TABLES
} A!Q
.......................... ..
Table 1. Records of ivory from elephants shot on safari hunts in Ethiopia, 1987 to ]99^ Table 2. Numbers of animals requested and shot by tourist hunters 1983/84 to 1992 93 
LIST OF ACRONYMS
CCACommunity Conservation Area
CHAControlled Hunting Area
CITESConvention on International Endangered Species DWLPDraft Wildlife Policy (February, 1996)
EFAP Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan
El AEnvironmental Impact Assessment
EPAEnvironmental Protection Plan
EV DSAEthiopian Valleys Development Studies Authority
EWCOEthiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation
f AOFood and Agricultural Organisation of the United Nations
FPFederal Park
IBAImportant Bird Area
1CDPIntegrated Conservation Development Planning
1RInception Report
IUCNInternational Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resource? NCSNational Conservation Strategy
NFPANational Forest Priority Area
NGONon-govemmental Organisation
NPNational Park
NRDEPNatural Resources Development and Environmental Protection RPRegional Park
UNDPUnited Nations Development Programme UNHCRUnited Nations High Commission for Refugees WLWildlife
WRW'etland Reserve
WRDA Water Resources Development Authority
16
TAMS-VLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Intefrated Development M««‘er pl1'
2F-ii
A,ANNEX 2F wildlife
I
L5TRODLCTION
nt Wildlife Sector cannot be isolated from other sector. r parchment will dtimately affect hydrological process^ ^^ns in lhe
wll ^uence fishenes *«land ecosvsLZ^- ? 
^dlife. The following Annexes may also be of’mterea
K Wildlife Sector must be regarded as a resource that h. u 
.-xng the last decade. Gambcla National Park Mr
changes in ?
tUrn ^de hab.L ?*
sub .fe««i to serious eh.
sue 1974 and 
regI0„
rfdtt aw i„ Edunpia fa p^' ”TO «a of any Mnd. A 4 « 
jtd for cultivation and/or grazing 
'°'eum* ta «»* H
>» be
*“
P^k has been cleared and is bd &
AAis-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PUn
2F-1NATIKAL RESOURCES
assessment of available data
U f the available data were a
already reviewed in the Inception Report. -Ou,
main studies Russvan tcpon
the area may not in a ansen with Contro lea some Ethiopian 1 designation appears
• wlamanon mav include reference to an area as a National Park (NP), whatas In Ethiopia, proclam Qa7etted as is the case with Gambela NP. A similar situation has
* 
(CHA’s). Although Mizan Teferi CHA appe« on (EWCO) reports (but not on others),
• n from Ac fact most of
hunting pUu
nQnh of Mizan Tcferi
Bcbtka
within this region (tlie ’ J lerm CHA was used in a de facto sense to include „„ ,h« Gunter «.). C<®^'“^X>lv began » appea, as a CHA on 
these three hu"“lg?^ai Palk is bounded by two Controlled Hunting Anas (OU,. 
EWCO maps. GambelaNauonal Park «b^
Ictei„ „y !om„f p„m«.
XX*'
,md uies fot wteh 11
-
*“ °evn
Osborne (1991) defined a study area, the Southwest Forests, lying to the south and east of Gambela NP. west of the Omo River, and south of Nekempte. He considered this zone to contain some of the largcsi and most important natural forests in Ethiopia. Further, this regiot has long been recognised as forming critical migration routes for elephant and other mammals of the Gambela floodplains.
The available data have been judged somewhat out of date, and therefore it has been assumed that due to the changes that have occurred over the last two decades, wildlife has moved to different areas from the regions originally gazetted. The present available data however does provide an acceptable basis for the preparation of the Master Plan. Officials of EWCO would, it is believed, agree that basic wildlife data would require regular updating in order to rcv.c* gazetted areas and wildlife migration routes.
In summary,
• Although the wildlife population within the existing boundaries of proclaim
low, if properly managed, they could still recover;
• although the habitat of large mammals remains intact, extensive com^ occurred and traditional migration routes have either been isrup threatened;
...juri*"
dates)c|th:
the wildlife resource (at least for the larger mammals, especially the ^vcjnf’ Gambela Plains has always been related to the annual migration an
patterns from the Sudan.
________ plan
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2F-2ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
jpenon. there tew Published dala on wildlife movements into and out of hl5 last pbcn° reliance must be placed on anecdotal information. Nevertheless. 
f ’ projec ■V€a' be placed on the reports of hunters with long experience of the region. 
r
1
Ll *. 1drtable ^^gratory species are elephant (Loxodonta africana), white-cared kob (Kobus -?imPorwnt d!Nile lechwe (Ko bus megaceros). The last two species undertake true
' iiuco1^ ** senSC that they respond to seasonal changes in the distribution and nature of
.grjtions-‘ ch the direction and timing of their movements can be predicted from
n
.-«J su hydrolog) and changes of the floodplain ecosystem. Elephant, with their
^formation °n
controlled to a far lesser extent by the seasonality of food
ability t° c°vCr h there appears to be some temporal pattern with respect to movement. jS0UfteS-
lechwe move together, the main traffic of the former antelope species is
.Although p|acc north of the Baro river, whilst that of lechwe apparently takes place in reported direction corresponding to the latitude of Gog. Anecdotal information gives the
t0
e
tC1$t * ^tarting in December and continuing through subsequent months, with returns to 
’^bout the middle of March Formerly, millions of animals were involved, but their
' jda? 3 have been decimated by actions, resettlement programmes, refugees and civil
during the Derg regime. Paramount among these was the presence of a Sudanese
Scs Liberation Army camp east of Dima, which had a profound impel on the game
Kpdaiions of the Akobo CHA.
Ue utilisation of wildlife, especially by safari hunting, is gradually being regulated. During a xotahop in February 1996. consultations were held between the Regional Authorities and EWCO to make arrangements for the opening of the hunting season. However the issue ol biuring licenses without up-to-date wildlife inventories would be detrimental to the protection of endangered species and the efficient management of the CHA’s.
It. addition to safari hunting, monkeys and baboons, which are trapped as part of crop xraervation, are exported from the upper basin. The magnitude of this trade is hard to 
•itcrniine. as is the production and export of musk from male civet cats (Civetta civetta), ’libough various authorities advance estimates of its magnitude.
T *mS-ULC; Ba to-a kobo River Basin Sutearaltd Devdopmcnl Master Plan
2F-3NATURAL RESOURCES
3. SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
The situation of institutional arrangements is in a state of flux that has become
by disparities between national and regional administrations. The Transitional C(?,npounded employed a four-tiered system of natural resource administration and manaeern °VertUlleM government there was a Ministry for Natural Resources Development and En ■ ' 
Protection (MNRDEP); regional governments had NRDEP bureaux; and zonal'17"' ^'^
0
1
governments had NRDEP departments. In some cases, this structure has been 
others, the future relationships among these bodies remains to be clarified The
’n
among wildlife bodies - for example EWCO - were clearly stated in Proclanati110^^
1996. pursuant to ministerial offices We understand that Regions have establish an * 
of Natural Resource Management. 3.1. Historical
’ ' Ultaiu<
The Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation (EWCO) was established within the Ministry of Agriculture in 1965. Close links with forestry always existed, and in 1980 the Forestry and Wildlife Conservation and Development Authority was established Subsequently this authority was disbanded, and sectors responsible for environmenul conservation were located within the Natural Resources Conservation and Development Mair. Department (NRCD-MD) in the Ministry of Natural Resources Development and Environmental Protection (MNRDEP). This Main Department was divided into a Community Forests and Soil Conservation Development Department, the State Forest Conservation and Development Department, a Land Use Study aod Regulatory Department, and EWCO
3.2. Current Status
With the dissolution of the MNRDEP, both EWCO and the Department of Forestry and Wildlife were relocated to within the Ministry of Agriculture. At the time of writing, details
of their revised organisational structure remain to be finalised. EWCO is presently 
undergoing a major restructuring and a United Nations Development Programme (y. 
consultant is assisting them. Central government has offered no format to guide e
reorganisation of regional wildlife. Under the new Federal/Regional Govcnun^ arrangements, regions will be responsible for developing their own wildlife policy (Annex institutional Support).
(be Hillman (1993) summarised the staffing situation of EWCO prior to trcstruct^*atC(j only 
time of his review, staff numbers were very limited (e.g. Gambela NP
Scct 0D
j )i
seven). The situation remains largely unchanged, although restructuring (refer to below) was conceived as a remedy.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PI*
2F-4^SOURCES
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
P
- legislation, appropriate national and regional policies, 
vc
and a properiv
with supP° the EWCO in its present situation would be unlikely to
r
plan
 have the
? '^ated >lastfr ent an effective wildlife management programme. Constraints that limit
9cP 10 llTlP C tion of EWCO have been documented in several reports, including EWCO
^1) Ttie . qualified and experienced management staff. Many wildlife management
° f lhese
. jnsuffi0
’^ -
t oresterS who were allocated to EWCO after graduation from the W'ondo 
o
flicials are
. in„ institute, where wildlife management makes up onlv about 4
I ♦
♦
Genet ForW ‘
a fthc
a °Offi awareness by government of the significance and potential of natural
resources?
hhcal financial limitations;
e of comprehensive management plans for priority conservation areas,
3 Efficient infrastructure to meet the needs of both consumptive and non- consumptive forms of wildlife utilisation;
ffluUv no research or monitoring capacity at either basic or applied level, with the result dial essential management needs such as the setting of quotas cannot be generated.
Swshive been taken to remedy this situation, however, as seen by the recent appointment of I a UNDP consultant to propose structural changes within the wildlife department or the
Department of Forestry' and Wildlife Conservation.
River Basin Integrated Dtvclopmeit M«,er p1*°
2F-5
■l
--NATURAL RESOURCES
4. SECTOR LEGISLATION AND POLICY
Ethiopia was a signatory to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered s Wild Fauna and Flora (1973) (CITES) in 1989 and to the World Heritage Conv^'^ 1977. These international obligations are referred to again in the section below VeWi* ®
a
4.1. Wildlife Policy
The Inception Report made reference to a draft Wildlife Policy document Since
of that report, the draft document has undergone further review at a workshop held ** i 1996. The latest version (February', 1996) of the Draft Wildlife Policy of EthiopiaHtiyw^
was designed to reflect Ethiopia's new constitution, with its emphasis on people's rieti ' 
participate in development, and with other core development policies
8htS t0
.
regionalisation. The Policies were drawn up to be consistent with the National Conv^'^' 
Strategy (NCS). especially 
allu
"to preserve, develop, manage, and sustainably use Ethiopia’s protected areas and other wild animals and plants, for national, social and economic development and for the integrity of the biosphere".
The following paragraphs summarise the major features of the policy, particularly those un bear relevance to the Baro-Akobo Master Plan. Some of the Planning Studies proposed in the Master Plan have been drawn up in line with the policy document, The main features of the conservation, development and wildlife utilisation policy applicable to EWCO include the following responsibilities:
The Government’s obligations under international treaties or other agreements concerning the protection, conservation or utilisation of wildlife;
National wildlife policy;
Preparation or amendment of national wildlife legislation;
Gazettement of protected areas managed by regional governments;
Declaration and gazettement of federally managed protected areas;
Scientific research on wildlife and related topics;
The co-ordination of foreign aid to support wildlife conservation;
Co-ordination of wildlife affairs with other federal and regional agencies, 
The regulation of wildlife utilisation including sport hunting, farming or ranchin.^ The development and dissemination of information and education progpm promote the appreciation by Ethiopians of their wildlife.
• s More specific national policy documents of some relevance include single-sp© 5 sum®**’! the Ethiopian Elephant Conservation Plan (EECP) is one example. « have conth^'^
in Appendix 6. It is debatable to what extent these single-species documen 
to elephant conservation in Ethiopia, however sound they might be in theory-
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Ma*,cr plan
2F-6ANNEX2F WILDLIFE
1,1 ,™>d that the «t>tal lhnra of "cw legislation wllH bo to deal w th the radjcal
hro^t ab0Ut b1' th' d'vol“ °"
n
Of ceMral ™tb»rtty to the regions. For example
■^CS n long^ responsible for the admuustiabon of National Parks, although the power E*‘C°15 Trion will continue tO * VCSted m EWC0 35 is shown in Section 4.1 and Lner
Jptcclaftl paragraphs shown below. These include specific commitments to ensure that *__bie organisation fulfils its duties in relation to:
* ‘^Convention on Biological Diversity World Heritage Convention
*
■
*
♦
I
rhc . Government’s membership of the IUCN
Endangered Species of Wildlife Conservation Commemorative Coins Regulation. 
I cgal Notice No. 61 of 1978 and amended by Legal Notice No 65 of 1979. 
Convention on the Prohibition of the Development Production and Stockpiling of Bacteriological and Toxic Weapons and their destruction. 1972.
Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). 1973.
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna Rectification Decree, 1989.
Biodiversity Convention Ratification Proclamation No, 98, 1995
43. Policy and Legislation in Perspective
May of the constraints facing the development of wildlife resources in Ethiopia have already wen described by many writers, and further repetition is unjustified in the light of more ttcent information. Regional attitudes towards wildlife conservation are a crucial factor in the
•Jtitte development of the wildlife resources in the basin. Environmental and Wildlife rstituiions to a large extent are dependent on other government agencies. For example, the ^■position of legislation related to poaching is a function of police and military capacity and 
^mnmcEU, as well of capacity within the wildlife sector itself.
3 Praod 
from national to regional management of wildlife resources, there comes
•km of uLeXtrCThe Sens’fr^d complexity between the two systems. A draft 'Memoran- ^•litaie th Crstatlding' between the Minister and Regional Authorities has been drawn up to Gltu,ncnt ,C 5*Uls^r and allocation of responsibilities from federal to regional states. This W nt>1' h^en released at the time of writing, but it is understood to clarify federal
] a resPonsibilities. For example, federal authorities will continue to pronmlgate
^-TiJsi the r ’ accept responsibility' for the establishment of a conservation trust fund "^tbe bT’’1°nal SlaTes will be tasked with the day-to-day managemcni of protected areas. 
rne in mind that both capability and budgets are disproportionate to the tasks.
I
Am S~ULG Baro-Akabo River Bavin Integrated De«lop«*nt Muter Phn
2F-7NATURAL RESOURCES
5. PLANNING STUDIES
The Inception Report identified massive gaps in the data required for a Master Pl subsequently endorsed by the Steering Committee. For various reasons (lar
with the original terms of reference for the Master Plan), the collection of the * COtXeiTlcd 
before preparation of the final Master Plan submission was not possible c re<^ *
u
rt< * data
the Wildlife Sector, it has not been possible to draw up a comprehensive list
Options, as is the case for most other sectors of the Master Plan: no direct d^C'°P,nea’ interventions can be made until a basic set of preparatory Planning Studies has hpCVC opn*nl to It should also be borne in mind that many of the studies proposed below are b 
draft document, the Wildlife Policy, and can only proceed when the relevant secti d 1 draft have been accepted by the Council of Ministers. The recommendations ared^ necessarily provisional and may need to be modified when new data are obtainoT £ future. 
for
111 “*
It was noted in Section 2 that, in addition to the Russian and ARDCO-GEOSERV reports t selection of technical literature dating between 1972 and 1994 was consulted to present, picture of the present situation On this basis, a number of development options have bee- identified. With the transfer of technical and managerial responsibilities to the regions it is obvious that considerable training and wildlife extension efforts should be applied at the local regional level. Section 5.2.1 elaborates on the skills requirements and stales that a training intervention could be concentrated on students from the Baro-Akobo basin regions Other possibilities are discussed and it appears that the establishment of regional wildlife bureaux including a study of the protected areas should be given priority.
Most of the Planning Studies that follow can be grouped according to whether they fall within Protected Areas, or whether they fall in the category of wildlife utilisation outside Protected 
.Areas.
Before any planning studies take place, however, a Regional Wildlife Authority should be set up. In the devolution of authority to regional level, the understanding is that each 
free to develop its own wildlife and conservation authorities according to a struc^\><j meets its specific conservation and wildlife management needs. Given the paucity o staff in the Wildlife Sector, however, there is a clear need for external assistance in and strengthening institutional structures for conservation and wildlife rnan^eetn^ j
r 0(j of
could be provided by an expatriate advisor attached to the regional authorities for ’ at least a year. The NCS, when implemented by the regions, may also contn ue meeting these needs.
TaMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development MastpBO
gj §qVRC£S__________ ________________ ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
nCTn> AKA STUDIES
ected areas in the project area and tWr ireas intended for Protected Area status, the ), which will then convey the intention of
.-a Areas in the Project Area have been summarised in Section ? .kw-
hibitai is still largely intact. The conservation needs with regard to indigenous forests are ijdressed in the submission on Forestry (Annex 2E).
Be intention is that, if proposed changes in the categories of protected areas are adopted, ttxfi existing National Parks could become Federal Parks, and Sanctuaries will become
•tiponal Parks, unless decided otherwise by the Protected Areas Committee However, there a no mention of the fate of existing Controlled Hunting Areas Currently, there are do Sanctuaries (as defined in Appendix 1) in the project area. This means that there could be no uiomatic creation of a Regional Park
Corastent with the spirit of the Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia the following options for protected aftas could be considered in the Master Plan
retain the existing NP as an FP,
reconsider the status of the Gambela NP as a protected area, and have no FPs. and designate a new Regional Park, Wetland Reserve and Community Conservation Area
U P National Forest Priority Areas asignate migration corridors
ls ,0 retain the existing National Park, but rename it as a Federal ParkNATURAL RESOURCES
better directed towards definition, proclamation, and management of alternative than investment in an area with a wildlife potential that could only be r exceptional circumstances. 
ISc ^
Duckworth (1972) identified four sites in the Lower Basin of the project ar
considered viable alternatives to Gambela NP: whicb he
(1) the southwest forests (north of the Tepi-Bonga road, and south of r
Gambela, Bure, Mattu and Bedele);
3 Wc
(2)
(3)
an area west and north of Tepi, coinciding with the Godere and Abob-C
referred to by Duckworth as the Godare Valley;
the floodplains of the Baro, Akobo and Pibor rivers, west from Ga k
the Sudan border, and 
e up to
(4) the plains north of the Baro river, northwest of Gambela.
What is the current status of these areas a quarter century later? This can onlv be d t
by field survey specifically within these areas. An initial idea of their condition cojh^
been gained had air surveys been made possible by this Master Plan study
6.1.3 New Regional Park, Wetland Reserve and Community Conservation Area
The Wetland Reserve (WR) category could have immediate relevance to the Upper and Lower Basins. In the absence of reliable recent faunal surveys, one means of identifying high conservation priority areas is through Important Bird Areas (IBAs); Appendix 6 summarises the IBA Project. Briefly, the project approach is to use bird species diversity as an indicator of general biodiversity. Although there are exceptions to this concept, it is a valid ecological proposition. At a workshop in May 1995, prospective and confirmed IBA sites were identified for Ethiopia. The intention is to produce a National Inventory of IBAs, although this will be presented regionally.
For the Lower Basin, the Jokau area (defined by 33 33'E to 33 52'E and 8 O2T4 to 8 20TJ) was identified as being particularly important to migratory species; other prospective sites are associated with the Baro floodplain. The creation of a Wetland Reserve could be » 
immediate step for regional conservation authorities, as the level of survey required before boundary definition is relatively simple compared to that needed for savannah and fores* systems. This relative simplicity is based on physical characteristics that clearly de
wetland systems. In addition, the IBA identification will serve as an initial pointer for definition. For the Lower Basin, swamps are best developed between Neum an 
confluence with the Pibor River at Akobo. In parallel to the north, other permanent swaI^^c including two lakes, are found along the Gilo River. These hydrological and physiogre
features define wetland boundaries within which to base faunal and sociological apjxaj-
t * ^heko. 
IBA sites in the Upper Basin link with the following NFPAs: Bonga, 
Shekecho. Godere-Shekecho, Saylem Wangus, and Sigmo Geba. Butcher & have drawn attention to the possible adverse hydrological and pedological eflec
drainage in the Upper Basin. The proclamation of sensitive sites as WRs co nl these concerns, as well as conserve biodiversity as indicated by IBA listing.
(undated) of
TAMS-ULG Baro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Developmentrn the Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan (EFAP), the government has classified 58 of ‘ ftant natural forests as National Forest Priority Areas (NFPAs). It is the clearly 
ft 10051 . policy to use these forests primarily for protection and conservation purposes, 
^ednati
for commercial purposes. For Duckworth's first two caittnriM □»«. -
. _ ____ Uacin F.WCO (1989) recognised the unique importance of the hrrtari-i«»vi*d
jcnbidolo and Kulo Konta (south-east of Jima) areas. Further, the EWCO report recognised it rainforests between Bonga and Gore as being unrepresented in the Ethiopian protected m system and in need of conservation. Of this list, only the forests of the Mocha and jonbidolo areas and those lying between Bonga and Gore fall within the Baro-Akobo project itm (again, reference should be made to the NFPA map), and coincide with NFPA zones. Howevc, the map boundaries of the NFPAs (as arrived at by the Forestry Department) are, iicordwg to the Forestry Consultant, largely arbitrary, having been arrived at through a desk nxh. Thus, it is possible that the NFPA boundaries will, on occasion, contain no forest at ill This possibility is confirmed in the project area by Land Cover categories of the NFPAs, ‘here continuous cultivation coincides with an NFPA designation (Volume IV, Map 34 and 
■?ar from this dubious inclusion in an NFPA category', no broad-leaved forest receives J™3 Wnscrvation status anywhere in Ethiopia. As reliance on inclusion in an NFPA is no
tte of conservation
fnr enmn form of nrotected
population estimates of key species.
s Pcci^
could ak^ k. 
♦____ micvr*tinn routes of key ungulateNATURAL RESOURCES
There are several options for protecting migration corridors. One includes the
of safari hunting operations in specified areas. To place reliance on safari management, various provisos must be met, however. These arc discussed °Pcra,i°ns L below. 
,n Kreater
In the special case of providing protection for migratory corridors, a great deal
is needed than mere appraisal of the resource base. The required research 01016 Tesearth account several areas, different seasons, and even different countries. It wUhT relate migratory movements to hydrological events, the prime determinant r 10 range phenotype. 
It is unlikely that any resident elephant populations remain in the project area: following traditional migration patterns or will have adopted new patterns of m°St ** 
of
F
response to human pressures. For example, the movement of elephant in the low? W thought to comprise two different populations. One enters from the south of Sudan d 
of Kenya and Uganda, thence to move in an arc through Guraferda into the Omo A population enters north of Gambela from the upper Nile region. Passage through^! Guraferda region has been recorded (Roussos, pers. comm. ) from about October through December (the hunting season ran from December to the end of March); a small pereecu e apparently continue down to the Omo valley towards the middle of the year. In companZ the influx of elephant into the Gambela region is reported to begin in August or Septembe and continue to April.
1
Thus, based on anecdotal evidence, there are two separate ranges with distinct differences in liming of movements. This justifies a need to define ranges and seasonality of movement, not only for elephant but also for the other principal migratory species.
6.1.6 Sociological Impact of Protected Areas
The proclamation of protected areas is a sensitive undertaking, and cross-sectoral exposure is critical. In addition to the obvious institutional involvement (EWCO, the Environment Protection Agency EPA, and associated bodies), the role of local offices of the NCS should also be considered as a facilitator for cross-sectoral exposure. Some support from international institutions will also be a pre-requisite for maintenance of the integrity of new proposed protected areas. Section S.2.2.5 proposes that the Regional Council Pr0^ ' ‘
c
policy document about the treatment of refugees. The intention is that this document serve as a guideline for both regional authorities as well as for the critical interna organisation, the United Nations High Commission for Refugees (UNHCR)-
In the zonation of a Protected Area, where the needs of people must be taken separate sociological planning study will be needed. Here, one is dealing between protected area settlement zones and ethnic groups. The Wildlife P° icy indicates settlement zones associated with NPs and FPs as permanent, 
g^ofia or
temporary . The intention is to designate boundaries that meet park °^ j
2
> cctl1‘^S’
eo pies
legitimise current settlement patterns. As the project area includes a variety o
A .N. Roussos, Ethiopian Rift Valley Safaris, Box 3658. Addis Ababa
The distinction between seasonal and temporary settlement requires further clarincati TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated DevelopmeatMas«r■ i categories of protected area have been proposed, then their zonation must take , the lifestyles of the ethnic groups associated with them. The objective is to 
•ate nmtected area sites to the needs of the ethnic groups associated with them so
>uld yield
localities of major ethnic groups, together with a range of zonation options acceptable
for each protected area; and
■ movement patterns of nomadic groups within and between the Protected Area
network.
Alternative Sites for Protected Area Status
What alternative sites can be considered for protected area status? According to anecdotal information (mainly based on reports of hunters who formerly operated in the region), there z* three areas which may still have the potential for safari operations thai could qualify for protected status and these areas are described in the study on Safari Hunting below. The Master Plan would assist with proposals and justifications to promote the gazettement, fegazettement, and re-categorisation of protected areas. These would then be submitted to ite Protected Areas committee. No boundary proposals can be made, however, without ^equate field survey. Similarly, decisions on which Protected Area category 10 adopt (FP or
KP, lor
for example) will likewise depend on acceptable survey results.
i.ill
_ . j................. _________
Wtally. the Regions should initiate such submissions rather than waiting for federal directives
•J proceed llUunj njrrfr
. ♦ 
,
-
___ rommimitV
_____ -r-i — 
r^mmiinitv
B>ro-Akobo River Batin integrated Development Mastw PI*
2F-13NATURAL RESOURCES
annex 2F Wr.
------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------ ——
6.2 Planning Studies for the Management of Protected Areas
It is pointless to define new conservation areas unless they can be effectively mana section deals with several approaches to the management of these areas. 
6.2.7 Preparation of Management Plans for Protected Areas
This
As the preparation of Management Plans forms an integral part of EWCO's mand 
skills should be expected of EWCO staff. To ensure that this is realised, a training 
could form a further intervention allied to the management of protected areas -^OrnP°nent redefinition of protected areas can be seen as one approach to translating th PJ°POSed
Wildlife Policy into regional action. There are a host of other approaches, but thefra ^0'^
wildlife management staff is an obvious priority. 
Although the intention of the new policy is to decentralise management to the reai
policy and strategy statements are too broadly drafted to be effectively taken up bv R •B°B
IUn 8 of
e
authorities. One way around this is to select a specific sector, and then to strenpi}/^
sector at the regional level. An obvious starling point is to train regional staff for pr”
areas management and conservation.
We propose, therefore, to develop a regional wildlife strategy in line with national policies and conforming to the action plans of the NCS and regional conservation strategy. Wildlife management staff of the regional wildlife authority (in whatever form is ultimately adopted) will require the following skills:
• technical ability to appraise wildlife resources;
• understanding of the concepts of community-based wildlife conservation;
• technical competence to control problem animals, maintain roads, law enforcement
etc.;
• proficiency to educate local communities and tourists in conservation;
• ability to practice wildlife management, particularly in such matters as the principles
and practices of veldt burning as a management tool; and
• personnel management.
Wildlife management training in Ethiopia is through the Mweka College of African Wildlife Management. A training intervention could continue with this strategy, by concentrating^ trainees from the region itself. It could promote the development of an Ethiopian tic- training facility, which could be based in the project area, thus meeting the needs for expose to a wide range of habitats from rain forest through savannah, to wetlands.
The EWCO will clearly play a major role in the development of a training wildlife management. In addition, there are international organisations that 00 with training initiatives. For example, the African Wildlife Foundation (AWF) 1S training of protected area managers. One project, PARCS (Protected Area c Strategy*), is co-ordinated by the Biodiversity Support Programme in the USA, an by USAID Along with government agencies, some NGO input is also desira continuity across government departments and institutions.
(0
TA.MS-ULG Ba ro-a kobo River Basin Integrated Development Mister Pl*ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
W^CLtioO of manzgement P'"“- biologist and «io|
og s
i ,;
,„, foe P^P
}>-*
, ? Safari ti»nt,nS
U tins properl>’ conducted, can •* M efflCienl management tool for Protected Areas 5^ wntroDed hunting areas (CHAs) were originally established for foe licensed E ^ - |ficd specics (hereby generating considerable foreign ctmney) a^d for foe
a
UK®# 0 d J^port Of live animals. The intention was that such areas would additionally act
an ^
ones
 f or protected areas such as Gambela NP. Hunting appears to have been 
for thcfoliowmg reason:
absen« of scientific bases for setting quotas;
civ-il unrest over two decades, which led to failure to implement any WL legislation as well as to proliferate firearms in civilian hands,
« resettlement programmes enacted without regard to wildlife resources.
Additionally, there were grounds for concern over the declining trophy quality of elephant, is indicated by Table 1.
Tible 1. Records of ivory from elephants shot on safari bunts in Ethiopia, from 1987 to 
1992.
N o of Tusks
Total Mass
(kg)
Mean Tusk
Mass (kg)
Standi rd 
Deviation
146
3,642.1
24.9
9.7
87
1,898.0
21.8
11.5
75
6
1987
.1988_____
1989
1990
wT~ '
I99P ‘
Tula]
(1993).
?Jst W|Cm boweVCT interpreting (he above table is whether to ascribe the decline in will be for lar ^UndnS Or poaching. Poaching takes place primarily for tusks, and selection
■ fo j11 th area are
1,729.4
23.1
12.6
44
840.0
19.1
5.6
52
918.0
17.7
6.4
22
271.0
12.3
7.5
426
9,298.5
218
99.8
' foe Te3U (S°mctilIies spel*Jokau) HA,
c
* foe a^ fonictimes spelt Teddo) CHA, and 
0
Akobo Valley CHA.
bushb^t ae° CHAs couJd offer follovdne animals: b'^ ^drik« 
„. J" tfragelaphus scriptus), bushpig {Potamodwrus P° ‘_‘
r
r
.^-^iand ^aurotragus oryx), elepW (LwdW ^crmaU Grants
amS-ul Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
Master Plan
g
IF-ISNATURAL RESOURCES
gazelle (Gazella grand), Soemmening's gazelle (Gazella sommerrin ' (Litocranius waller!), Lelwel's hartebeest (Alcelaphus buselaphus lelwel) gtrtrHu (Hippopotamus amphibius), klipspnnger (Oreotragus oreotragus), greater kudu strepsiceros), lesser kudu (T imberbis), leopard (Panthera pardus), lion (Pant^ ^ ^
09
lechwe (Kobus megaceros), white-eared kob (Kobus kob), defassa waterb^ ^',e ellipsiprymnus), oribi (Ourebia ourebi), oryx (Oryx gazella), rcedbuck {Redu roan antelope (Hippotragus equinus), tiang (Damaliscus lunatus), warthoe ?/>! redunco). africanus), Burchell's zebra (Equus burchelii), and Grevy's zebra (Equus grevu\ (\COC0trUi elephant, roan and white-cared kob were the more important drawcards for ex ' • llJt-
in the project area. 
Patnate himt^
Some indication of which species (countrywide) previously formed the backbo
industry can be gleaned from Table 2 (scientific names have been include ° , sa&n
previously cited).. 
Table 2. Numbers of animals requested and shot
c,udcd only if
by tourist hunters 1983/84 to 1992793.
Species
Number
Requested
Number
Shot
Success Rsit
(per cent)
Bushbuck
329
265
82
Gelada baboon (Theropithecus gelada}
36
30
83
Elephant
360
243
68
Greater kudu
256
152
59
Lesser kudu
391
281
72
| Mountain nyala (Tragelaphus buxfoni)
283
201
71
l| Leopard
17
6
35
Source; Fassil Tekle (1993).
One result of permitting entry into, (except in the case of hunting parties) and even residence in CHA’s, was that wildlife resources declined. The present status of wildlife in many CHA $ is now so poor that the designation no longer serves a useful purpose. Under proposed ne* designations of protected areas, even strict categories of protected areas could now cal^' controlled hunting. Two outcomes are possible: by maintaining the presence of a operator with a long-term lease on the periphery of core areas, poaching could 
decline. On the other hand, if hunting forced animals into core areas, recharging the pr0?- CHA’s might not happen.
The ban on hunting is unlikely to have had far-reaching positive conservation 
that poaching was in no way affected, if anything, levels would have increas^ ^ve d* absence of a professional hunting presence. In general, a ban on safari hunting following negative effects:
• loss of national revenue, especially foreign exchange;
• no management, conservation or anti-poaching presence in key ai^35- that consumption will be non-sustainable. 
• no returns, including safari-related employment, to local people- an conservation awareness;
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bwin Integrated Development M«5‘cr P
jtsii'- redu^
.fFS<K^CES________________________________ ANNEX 2F
ANNEX 2F WlLDLrFE
have little detrimental effect on populations (as offtake is normally limited to old 
' ^^3). unli^ commercial poaching as was the case in the Gam be I a
^H'wrinn of hunting should be seen as an active conservation measure Experienced 
tcrs given security of tenure and knowledge of the region, can maintain a system of
donation which, under ideal conditions, will allow them to employ key poachers and to 
ftmds as anti-poaching incentives.
Biied on discussion with Roussos (refer footnote # 4) who, until the hunting ban, operated in ik project area, there are three sites with potential for wildlife conservation and utilisation:
<]) An area south of Gog, with boundaries following the Akobo river on the wcsl, the mountains Cowards the east, and by Dima in the south.
I-1 The area around Guraferda. Before the hunting han. Ethiopian Rift Valley Safaris operated in the Gurraferda region, about 20 elephants were hunted from tins area annually (Roussos, pers. comm.). The upper and middle reaches of the Akobo river
report recommended conservation status for this region. A further aerial survey was undertaken in 1974 facain summarised bv Osborne. 1991k where significant
« . eri Socrie other part of the Mizan Teferi area) deserved some form of protected 
did the Ameya/Bonga forest area.
to the east of Aiwero and continuing up as far as Gore, which
as 11101111 tains and savanna habitaL This region could be used for walking safaris
15 Or consumptive utilisation.
Zonc WouJd arise in the Akobo 11 irrigation scheme proposed by RV ' which involves the right bank of the .Akobo river downstream of Duni
River Birin Integrated Development Marier ^an
IF-I’NATURAL RESOURCES
The components of this Planning Study for Safari Hunting will, to some
preliminary, given that the WL policy still awaits ratification, and that WL leeisUt; CXtCni> be
to be reviewed. D■ -espite■ t • • his, several com----pone ------nt--s- c---a-n be ----- s--pe*-l-t- out ---- a---t t--hi ---s s -t • • age:
,On is likely
Establishment of concession boundaries, as well as their zonation in relab 
other zones within a broad Protected Area;
“Onship to
Seasonal assessment of the status of wildlife populations;
Decision on which species are to be offered, and the setting of quotas f
concession, by species;
Or c^h
Decision on a system of allocation of concessions acceptable to both EWr
regional authorities;
® ’nd
Establishing mechanisms of community involvement;
Establishing a system for monitoring trophy quality, and for population dvn hunted species;
Jamies of
Creation of appropriate management institutions to meet the needs of the reri
clarification of any new legislature needs. 
B
The following paragraphs address the above components in turn. The establishment of concession boundaries can only take place after a survey of the areas, including an assessmer of wildlife populations involving consultation with local people and EWCO. The setting of quotas is dependent on the preceding stage, but involves some understanding of large mammal population dynamics. A possibly more complex issue will be the system of concession allocation, which is expanded on in the paragraph below under some of the legal implications. Some aspects of community involvement are covered under the tourism submission (refer to Joint Venture Operations), as is the allied question of management institutions. However, with regard to community involvement, it is pertinent to record that with the lifting of the hunting ban, some hunters have offered substantial sums (e.g., USD 3000 for a single elephant) to local communities for specified species shot in their areas There is justification for these returns to be standardised, by species, through the Ethiopian Professional Hunters’ Association.
What needs will arise for legal documentation between concessionaire and regional authorities? These will be a function of the type of arrangement that is decided upon There are various options for the designation of safari areas as well as for the methods of their allocation. These options are summarised in Appendices 4 & 5.
For the designation of safari areas (Appendix 3), the most suitable option (in the abse^' supportive research) would appear to be the granting of a concession with a long-term Safari hunting can only operate as a conservation measure if security of tenure is With short-term operations, it is in the interests of the operator to mine the resource. method of concession allocations (Appendix 4), it would seem that some form 0 c desirable.
Although the Consultant recommends the re-introduction of safari hunting on grounds (as outlined in this section, above), this should only take place after particularly those that led to the hunting ban, have been addressed. 1"he? following:
TAMS-LTLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M>^er
plan_____________________ ANNEX zn^LDLlFF.
’ *’! dear restnction-s * Placed 00 ' ^fnr^hunting;
by those not engaged in hunting of
* , clcar demarcation of concession areas he made (it is understood that division of
’ ? Mizan Tefen CHA took place following arbitrary agreements among burners
itsclves).
n ot set in a realistic manner or tf the data on which they are based are flawed, a 0 qU0<AS inable offtake can result. Appendix 5 summarises some of the principles of setting
;!W
us.
^.-iroaniental lawyer (one mon±).
kiJ The Role off he Private Sector in Protected Area Management
Safari hunting has been discussed above from a broad perspective of its management roiefltial. For hunting and other uses of Protected Areas by commercial operators, there will be specific management expectations. The Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia refers to the delegation or management duties by the agency holding primary responsibility for a protected area. If to can be interpreted to include the private sector, then a whole range of possibilities arises Whilst be notion of concessionaire responsibility in, say, a Controlled Hunting Area. is both uaniliar and practised elsewhere in Africa, the role of the private sector in the management of N?s or Sanctuaries is a new concept, which is being explored in some other countries in Africa (eg. Zambia).
^ le primary stage of a Planning Study would be to arrive al an acceptable format for ^mmercial operators in NTs and other non-hunting areas. Operators would be allowed to Stnoale revenue from tourism, whilst al the same time being allocated management
■^P&Dsibilities, Some of the key factors to investigate would relate to
length of tenure;
rctUrn of revenues to state and local communities (in a situation where management is t actional obligation), and
ure of management obligations.
Bar©-a kobo River Basin Integrated Develop®411
2F-19term) cannot be placed on revenue-generation from an outside agency. 
1 ln long
Operations. The second is expanded on below: Olnt VentUjt
Probably nowhere else in Africa have protected areas been invaded by people
the extent that has taken place in Ethiopia. It is now accepted by most
community involvement is a desirable approach to redressing this conflict even™™'65
community-based initiatives in Africa remain at an experimental level The11
central government controls on conservation has proved a failure at even level
of
involvement may take different forms. These have been grouped by some OttUnuilJt>
Integrated Conservation and Development Programmes (ICDPs). 
ul «orities a$ 
----------
v
------ vvuuuuiuucs must recognise the nr- h
must accept the discipline required, and must be prepared to explore and adopt new sv ' 
The problem is how to integrate these conditions into some kind of acceptable frameSys,cms indicated by the Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia, communities associated with protected areas v> L have the opportunity to elect Park-Community Committees, who will negotiate zonatio regulations and access to resources, approve and monitor management plans, and ensure loc2i compliance with agreed management actions and procedures. In accordance with this, some
of the objectives of a community-based conservation programme would be
• 
to maintain the integrity of protected areas;
• 
to agree to curtail undesirable practices (e.g., cutting indigenous forests, poaching)-
• 
to negotiate procedures for making the above effective;
• 
to identify and provide sources of alternative income to substitute for income lost as a
result of the agreements negotiated above;
• to arrive at conditions where the movement and resettlement of people would be acceptable;
• to facilitate research related to better community management of natural resources.
A clear need will arise for some standardised approach to the formation of Park-Community Committees. An objective for this study would be to develop an efficient and accepta e process for arriving at committee structure and function and to decide on which orms benefit are suitable for specific communities.
available, and under what conditions will a particular approach be accepts • 
w orth noting a recent success in the Southern Ethiopia Parks Rehabilitation^ ^eded by about 7.000 people agreed to their relocation from Nechisar NP. This even 
and
a sociological survey' and a workshop where representation of pe353
* ^*^^ proced^
1
5 ,l1
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M«“trresources
nuld J*'1* be *e m0S' 
annex 2f wildlife
agency. gjVCn
yflO Entity wth Srassroots ,evds‘ NG0 work with gov^nnZ 
A ^sai^ 1
er possible and close links should be established with EWCO An NGO
^ LionS Crates through the Ministry of Agriculture to facilitate such linkages
5>e0f*
. niter
of this Planning Study will require the input of a sociologist/anthropologi* over
■*'cl<,P r t least six months, working with a wildlife biologistipark management official
preparation Of A Regional Policy Document On Refugees
vc management of the wildlife resources will require international support outside '* ridlife Sector AS has been pointed out in several sections of this report, the presence of
(jjCir largely uncontrolled activities effectively deny wildlife as a fann of land be pointless for regional agencies to attempt extensive wildlife developmem
^ e its when they arc hampered by constraints that can only be resolved internationally.
s
"« refugees in the Lower Basin are a case in point. The prognosis can only be guessed at, but i: B pertinent to examine the situation in other African countries where the refugee situation tegone out of control. For example, since 1994, hundreds of thousands of refugees fled hm Rwanda to enter eastern Zaire. More than 75 000 refugees now live at the southern end rfViiunp Park, home to half the world’s surviving gorillas. In addition, over 10 000 
•jpeepotarauses have been killed by refugees. The important point io note here is that no fenn of protected area designation has countered this situation: Virunga NP was declared a ’or*J Heritage Site by UNESCO, yet 900 000 t of wood are removed daily for fuel wood cr fcr processing as charcoal. In theory, people are allowed to collect dead wood from a buffer ®oc. but this is ignored. Finally, refugees were recently responsible for the shooting of six I'iian tourists, with a major impact on the tourism industry.
M approach to this Study will require liaison with Regional authorities, in particular the ^nal Conservation Strategies, to arrive at a consensus which will address the following 
P-'w’ issues;
, °f refugee camps,
, "Hrictions on activities of refugees,
prJlai'°nS °
n Son t t£C rehe^u s8eiezcea of mP rs' aefndugee camps, and
r
Ures *° regularly reviewing status of camps.
t|
15 with lfNunrCC,Uire 311 environmental lawyer interacting with regional authorities as
■ for a minimum period of six weeks.
f3.
W Udlif Tltii
\
e
Nation Outside Protected Areas
VC restrict
 k**" ed to the proclamation of new protected 
. 'd ’Tt"*” 'nw' •» opponunities for »Udlife
accordance with the Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia the
1S -WLC Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Pevebpmeat Master Pl*n
.hlNATURAL RESOURCES
regions will jointly develop guidelines for the management of wildlife out ' areas. 
6.3.1 Civet Cat Farming
Civet (Viverra civetta) farming is an old form of wildlife utilisation that has h for hundreds of years in Ethiopia (refer Inception Report). According to EWCO civet fanning occurs in the south-west of the country , where some falls wittJ*' Basin of the Project Area. The fanning of civet takes place under a shroud of 'R reasons behind this are not clear. The implications of this secrecy are
,dc Pro^
Practise recor*. mor
- 1 the UPper secr^and^
•
it has proved impossible to collect reliable data on the magnitude
although some unpublished reports are available;
the details of the farming methods can only be surmised, and consequent!> services to improve rearing practices as well as musk production cannot beWtensioc
c 0 the
effective marketing strategies cannot be devised, with the result that the extern'T?' form of wildlife utilisation remains limited; and 
it is neither possible to gauge the impact of the farming on natural populations no devise conservation strategies to ensure that utilisation of this species is both hiunj? and sustainable.
0
The ultimate objectives of the study would be to develop an extension capacity to meet the needs of civet farmers and to introduce measures to ensure the expansion and sustainability of the industry
Firstly, a research programme into the social aspects of civet farming will be required The need here is to understand the motives and history behind the secretive approach of civet utilisation. This could be coupled with a market survey to determine what quantities and qualities could be exported, and to which countries.
Given this information, the second stage would be to educate farmers about the goals of the programme: to increase their production and ensure sustainability. At the same time, a research programme could be initiated on the ecology and physiology of the species, .o provide the necessary information for the extension programme:
• What methods are used to capture civet, and how does this affect its popula.i dynamics?
What recommendations can then be made to improve capture techniques m
maintain an acceptable wild population?
-mised?
What factors determine musk secretion in the male, and how can this be max^
(
How can captive conditions be designed so as to maximise longevity.
allow for reproduction in captivity?
Would it be possible to extract musk in a capture/relcase/recapture so, how would this affect yields of musk and populations?
1 11
___________________________________________ ___________________ _duster P ’ TAMS-VLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development& ^ministered crocodile farm was established about ten years ago ax Arba Minch, in A E* c0 Ethiopian Peoples Regional Government (SEPRG) Region. It was populated bv 
from the wild. The initial harvest yielded 2 074 skins, which earned nearly I
jiock collect lxlll° >^n000 Birr
n
harvest nearly 600 skins were exported, many to Japan, and
was earned. Over S 000 crocodiles are sull on the farm, and further
ncarh
uteris planned.
rs to be no reason why a crocodiJe farm could not be established in the Lower
n** ^feasibility study would be required to decide on location, pen structure, methods of
skin treatment, and sale avenues. Expertise on crocodile farming is available from
3Lic -mJ there are consultants who could make a rapid appraisal of its potential. The
lsi approach should be made, however, through the CrocodiJe Specialist Group of the iXnational Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN).
Inputs for further studies
A single crocodile specialist should be able to assess the potential and advise on procedures n a three-week period in the field.
43J. Wildlife Ranching
Tfe question of wildlife ranching in the project area should be approached with care. In (he
r J L 
tan opportunities might exist. However wiimthout -rtwLa up-ie information on numbers of -------- -------------
species, their migration routes and properly designated protected areas.
■ikebhood of such a scheme succeeding.
would be little
Amber of countries in .Africa practice this form of wildlife utilisation and it is suggested countries be approached. Kenya would be the most convenient for EWLO to
BaroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development
2F-23N ATURAL RESOURCES
7. FUNDING FOR PLANNING STUDIES
7.1. Donor Perspective
Despite wildlife management in Ethiopia being devolved to the Regions th 
functions that have been retained by EWCO at the federal level. Apart from th rCniaui
of protected areas, EWCO serves as the conduit through which donor fiwjfo^811^
channelled. Under the Lome Convention it is not possible for a region to directlv mUSt ** 
EU for funding; donors can only be solicited through central government Thus^h 
two-tiered bureaucracy that must be addressed in developing a donor-funded, red i ** 1
It is for the Region itself to inaugurate the process, however.
Donors may prove reluctant to invest in planning studies that develop from a master rather than in direct master plan projects, as it could be argued that precursor projects should be undertaken by the master plan consultants themselves. However, such studies fell outside the Terms of Reference of the present master plan study. In addition, some donors ma; perceive that the lower basin has all but lost its once prolific wildlife and that any investment should proceed only when a certain level of the resource has been re-established This situation is exemplified by EU assistance in rehabilitation of the Mago, Nechisar and Omo NPs. That project started after appraisals by an EU delegation, in which the area in questior. was identified as having the greatest long-term potential of all Ethiopian protected areas This was based on the presence of the largest remaining populations of plains game in Ethiopia, or. spectacular scenery, and on fascinating tribal culture. In fact, as wildlife habitat is rill remarkably intact in the Lower Basin, any measures aimed solely at habitat protection would be justified (and this can be taken to include the strengthening of regional capacities as well as the direct proclamation of protected areas), as the response of most species to protection will be rapid.
The establishment of a trust fund in co-operation with external or internal donors should be considered. In this respect there are a number of NGOs with specific interest in cnv'roD?^]K protection and wildlife conservation The IUCN in Geneva could be approache tor
details.
7.2. Priority Areas
In the opinion of the Consultant, the first priorities should rest with:
The Establishment of a Regional Wildlife Authority, and Boundary Definition and Proclamation of New Protected .Areas
as detailed in Sections 5 and 6.1 respectively
—— "" —
r PI *0
TAMS-ULG BaroAkobo River Basin integrated Development(l£f
ERENCES
J -WtK F <1972> Rep?‘ °n W,IdIife S'tUahOn in nlubahor Provinc' UnpuM re™
A' gWCO. Addis Ababa.
-.^ Community (undated). Bcolog, in D^eloping Coumits progrlmme
Elephant Consenation Programme, final report Volume J. Elephant Conservation Development Programme Ethiopia.
^’C0( 1991). Ethiopian Elephant Conservation Plan. Unpubl. report, 67 pp
'ARMAFRICA (1994). Participatory Forest Management Workshop. Unpubl report
volumes). MNRDEP. 
(t u0
’
fasil Tckle (1993). Past experience on wildlife utilisation in Ethiopia Unpubl Report
EW'CO, 7 pp.. 
’
•ultaan. J C (1993). Ethiopia Compendium of Wildlife Conservation information. Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation, Addis Ababa. Vols I & II.
Hl991)- The Southwest Forest Area, a study and review of available information EwCO, Addis Ababa.APPENDICES
DlX l: CURRENT CATEGORIES OF PROTECTED AREA IN ETHIOPIA
d Wildlife Conservation Areas (WCAs) in Ethiopia fall into two categories. Principal ^“secondary WCAs. The former category refers to those areas where there is some
toce of active consetvation and management, and includes Sanctuaries and National
J Ethiopia's protected areas currently consist of National Parks (NPs), Sanctuaries. 
Hlife Reserves, Controlled Hunting Areas, and National Forest Priority Areas.
He National Park is an area proclaimed for the express purpose of protecting wildlife and Ejects of aesthetic, ecological and scientific interest Prohibited activities include hunting, cultivation, grazing of livestock, felling of trees, burning of vegetation, settlement or nploittuon of natural resources in any way unless for park management purposes
ja Wildlife Reserve, persons are prohibited from residence without the written authority of EWCO. excepting persons who were resident before the date of declaration. Authonsed residents may cultivate land and graze livestock, but may neither hunt nor possess firearms unless with written authorisation from EWCO. These areas essentially were meant to act as ?der areas for NPs and Sanctuaries, with the possibility of being upgraded at a lam date.
fa i Sanctuary, prohibited activities include grazing of cattle, settlement, and hunting. For the >- A, prohibited activities include grazing of cattle, settlement and hunting, unless in “"■wdance with the conditions of a permit.
Sanctuaries are managed in the same way. Only hunting is controlled in ^on CSCrves CHAs, and all other forms of land use arc permitted within these two 
Bo PPosed AS
(1993) points out, these definitions concentrate on what is prohibited.
Q ^hat people can actually do in these areas.
4KiS |ULg Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Develop®*®'Mester PU“
2F- AlANNEX IF WILDLIFE
,background
1 I Size and Location
1.2 History
] 2,1 Land Use
1.2.2 Previous Plans
1.3 Environment
1.3.1 Climate
I 3,2 Topography, Geology & Soils
1.3.3 Water supplies
1.3.4 Flora
1.3.5 Fauna
1.4 Surrounding Land Use
1.5 Key Management Issues
1.6 Staff Establishment
1.7 Development
1.7.1 Staff housing, offices, workshops 1.7.2 Visitor Facilities
1.7.3 Transport & Equipment 1.7.4 Roads. Airstrips
1.7.5 Leases
1.7 Visitor Usage 2 OBJECTIVES
1
management of the protected area
3.1 Law Enforcement 3,1.1. Monitoring
3.1.2 Manpower
3.1.3 BudgetsNATURAL RESOURCES
4. PUBLIC USE OF THE PROTECTED .AREA
4.) Zoning of the Protected Area
4.1.1 Special Conservation Areas
4.1.2 Wilderness Areas
4.1.3 Wild Areas
4.1.4 Development Areas
4.2 Implementation of tourism
4.3 Interpretative needs
5. STAFF REQUIREMENTS
6 BUDGETS.
The following are sample Terms of Reference for a consultant involved in management plan for a protected area
drafting a
RESOURCE ASSESSMENT
The consultant will be required to:
outline geological and soil features;
- within the context of the above, delineate major vegetation communities, and provide a map consistent with these findings;
- assess the status of large mammals and the more conspicuous bird species; based on the above, provide some measure of biodiversity;
Present land use
The consultant will:
summarise patterns of human settlement and movement;
isolate areas of potential conflict between existing and proposed land use; suggest mechanisms to alienate such conflict, without unduly prejudicing interests of subsistence communities.
Proposed Land Use
The consultant will define a set of Objectives for the management of the protect consistent with Ethiopia's National Conservation Strategy. Within this set of 0
he she will develop a scheme for both consumptive and non-consumptive ut^'sa^scnl
u -<i
L
wildlife, based on eco-lourism and safari hunting, and incorporating sound cons principles, including:
specification of the nature of intended operations within the scheme dc^“ ^
C
lteOded 
zonation of the area into discrete units, to cater for the range operations, as spelt out in the DWLP;
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development .M«stern J!ife Man 8
a
einent Conservation Measures
ne arsulMt win make mcommendauona on restocking of game sp«i«. including:
a desirable mix of indigenous species for the area, based on habitat considerations: stocking rates for each species.
rather the consultant will make recommendations on any aspects of range or habitat nusagemenl consistent with restocking and wildlife management objectives
Ihe consultant will further identify any possible negative environmental impacts arising from the proposed developments, and will propose mitigatory procedures to reduce such impacts, including those which might impinge on any archaeological or palaeontological sites. Allied to this environmental impact overview, the consultant will be required to:
• draw up a monitoring programme to assess the success of such mitigatory procedures,
- advise on a set of regulations for project staff, consistent with the conservation objectives for the chain
tincems of Local Communities
Hir consultant will identify' options for local communities living in and around the ptcteciej area, including relocation (where the possibility of compensation will be
w cll as the incorporation of individuals into economic activities arising from P^ject, be consistent with the Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia and E WCO.
2F-A4NATURAL RESOURCES
^2^DLlFt
APPENDIX 3: POTENTIAL METHODS FOR DESIGNATION OF ARl SAFARI HUNTING
3.1 Pool Areas
This was the system which previously operated in Ethiopia. 
Characterised by no exclusive access; all outfitters/hunters share area. Advantages: all outfitters/hunters have access, and no allocation decisions requir d
^ EAS FqR
Disadvantages: outfitter will not develop area, nor conduct anti-poachin 
wildlife numbers not properly monitored, and Tragedy of the Commons prevails (where each operator will attempt to maximise returns irrespective of SHUatlOr' consequences) with regard to offtake rates. No continuity: therefore no relalio 
local communities. Impossible for government to monitor/manage properly ex en ? government. 
' PcnsiVt for
3.2 Concession Areas
Characteristic: allocated to concessionaire on exclusive basis, for specified period, with defined responsibilities, including road building, anti-poaching, monitoring of animat numbers, water supplies etc;
Advantages: outfitter will invest in the area. As outfitter is carrying some conservation and management costs, government expense reduced. Outfitter takes long term view of concession and offtake quotas not exceeded Outfitter can develop working relationships with local communities and help them develop maximisation of revenues.
Disadvantages: not every outfitter can have access and allocation decisions must be made Concessionaire's performance must be monitored, and management responsibilities defined
— ■ -------- —_________ ___________ ________ —- ---- ~
TAMS-ULG Hiro A kobo River Basin Integrated Development
s I c i" P1 ®^NNEX 2F WILDLIFE
-- 4. potential methods for allocation OF safari
J^ONS
j I p vate Treaty
n
CiajJ
lv done for concessions or for individual h Unte0"Pnvateliffl<t
Tender
l2 [ Tendered Hunts
Often in communal lands or private lands; area divided prospective hunters submit closed tenders, with hunt be]ng ion Usually a fixed price or percentage of turnover
.Mhudl accrue to local communities, through a specified^ y foihimts or for concessions. 
tnd ^ hunts, and
bid for each
*teion,
<=uooay. ‘ enders can be submitted
AS the hunt is awarded to the highest bid for each hunk it is equivalent to an auction and ^^disadvantages of auctioned hunts apply. Further, all disadvantages of Pooi' 
nstem apply as well
12.2 Tendered Concessions
*
"nxedure prospective concessionaire submits sealed bid for concession, in comprehensive dxument winch specifies price to be paid for concession, details experience and reputation 
tenderer, together with financial resources. This can be refined by the submission of cparaie technical and financial tenders. The pricing on state land is usually for the
^eminent trophy fee and for the concession fee; on private and communal land, ^catagc of turnover (see below) can be stipulated. For communal land bids, proposed 
^munitj involvements must be detailed, as well as management responsibilities.
^centagt of m
:unwver: a lifcel
v
° Ver' 
w ere
^ potential outfitter proposes to pay a fixed percentage of his
1 ffuataitee
o p a' a^ ° mt
n L is calculated, and payment of a minimum is guaranteed, subject to 
^Justed for ^ljniniTpurn quota. In this system, (he advantages are that domestic inflation 4 ^Ven for the l$0> *CSSor benefits io good years, and is protected in bad. An incentive ^otivic |q ovep^501^ to manag® the area properly, as be is more involved; there is no 
which « °°l disadvantage is that there is an incentive to under declare '"““MiBtesM audit procMiure.
Se tender i
s a ^3rd 
311 ^dependent panel, against predetermined and advertised
e1
*icl ^'°te that ft0 t^' hashes scoring bidder (which is not necessarily the highest
° tl’ acd should u lt is aWardcd to the highest price bid. it then effectively becomes an 
A^. 
U^es all
bC conduct«d as such!
8 a\va^S s ^^genient authority flexibility to apply other criteria than finance in 113 e of the incentives to over-use fall away
2F - a6NATURAL RESOURCES
Disadvantages: revenues not as corruption.
4.3 Auction
------------------------------------------------
high as from auction; process not transparent and
Can be done per hunt or per concession.
4.3.1 Auctioned Hunts
?Xrea divided into number of hunts of varying duration, and individual hunts th public auction. Additional, individual trophy animals auctioned. Price paid is Sold M concession and trophy fee. Has been done on private land, state Parks and w ur£°
C Slte of
and other state land. 
Advantages: highest income generator, most efficient way of marketing hunts
Disadvantages: Administration and management very complicated and 
will not invest, manage, monitor trophy quality, nor conduct anti-poaching; operator H always sell entire quota. 
,ldllfe e^te,
1
Unsuitable for state or communal land, and most useful in areas with efficient management and no financial constraints.
4.3.2 Auctioned Concessions
A hunting concession, with specified offtake quota, sold at public auction. Used on Park and Wildlife estate, other state land, and on private land.
The Pricing structure varies. Can be total price (with adjustments for increase/decrease in quotas), used on private and communal lands.
On state land, bid is for right to hunt; thereafter, government trophy fees paid in to ,vear> in second year onwards, government trophy fee plus 20 percent of trophy fee
Advantages: allocation/pricing process is transparent, and no corruption allegations«“ made; revenues for the concessions are high; the system clears the market if unre access to auction is given.
Disadvantages: person with the most money not necessarily the best concessionait little flexibility for the management authority to apply other criteria when m
(e.g. experience, expertise, reputation); outfitter may tend to 'overuse concessi invest, and may take whole quota.
Often the most desirable method, but suitability depends on management objec 4.4 Mixed Tender and Auction
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developme®1ANNEX 2? WILDLIFE
* ubinl* 
—---------- ----------------------------------------------------------- losed technical tenders for concession (as for tendered 
^eria, and qualified tenders are given access to
mjC- .enderS * with most disadvantages of previous systems, it is transparent L Does aV,a> nnen auction); high revenues accrue (hut not as high as on
1 W”2on).aW“be ** ^Allo^0"
, t i<®n''DBW
ti w^AU^ons
ootW""1 M““'PU
2F- A»NATURAL resources
APPENDIX 5: METHODS FOR THE SETTING OF QUOTAS
5.1 Background
Usually divided into trophy quota and cropping/culling quota by government c n^
O
agency Safari hunting concerned solely with the trophy quota, which is set to^
trophy quality and to maintain economic importance of hunting.
For most species, trophy animals are a fraction of the older males in the dq-
Therefore a very small quota of the population, and sustainability of the tronh 
seldom linked to population sustainability. In many cases in Africa, it has been 
that the offtake from poaching exceeds that from regulated hunting by a factor
hundred-fold. 
5.2 Principles
Sustainable trophy quota: one which ensures trophies replaced at the rate taken unsustainable, fewer trophies available and reduced average trophy size/quality. which leak to marketing problems, as international clients will not pay large sums for poor trophies
“ P 10 a
Harvesting of a population, according to Maximum Sustained Yield (MSY) formula, n- take place at any level provided offtake sustainable i.e. it is not necessary to rest a popula tion.
Vifterever possible, quotas should be relatively consistent so as to maintain economic profile. Declines in trophy quality and population numbers should be statistically significant before adjusting quotas.
5.3 How to set quotas
Although sophisticated mathematical models exist which relate response of population to different levels of sex and age-selective harvesting, in practice the setting of quotas» often be an empirical estimate. The more important data required would include, trof1 quality; catch effort; census data; reproductive data. The role of illegal hunting is USIU'- ignored, as the data from this form of offtake are notoriously difficult to collect
Active adaptive management can be used, where one experiments with different
levels, but the problems of this are that one needs sound data to monitor the
intervention; one also assumes that trends detected are solely in response to the intervention.
Review census techniques: air survey best, but expensive, suitable only f°r and certainly excludes forest species; the method is neither cost effective nor e
__«tion A combination of survey methods: remote sensing, aerial photo-inteipre
surveys, together with ground checks provides the best results. It shoul c
that area accessibility could reduce the general accuracy.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M*s*er PnATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX
2F wildlife
x ppF.NDlX 6: ETHIOPIAN ELEPHANT CONSERVATION PLAN (EECP)
EWCO (1991) produced an African elephant conservation plan in response to concerns
pressed at the Lausanne CITES meeting of 1989 over unsustainable harvesting of
Ethiopian elephant. This plan was approved by Government.
The EWCO report of 1991 prioritised eight elephant areas in Ethiopia, The first four priority areas were (in descending order):
Mizan Teferi CHA,
Mago/Omo NPs and adjacent areas,
Amaya/Banga region, and
Gambela NP.
Thus, the Project Area contains priority areas recognised by the government for Elephant conservation. Although Mago/Omo falls outside of the project area, the movement of elephant will probably mean that the same animals may move between the Project Area and the Mago/Omo protected areas
The objectives of the EECP were
to acquire resources to halt the destruction of elephant populations in Ethiopia, to 
build up the national capability to conserve and manage elephant populations, and 
to educate public and government officers as to the significance of elephant;
to undertake actions in the field against poachers;
to obtain the necessary information population dynamics of the species;
and to eventually achieve wildlife resource conservation objectives, and sustainable utilisation (emphasis that of the consultant).
Ihc philosophy of the EECP is that these objectives can only be met through an integrated approach to land use planning, and conservation cannot be realised by protected areas and ann-poaching activities.
Accurate estimates of numbers are hard to arrive at, owing to movement of populations including across international boundaries) in response to human pressures and seasonal availability of forage resources. One estimate from the aerial census of 1990 detected only 
13 animals for Gambela NP (this survey' gave an estimate of the elephant population in the Mizan Teferi area as 1 000, but this figure cannot in any way be used to infer current Population levels). It appears that most elephant of the south-western forest areas art found outside of the protected area network. Thus, the EECP perceives that any implementation of
involve numerous actors including Forestry, Tea and Coffee v ^lopment. Ministry' of Agriculture, the NCS process, the Ethiopian Flora Project etc. It
s Quid be the role of the Master Plan <o assist in this integration.
TAMS-ULG Buro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANN£X 7e>
----- -- The EECP was in essence a listing of current or proposed elephant-
projects in Ethiopia, together with budgetary information The<u» • atc<* Cohsen. follows: Projects
conservation and environmental education; training field wardens in Ethiopia; support for Babille elephant sanctuary;
elephant parameters and the development of an elephant education programme for elephant conservation;
Nation
*
conservation of habitats and species, including elephant, in south establishment of an anti-poaching unit for Ethiopia; replacement of EWCO aircraft;
Ucst ^°pia;
development of conservation infrastructure for the SW
axis National Parks.
The objectives of the EECP will need some revision in the light of changes wh’ h 
WL policy might introduce. The EECP is now dated, as the critical issue of | 
hunting remains to be clarified in the wildlife policy document. Nevertheless the '' ep*5ant point is that the EECP was accepted by government, and Baro-Akobo Master Plan'^^' tions should be consistent with objectives of the Plan. 
“tterven-
TAMS-IJLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master P|an
2F-Allt
^re qurce
SS
_______________
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
PEM>IX 7: THE IMPORTANT B,RD AREAS (1BAS) PROJECT
pia ranks among the ten countries of highest biological priority for conserv ation action 
£ Africa In I 99$ • hinds were secured for IB A surveys in Ethiopia. One of the assump-
11 in this exercise is that birds serve as indicators of important areas of biodiversity*, and 
ajlow for prioritisation of conservation areas Thus, although defined by its bird 
C na. the conservation of an 1BA network would ensure (he survival of a correspondingly 
^number of other taxa.
The function of the DBA programme is to identify and protect a network of sites, at a biogeographic scale, critical for the long-term viability of naturally occurring bird popuia- ti<mS across the ranges of those species for which a sites based approach is appropriate
The IBA project is a global initiative administrated by BirdLife International, a UK-based conservation body. In Ethiopia, it is working in conjunction with the Ethiopian Wildlife and Natural History* Society (EWNHS), and with EWCO. The overall objective is to develop a sustainable local capacity* for biodiversity conservation activity. The specific objectives are:
to identify sites for IBAs, as well as those with the potential for EBA status;
to prepare an inventory of these sites, including a review of threats and feasibility 
of actions Tor the maintenance or enhancement of their biological integrity;
- to publish and disseminate an IBA inventory both as a national site directory and 
as a computer database;
to prepare (in outline form) proposals for conservation action at high priority sites.
There are three categories for the selection of an IBA site:
Group A sites are those which have globally threatened species, or where the site represents one of set that holds all the restricted range species of an Endemic Bird Area. A Group A site may also meet RAMSAR criteria for watertirds, where more than 1 % of congregatory, inter-regional migratory species are held.
Group B sites are those of regional importance, where a site might meet agreed thresholds
or congregatory species, or agreed thresholds for species that are in regional decline, but
not necessarily threatened globally.
Group C includes LBAs of sub-regional importance, where the need for identifying this level ° be decided by the sub-region
u
Ethiopia a Project Officer and a Survey Team Leader were appointed in April 1995.
TAMS-ULG Biro-Ako bo River Basin [nteuntefJ Development Muter Plan
IF-Alt__ _ ________naT
vral resources
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
ANNEX2G
TOURISM
TAMS-ULG Bam-Akobu River Basin Jntegratrd Doelopmenl Muter Phu^^SOTRCES
ANNEX 2G TOU
RISM
CONTENTS
! ^TKODVCTIOM................................................... A SSESSM£NT OF AVAILABLE DATA
eCTOR INSTITUTIONS............ .....................
g J7^2"TiQlR. PCJ* LlC It ■ ■*«• ■ ■■■• ■ ■ *■■■■■ ■ ■»
«■***■«■■ ■ ■ iHaticMMfiimimaa
fmi............ ■ .ma«ama
»*»*■*■>■■■_■<>■«■ m«5
4 ] National Policies ...........................................................
.................................................
........... 5
4 ] j National Tounsm Policy.........................................
.................................................
........... 5
4 L2Investment Procedures ......... ...............................
................................................
.6
4.2 Regional Policy ................................ .......... ...............
................................................
.......... 6
5 DEVELOPS! ENT OPTIONS ..,..... miii................
d
■■■■■■>! | *.»¥*■ . . . | lill t*•»! ■ II I ■■ r.r.rr.....>.a.l..*.aaU
B
5 ] Joint Venture Pilot Projects Upper Basin
5 l l Rationale for Intervention.....................................
5 1.2 Beneficiaries........ ................. ...... ............. ..........
5 / J ^ccepta/H/jty of Intervention........ ................... .....
1/4 Location and Exrent........................................ .......
J J 5 Employment Opportuni ties ..............................
5.1 6 Financing................................ ....................... —
5 /. 7 Implementation Details ...........-------- ---- ----- ■
J 1.8 Institutional Support ..................................... .....
5 1.9 Risks to the Project
................ ....... —
.... 9 ....9
.... 9
..... 9
..... 9
.... 9
10
10
.. 10
10
.11
. 11
.. il
1!
H
5 2 Joint Venture Pilot Projects Lower Basin...................
-5 2/ J^nora/e/or Znrervennon.................. ,....................
$■2 2 Beneficiaries ............ ............. ........... -..... ......
■5 2 J 4cceprflfrj/zfy of Intervention.................... .......
2.4 Location and Extent„......... ................. ............ ■
- 2 5 Employment Opportunities................ ........... ................................ . . . .....................II
i
2.6 Financing........................... ........ .......................... ................. -■• ...... ............... .......... II
- 2. Implementation Details ■ .,............... ■ .......................................... ..................... ......... -H
• ■2 3 Risks ro the Project............. ................ .......■.i.i .i .................................... . 12
- 2 9 Environmental Impacts .... .....................■.................................................. ..................... 12
$ 2.10 Social Impacts .................. . ,. .......................... ............ ............-............................ -12
^•2 11 Multipliers. ................................ ............... ............................... . ................. ...... ...... 12
6 NATIONAL PROGRAMMES LINKED WITH THE ABOVE INTERVENTIONS .13
^1 Development of Mechanisms for Joint Venture Operations .. 3 Code of Conduct for Tourists and Tourist Operators 
........ 13
14
Ref URENCES............................... .. ............. ................. -.................... -................................ .. ...... 16
Appendix 1: Objectives of Tourism Strategy
Appendix 2. Format for project profiles as set out in ETC (1994a)
IBICES .r*+w**^.I
................ . 3
TAMST'LG Baro’AJsobo River Basin kuc^raicd D^dopmenr Master Plan
2G-inatural resources
TABLE 1 INTERNATIONAL TOURIST ARRIVALS BY YEAR
TABLE 2 CATEGORIES OF PARK VISITOR AS PERCENT OF TOTAL 2
..................... .
LIST OF ACRONYMS
CHAControlled Hunting Area
CTT1 Catering and Tourism Training Institute
DWLP Draft Wildlife Policy
EALEthiopian Airlines
EFAPEthiopian Forestry Action Plan
EPDF Ethiopian Peoples Democratic Front
ETC Ethiopian Tourist Commission
ETO Ethiopian Tourist Organisation
EWCOEthiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation
FAO..................... Food & Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
ICDP Integrated Conservation Development Planning
IR Inception Report
JVA Joint Venture Agreement
NCS National Conservation Strategy
NP National Park
NRDEP Natural Resources Development and Environmental Protection OAU Organisation for African Unity
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation UNHCR United Nations High Commission for Refugees
WRDA Water Resources Development Authority
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M«s«r Pla”
2G-iiANNEX 2G TOURISM
^troduction
[lie average foreign tourist, accommodation, food and beverages facilities and security are arded as important factors in the selection of tourist destinations. In addition cultural and
^logical interests are important With regard to the Baro-Akobo basin, access to tourist y te5 accommodation, food and beverages, the only one hotel existing in the area is the Ethiopian Hotel in Gambela and this hotel generally is below the international standard expected by the average foreign tourist
Tourism in the country in general and the project area in particular has been, over the last decades unsuccessful in attracting foreigners and local tourists to the many attractive sites. The realisation of its fol! potential has been addressed elsewhere in this report, including the ijinexed summary of the Inception Report The constraints are a combination of national and regional issues. The national issues are summarised as follows
• the previous regime’s policy of excluding the private sector from the tourism industry' led to a serious decline in standards of tounst facilities in the state-run National Tour Operation and Hotels,
• competing attractions and far superior services offered elsewhere on the African continent, particularly in East Africa, which developed apace during the same period;
• civil unrest and problems related to the handling of famine relief detracted from the image of Ethiopia as a tourist-friendly country.
• the socio-political situation in the country during the Derg period created an atmosphere that was uninviting for the majority' of potential tounsts, and
• restrictions on movements of foreigners to travel outside the capital restricted potential tourist arrivals to such an extent that the consequences of the policy is still felt.
The attractions in the project area are limited to eco-tourism that only tempts a certain
caiegory of people Ln addition the limited accommodation facilities in the project area are a drawback, for the development of this sector in the basin. Considering these factors it should
e recognised that the Baro-Akobo basin is no match for the heavy competition from many 
African tounst destinations
' ®8ional constraints in the project area included
r
poor access and absence of an established tourist circuit;,
lack of accommodation and transport for tourists,
absence of wildlife in proclaimed areas, especially in the Gambela National Park mainly a result of uncontrolled influx of refugees, settlers, and the injudicious siting of
military training camps;
foe ban on hunting (proclaimed in August 1993), which terminated safari-based tourism in the Guraferda district;
unstable security situation,
Potential health hazards of the Gambela plain (as detailed in the Inception Report) TAMS-ULG Bim-Akotw River Bmin tntegnird Develop men t Mister Plannatural resources
2. assessment of available data
The Ethiopian Tounst Commission (ETC) estimates that about 17 % of loul
Ethiopia are actually tourists on vacation Table 1, which indicates the international, arrivals in Ethiopia, by year, illustrates a steadily increasing arrival of tourists If considered by region of origin, "tourists" from Africa showed a significant increase Assuming the reliability of the data, the explanation might he in some political issue • within or outside Ethiopia (it is inconceivable to postulate any change in, say infrastructure to account for this increase). The most likely reason may lie with the fo of the Ethiopian Peoples Democratic Front (EPDF) in the same year
Table 1: International tourist arrivals by year.
®
nnaUor
Year
Arrivals
Stated Number for
vacation
Percentage of total arrivals (%)
1984/85
63033
15238
24
1985/86
61802
15586
25
1986/87
60297
12549
21
1987/88
79740
12595
r 16
1988/89
73317
12080
16
1989/90
80157
15460
19
1990/91
79495
15198
19
1991/92
82333
15726
19
1992/93
84139
16071
19
1993/94
94534
18056
19
Source for first three columns ETC, 1994
Resident expatriates make up about 35 % of the visitors to the National Parks (Table 2re^e However, the data for total numbers could be misleading, in that it does not give a true pi of the demand for wildlife tourism, as a far higher percentage of tourists would visit’ parks were certain criteria to be met. For example, a survey by Agriconsulting (199 , that accessibility and availability of accommodation were determinants in choices tourists among different parks in Ethiopia.
1 AMS-L LG BaroAkotx) River Basin Integrated Development Master
2G-2...nTRAL«:SOtlRCE5
ANNEX 2G TOlRISM
Table 2: Categories of park visitor as percent of total.
Visitor
Category
Xan-resident expatriates
Resident expatriates
Ethiopian national
Total No of , visitors
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
Mean
16
11
10
12
12
9
10
11
38
36
33
36
K
28
38
39
35
47
52
57
52
60
52
52
54
8591
9065
12705
12729
10918
9753
7122
Source AgnconsnJting, 1993
With the presence of the OAU, the UN Economic Commission for Africa, and a host of other international organisations, Addis Ababa has a high expatriate population (estimates are of the order of 10,000) With limited leisure options, there is a large untapped potential for wildlife tourism within the country
There are no data on the number of visitors to Gambela National Park or the three hunting areas Only national data can therefore be presented Its relevance to the study area is Therefore limited, but nonetheless still of some use
TAMS-LLG BaroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter Plan
2G-3NATURAL RESOURCES
3. SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
Most of the relevant information under this section has been included in the In Briefly, the Ethiopian Tourist Organisation (ETO) was founded in 1964. and vv*^'00 RePort the promotion of tourism Subsequently, the Ethiopian Tourism Commission
M
the ETO in 1980 The semi-autonomous para-statal organisation at that • C) ^lar^j auspices of ETC were: tlme Under the
• all nationalised 66 hotels which had been under the management for
Hotels Corporation (NHC) and were grouped into 6 administrative chains ** lS'a,IOnal the National Tour Operation and Travel Agency (NTO),
the Ethiopian tourist Trading Corporation (ETTC), the Catering and Tourism Training Institute (CTTI)
An update of the institutional arrangements for this Support
seclor are green in Annex 3F. InstilulkrnM
With the proclamation of the New Market Economy policy, the National Hotels Corporatr- was dissolved and the 6 administrative chains became self-managing boards At the same tune the NTO and ETTC were given the same status. However, the training institute CTTI remained with the ETC.
The decentralisation policy’ of the government was carried through into the tourism sector and at central level the Ethiopian Tourism Commission was retained The previous regional branch offices have been replaced by autonomous Bureaux in 9 Regions, excluding Region 5, which has its own unique structure
1 AMS-t LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M*s«r f>llD
2G-4ANNEX 2G TOURISM
, sector pouct
draft Nati°na* Tourism Policy document has been produced by the Ethiopian Tourism r^nvnission and has been submitted to the government for approval. This document is still waiting ratification by the Council of Ministers
ihe meantime however ETC was instructed to prepare a National tourism Strategy This document has been approved and forms the basis for the preparation and implementation of rye 5-year programme (1995-2000).
Ihe proclamation which established Ministries, Commission and Regional Bureaux dearly cemarcates responsibilities and powers On this basis ETC has produced a five-year programme for its owti use, but that does not apply to the Regions
4.1 National Policies
There are rwo national policies with direct relevance to tourism: the Tourism Policy itself and the Wildlife Policy. The intention behind their summary here is to indicate the overall direction of the programmes, and then to evaluate the tourism potential of the project area against this background.
ll.l National Tourism Policy
The National Tourism Policy document or Master Plan has been produced by Tourconsult/Intemational; it still aw aits approval by the Council of Ministers. Nev ertheless, a five-year development programme (1995-2000) based on this Master Plan is presently being Wlemented Some of these documents are regarded as confidential and ETC was reluctant co
release them Despite this, it was possible to glean the following:
The Tourism Strategy comprises six different programmes, with the following objectives: institutional capacity building, with emphasis on the ETC itself, on Regional Tourism Bureaux, and on the CTT1 (the Catering and Tourism Training Institute, based in
Addis Ababa).
formulation of additional policies for tourism,
tourist marketing and promotion;
development of tourist products related to archaeological and historical sites, as well as National Parks,
standardisation of hotels, restaurants, tour and travel operations,
studies on possible sources of funding to assist cost of tourist administration and development
Th
e 'ndividuaJ programmes are expanded on in Appendix
TAMS-ULG Buru-Akobo River Bion Integrated Development Muter Plannatural resources
4.1.2 Investment Procedures
ANNEX
The intention in the tourism Master Plan is to develop Project Profiles for selected which will then be made available to potential investors The format for such nTd'4’ outlined by ETC (1994). and is summarised tn Appendix 2.
The Transitional Government issued Proclamation 15/1992, to provide for the enco expansion and co-ordination of investment Under this proclamation, investment issued under conditions which include a minimum capital investment of USD 500 000^ investors may remit profits and dividends accruing from the investment
4.2 Regional Policy
.As part of the five-year programme mentioned above. ETC (1995) has produced regional outlines relevant to the project area, which are included under the desi "western circuit"
p °blej j5
h °re,gn
Station
Some of the documented tourist attractions of this circuit fall outside the boundaries of the Baro Akobo project area, but nevertheless retain some relevance as they serve as comoo '* of any circuit which would ultimately include parts of the project area itself One examol ■ the Palace of the King of Jima, which is presently being rehabilitated with the assistance of UNESCO This impressive site lies outside the project area, but could well link with a tourist circuit to include both Upper and Lower basins of the Project Area
In summary’, the five-year programme document essentially proceeds little further than a listing of road connections, airport services, and towns with potential tourist hotel accommodation (including specifications of rooms and restaurant seating capacities) Alongside this is a catalogue of what are considered to be tourist attractions (including some very dubious comments on the fauna of some areas), which could form part of a tourist route The document has little application to the development of tourism in the project area
Against this background, what approach should be adopted by the Baro-Akobo Masterplan" Is there, for example, a need for a tourist policy document spedfic to the project area, and wha: issues would such a document address, bearing in mind that the responses of the regional governments to tourism is unknown, including their reaction to the ETC five-year programme
Two issues come immediately to mind Firstly, it is clear that the potential for adverse etta- tmpact exists (whether arising directly from flooding due to dam construction, or indirectly as a result of the impact of ethno-tourism) Consequently, a local policy document could ad some of those concerns arising from this passive form of tourist involvement Part o concerns are covered by Intervention 5 6 below
Secondly, there is the potential for a more active tourist involvement, whereby, f°r local people are involved in guiding (e g through gallery forests). What principles 
spelt out for the incorporation of
0
local people into tourist operations Wluc 
themselves to this kind of activity0
■ baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2G -6^^BrsouRCES _________________ __________ __ _________________ ANN________________ EX 2G TOURISM
. js considered premature at this stage to propose the development of a regional ^Ithoush 1 as a forTna] project intervention, it should be borne in mind that in due course
[(juris1*1 p arise If this is the case it could cover the issues spelt out above, as well as this1166(1 r those forms of tourism that would be unacceptable to the project area, or
in 5pedfie<)
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development
26-7
Mister PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2g
5. DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
As explained above, most previous work related to the tourism sector in Ethioni concentrated initially on the tourism sites and locations, based on a listing of natuP* **
cultural phenomena This has normally been followed by suggestions for mfrast^ developments to "serve" the listed sites Given the scarcity and condition of exists 
facilities in Ethiopia, this approach to the development of the tourism industry would r i°Unsi large extent on massive capital injection
Whilst recognising the validity of this approach under certain conditions, that section
Baro-Akobo Master Plan concerned with tourism is directed more at proposals for devel mechanisms for eco-tourism, as well as for providing conditions where investment ma °Pln® course become attractive
Eco-tourism has been defined in numerous ways, and this has led to considerable confusion the marketplace about what eco-tourism actually means in practice Most interpretations of eco-tourism include some generalised reference to nature-based tourism (i e a market perspective), usually involving education and interpretation of the natural environment which is managed for ecological sustainability.
In this report, eco-tourism is understood as a form of tourism in which
• local communities receive tangible benefits from tourism;
• those benefits should be sufficient to persuade communities to adopt conservation measures to maintain the resource on which the tourism depends.
e > to j
Ue
• the adverse impact of tourism on both natural resources and associated communities 
will be minimal
In addition, the relationship between conservation and tourism should be clear eco-tounsm should not be seen as a mechanism to fund conservation, and tourist operations should be managed separately, employing accepted business principles
There are two interventions contained in this proposal one for the Lower Basin, and one for the Upper In designing these interventions, it became clear that there were associated needs which really should be addressed at national level Accordingly, the two proposed region interventions arc followed by suggestions for some national programmes
It is stressed that all interventions will be tested against other development proposals toa conflict in the prepared final draft master plan This exercise has been earned out allocation of resources in Volume 11, Chapter 5, Integrated Development and tn \ oluin Master Plan Implementation.
Site selection for the Joint Venture Pilot Projects in the Lower Basin should be through detailed surveys of the river systems of the Gilo. Baro. Akobo and Bidesa n excluding any other possibilities) and discussions with local communities
TAMS-L LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2G-8, itt,K4L RESOURCES
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
, develop(neot of opponunilies m local handicrafts has not been discussed directly, it has 
/inferred however at Section 5.z 10, Social Impact, where the Anuak and the Nuer have mentioned for “their cultural attributes I, is felt that the initiative for small scaie cottar
?e . Lstrv' should come ideally from the local communities themselves Outside interference is 
fieri the cause for the production of poor quality crafted items
5 1 Joint Venture Pilot Projects: Upper Basin
y he concept of Joint Venture Agreements (JVA’s) is expanded on in Section 6.1, under national programmes The following intervention for the Upper Basin is closely allied to rhe jevelopnient of JVA’s, and seeks to involve a real community in eco-tourism
5 /. 1 Rationale for Intervention
Vhjs intervention will serve to a large extent as an experiment in the joint management of a lourisl operation by local communities and a commercial operator Thus, it should provide invaluable feedback on how best to structure eco-tourism operations involving local communities.
5.1.2 Beneficiaries
Local communities and the tourist industry’
5.1.3 Acceptability of Intervention
Acceptable to all parties
5.L4 Location and Extent
A suitable site for the location of this pilot project is at Lake Bishan Wak'a Hayk’ ("the Water of God"), which is situated about 20 km north-west of Tepi. This is a spectacular lake, surrounded on all sides by dense indigenous vegetation With raised banks overlooking the la ker the site is particularly suited to the construction of a tourist lodge to meei international standards
J toymen f fjppcirm/uriev
Ihere will be several types of employment opportunity
^hai related to the construction of a lodge, and the clearing of trails (short-term), that Linked with the servicing of the lodge (essentially the role of hotel staff, long
term),
rnarket gardening opportunities, to meet visitor needs for fresh fruit and vegetables* guiding of tourists on lake-based trail systems, as well as in adjacent high-forest areas handicrafts
TAMS-ULG BaroAkobo River Busin Integrated Dcvetopmeni Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
5.1.6 Financing
it is vital that partnerships are assisted through effective funding to survive th the establishment of the venture
5.1. 7 Implementation Details
There are various phases of implementation Among these are identification of suitable io
e vear$ Of
r table local institution through which to form the Joint Venture
Agreement,
drawing up of the Jva,
including agreements on nature and amount of returns to
l °Cal
d to conservation, to be entered into by the appropriate body,
agreements relof |odge construction, so as to minimise environmental
impa
trail definition around tn
Cl ’ a circumference of the lake, again consistent with minimal
environmental impact,
employment. including some understanding of
agreements on training expectations,
In the immediate vicinPit'y oioefc.the~ lake is an e"xtfMensive forest system, an upland rain-forest as described by Friis et al (19821 This forest system includes numerous text-book examples cf unusual and interesting biological phenomena, which could be described and marketed accordingly. Among these are
• stratification of the forest structure, showing division into distinct strata, charactenstic of rain-forests,
• adaptations of the leaves of rain forest trees (e g. drip tips);
• a profusion of epiphytes, represented by fems and orchids,
• the existence of living fossils, as evidenced by numerous tree fems,
• examples of utilisation of forest products (bamboo Arundinaria alpma and tree fems), as well as the interesting practice of maintaining a forest network for the cultivation ot coffee (Coffea arabica).
Many of these phenomena are visible directly from the road, especially tree terns epiphytes.
5.1.8 Institutional Support
Institutional support would be provided by ETC, NGO, Forestry Department
5.1.9 Risks to the Project
The success of the project will be dependent upon local or international identifies project
h ,n.
TAMS-l LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master P
2G-10<4TirgAt
. RESOURCES
t Venture Pilot Projects: Lower Basin
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
£l J*’11*
overlap occurs here with the Wildlife submission, where the introduction of safari ^-rttions is discussed (refer Section 5.2.2.2. of the Wildlife submission). For the Lower CP tn. there are two types of JVA that could take place those related to consumptive wildlife B3 ^ation. and those related to non-consumptive utilisation It is the former which is addressed ‘ lIljef wildlife submission (safari hunting).
. 2,1 Rationale for Intervention
\5 for Section 5 11 above, additionally, there is an urgent need to create a demand for some
form of tourism in the Lower Basin that is not necessarily dependent on the wildlife resource, obvious alternative is to draw on the spectacular river systems of the Lower Basin The
artivity which best meets the requirements of a pilot project in this situation is canoe safaris
5,2.2 Beneficiaries
As for all tourism activities local communities, tourist industry.
5.2-3 Acceptability of Intervention
Acceptable to all parties
5.2.4 Location and Extent
The location and extent of this intervention should be decided on through survey of river systems, together with discussion with local communities and potential operators. Initially, canoe safaris would best be run by a hunting safari operator during the off-season (i.e closed hunting season), as a base would already be established The Gilo. Baro, Akobo and Bidesa rivers (to name only the more obvious) all have extensive tracts of water passing through wild country suitable for canoe safans of several days' duration
^2.5 Employment Opportunities
As for any tourist operation associated with local communities In addition, with the 'dentificatton of Important Bird .Areas (IBAs) associated with wetlands of the Lower Basin i^ee Appendix 7 of the Wildlife Annex, 2F), there is the potential for local participants to become tourist guides 
^■2.6 Financing
Relatively low initial investment, and thus could be handled by commercial operator in the of additional support
5,2? implementation Details
” ver syslems for suitable stretches; identification of overnight camps, agreements °cal communities; establishment of base camp, advertisement of tounst potential
fAMS-ULG Baro-AJiubo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2G- 11NATURAL RESOURCESANNKX^GJTQi
5.2.8 Risks to the Project
There are several requirements that must be met before a tourist operator will commit to an operation of this nature Of these, the more important are
security;
legal guarantee from the Regional Council or other appropriate bodv minimum period for the concession (of the order of five years); clear LSpec'^ g lh
1 himself
n
e
extent of operation, nature of the operation, including definite stateme °Unda^Cs and
and prohibited activities, and accountability;
non-consumptive operations should be conducted by licensed Section 6 2)
5.2.9 Environmental Impacts
Given a proper code of conduct, environmental impacts will be minimal The
n s of permit^
Opera,ors only
authorities, working with EWCO. could draw up operational guidelines which would limitations on infrastructure at overnight camps, regulations regarding the disposal fSpW*^ and any other requirements relevant to low- density tourism
5.2.10 Social Impacts
Waae'
As canoe safaris are a form of low-density tourism, usually undertaken by people with environmental sensitivities, social impacts should be minimal However, if tourism does 
expand in the Lower Basin, then consideration should be given to the potential impacts on tribes which would be "targeted" for their cultural attributes, especially the Anuak and the
5.2.11 Multipliers
Once a tourist operation has been consolidated in the Lower Basin, it should act as a catalyst for the development of a range of other forms of non-consumptive nature tourism It should additionally provide feedback for the design of mechanisms for JVA’s (see Section 6 1).
TAMS-LLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2G - 12^rAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2G TOVRISM
6* -
b 1 Development of Mechanisms for Joint Venture Operations
A Joint Venture Agreement (JV A) is one whereby a community-level institution enters into a ; srmal agreement with a commercial operator or company' In broad terms, the agreement illows for a tourist operation to proceed in the area controlled by that community, in return for which a community institution receives a share of the profits It has been found elsewhere m Africa that in the absence of appropriate local organisational structures, it is difficult to establish the necessary working partnerships
There are several models which could be adopted, and these revolve around two base types, the Equity Model and the Catalyst Model
In the Equity Model, each stakeholder has a share in the development and revenues generated This model is applicable to a situation where, for example, land is managed by a regional or federal conservation organisation, where the community' has the potential to exert severe environmental pressures on the land, and where a private commercial operator with an international reputation is considering establishing a tourist lodge on a long-term basis Here, there is a balance between three
cnticaJ factors;
\ aTIONAL PROGRAMMES LINKED WITH THE ABOVE INTERVENTIONS
*
the extent of land ownership by a stakeholder;
*
the potential adverse environmental impact from another group,
*
the ability of a third stakeholder to generate benefits (profits)
In the second model, the Catalyst Model, one of the stakeholders has an unbalanced stake in the proposed development In the case of, say, a long-term concession leased to a safari operator, a private company would be operating the safari business as well as involved in wildlife management The community stakeholding lies in the threat it poses as a potential source of poaching, but it is outweighed by two of the three critical factors mentioned above In this case, the private operator will act as a catalyst to secure soft funding (i e community grants), and can thus be referred to as the Catalyst Model However this form of revenue sharing '"tended to buy the goodwill of local communities can only be effective where such communities 
not denied a decision-making role in the management of their own resources. The situation A here community' members become passive beneficiaries is to be avoided (Turton, 1995).
At this 'rill be
stage, it is likely that most of the eco-tourism options that develop in the project area run along the lines of the second model, the Catalyst Model
c national policies for both Tourism and Wildlife are consistent with community-based
° Vtrnem in natural resource utilisation To ensure that local communities benefit from proposed
e$, n will tjg
f or a standardised format which all operators and communities could
P as a basis for drawing up their own agreements
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mailer PlanNATURAL resources
This would not necessarily be a format that would be imposed upon communiti include
• a checklist of those factors which would need to be taken into consid tourist operator and community organisation;
• some examples of Agreements that have been adopted elsewhere ’ Zimbabwe).
but crat*°n by
In ^ca (eg
The basis for drawing up models for Joint Venture Agreements will be Pan' •
community level, matched with the needs of potential investors As there IClPaiOr} at approaches towards such Agreements, some of the following are factors which win* Van°'JS
the Format of IVA’S: 1 de,cnnInc
• whether the form of tourism proposed is consumptive (e g safari huntin
consumptive;
Or
non-
•
the duration of the lease which will be offered,
•
the nature of returns that will be acceptable to local people,
•
the severity of the conservation measures expected of the community
This study will require the skills of a sociologist over a period of six months
6.2 Licence Procedures for Safari Guides
This proposed national programme is consistent with that component of the tourism strategy related to the standardisation of tourist operations, and fills a need if eco-tourism is to proceed
in Ethiopia It also relates to the need to define a new category' of tourist operator to cater for eco-tourism a person who will be conducting trails for tourists in wilderness areas, often with overnight stops in the field
Currently, Ethiopia operates with a licensing system w'hich caters for Tour Operators and for Professional Hunters With the development of eco-tourism (as defined above), where touristswill be taken on trails and canoe safaris often lasting several days, there is a need to set standaids acceptable to the ETC
The primary need is to set a curriculum for theoretical and practical examination This can be dra"- up after consultation with EWCO, ETC and safari operators
Programme will require Safan/tourism consultant over a period of three months
6.3 Code of Conduct for Tourists and Tourist Operators
The need for a code of conduct has become apparent in the Lower Basin, where e
have been the targets for the limited tourism the region has expenenced
needs ’c This particular topic may prove irksome to some authorities, but it is a real issue t 1 addressed at national level as well Further, it is quite consistent with the stated obj
l
narn-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developmeni -
2G-14..^kesolibces
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
Policy of creating a positive image of the country These issues have not hnherio been
in standard tourist consultancy documents produced for Ethiopia
phonal expenence jj Tl]e and tn Addis, it is clear that there are local responses to ‘ f '-ls which have the potential to create a negative tourist image of the country Some of these L -ronses are understand a hie in the light of recent civil strife; others appear to arise simply in
^ n?e to an alien cultural presence
firstly the response by local officials and even ordinary citizens to a tourist presence needs to be jiiodified so that potential negative images of the country do not become entrenched in international tourist lore
Secondly, it ethno tourism were to be promoted in the project area, then a set of guidelines for the jixeptahte behaviour of tourists themselves would be appropriate. Thus, this Code of Conduct would serve to promote desirable patterns of behaviour on the part of ethno tourists as well as on the pan of those Ethiopians likely to be exposed to tourists, whether as operators or as ordinary citizens
There are three levels to this programme The first requires a set of guidelines to be drawn up for operators, which will specify1 the normal expectations of an international tourist, and at the same time will lay down guidelines for what constitutes acceptable or unacceptable behaviour for tourists This has particular relevance in ethno tourism, where tourists are exposed to ethnic groups whose lifestyles can be profoundly different to anything tourists have previously been exposed to
Thus, some of the major issues to address will include-
• the role of photography in tourism; unacceptability to the average tourist of the numerous restrictions in Ethiopia on the photography of what elsewhere in the world is considered perfectly normal by any tourist buildings of whatever nature, bridges, and other objects,
• similarly, there should be photographic guidelines for tourists themselves, especially with regard to rhe photography of indigenous peoples, this could be combined with guidelines for the conduct of tourists with ethnic groups (this component is directly relevant to the project area, where the ETC itself recognises ethnic diversity as a tourist drawcard),
what constitutes permissible behaviour some tourists like to experience a degree of individuality - currently, there is either an unbelievable level of bureaucracy1 which must be complied with before visiting any unusual site, or an official (often self-proclaimed) will intervene and indicate that a certain area or activity is forbidden
Th
e second stage is to disseminate this Code of Conduct to operators and agents, with the
ex pectation that these operators will in turn relay the message to local peoples as part of their ev «ryday encounters. This constitutes the third stage
Programme will need services of anthropologist (three weeks) as well as tourism consultant (six weeks).
TAMS-ULG BaroAkoho River Basin Integrated Development Master Plannatural resources
REFERENCES
Agnconsulting (1993) Final Report Feasibility study for wildlife
southern Ethiopia 211 pp.
Curilla, M (1987) Regional Tourism Development Programme in Ethio ’ e Commission Planning Service
nservation p^^. .
™a Ethiopian Touij
Ethiopia. Tourism Commission (1994) Tourism Sutistics (Summary) Statistics S.*,
the Planning Service
Ethiopian Tourism Commisston (1994). Tourism Statistics (Summary) Statistics Section or the Planning Service
Ethiopian Tourism Commission (1994a) Investment Opportunities in Ethic ‘
Tourism ETC, Addis Ababa
Pla ^cctOr Profile
Friis, L Rasmussen. F N & Vollesen, K (1982). Studies on the flora and vegetation of
southwest Ethiopia Opera Botanica 63 14-28
LANUS (1969). Ethiopian Tourist Development Plan F. Angeli (ed )
Little, A D (1969) A plan for developing tourism in Ethiopia. Report to Technical Agenc.
Ministry of Planning & Development
Thyssen, S Kenya, Ethiopia Regional Study World Bank, year unknown
Turton, D (1995). The Mursi and the elephant question In Proc Participatory Wildlife
Management Workshop, Addis Ababa August, 1995
WTD/UNDP Tourism Master Plan, Ethiopian Tourist Commission (1995) Regional Tourisr. Development Plan for North, East, West Ethiopia land use circulation nd infrastructure plans for new facilities and pre-feasibility analysis Unpubl Report, Tourconsult/lntemational SA_
* 
Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developm^01 •1rl BA
.
LRES°VRCES
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
APPENDICES
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Bixin Integrated Dcvelopmeni Master Plan
1G Alnatural resources
Appendix 1: Objectives of Tourism Strategy
With regard to the tourist product development programme, the immediate h' develop the National Palace Museum in Addis, and to provide visitor info °bject’Ves are six historical/archaeological sites 
Nation centres °
positive image of Ethiopia, to attract more tourists, to encourage links with Eat Crcate 1
.Airlines) and private tour operators, and to increase foreign exchange earnings Th ^tll‘0P'an
activities include public relations in target market countries (W. Europe USA 4SSOc’a:ed
and the Middle East), the preparation of guide books, tourist maps and
Far Easi
participation in international trade fairs The historic route in N Ethiopia ' ^OStCrs’ the
target area
P >s to be the ma]Or
The programme for the standardisation of tourist facilities has as immediate h- preparation of criteria for standardisation of travel agents, tour operator objcct’ves the souvenir shops Classification of the approximately 600 public and Drivar^i l°Ur gU'des in Ethiopia will be included under this objective
°unst enterprises
In the Tourism Policy & Planning Programme, the objectives are to review and refine the national tourism policy, and to prepare a comprehensive plan for the northern, western and eastern regions of the country The components of this programme are to
• review the inventory and evaluation of tourist features with recommendations on how
these should be conserved and developed,
• identify foreign and domestic markets,
• designate development areas or zones,
• determine type and number of accommodation and other tourist facilities/services m
these development areas,
• recommend transport and other infrastructure needed,
• make land-use plans for priority areas,
• undertake economic analyses of costs and benefits of developing tourism,
• evaluate environmental impacts ;
• determine manpower/training needs
In the programme linked with Tourism Institutional Capacity Building, the prime objc-‘u are to;
• improve institutional capacity of the ETC and regional tourism bureaux (consist^ with government's decentralisation policy);
• to expand the capacity of the CTTI,
• to support the private sector.
Finally, with regard to sources of funding, the objectives are to
tourist administration and development and to augment government bu ge
rcesof^^’01
a
llocat’°n5
S ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master W1,1NATURAL resources
“ 
- ANNEX 2G TOURISM
Appendix 2: Format for project profiles as set out in ETC (1994a)
The format below is based on Project Profiles contained in ETC (1994a), and has been adapted from those examples
Summary
Objectives
Include national and regional objectives linked to meeting specific aims of the National Tourism Master Plan, as well as conservation objectives of the national wildlife Policy
Project Description
Feasibility studies, infrastructure, specifying guest rooms, level of services, intended expansions, energy linkages
Investment Costs
Specify materials not available locally
Benefits
Capital generation, employment opportunities, multiplier effects
Location and Access
Specify links with major towns and air services
Selection Criteria
Natural, historical and cultural resources which contribute to tourist demand, promotional features of the site
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobn River Buin Intcgraied Dt’rlopinml Maaer Plan
2G - A3ANNEX 2H APICULTURE
ANNEX 2H
APICULTURE
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobn Integrated Drvdnpment Mailer FlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX ZH. APICULTURE
CONTENTS
, INTRODUCTION................................................. ........
I I Natural resources for apiculture......................... .........
' i {j Bee resources...................... ....................................
I, J 2 Plant resources for bees...................................
y / J FFafer. ................. ♦................ —................ -..........
{ I _4 Materials for beekeeping.................. ............ ......
1 2 Current practices................................................................
1,2 1 Honey hunting..............................................
1 2.2 7 radi fi onal beekeeping......................
L2.3 Frame hive beekeeping.............................. ..
12 4 Modem io*-technology1 beekeeping
13 Outputs &om apiculture ......... ....................................
/ 3 / Pollination of crops.................. ....... .......... ,........
J 3.2 Beeswax and honey.................. .................. ...... .
1 3, J Other nutritional outputs from apiculture
1 ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA..................
2.1 Previous studies.................................................................................... . 
...... 1
...... 1
...... 3
....... 4
....... 4
...... 4 
...... 4
........5
6
...... 8
......8
...... 0
..... 9
.10
................................... 12
2.1.1 Climate and vegetation data............................... „„.................................................. ........ 12
2.1.2 ARDCO-GEOSER^ Upper Basm Study................. .................. ........... *............ ................12
2.1.3 Lower Basin Studies ......................... ...................... *........... .......................... -............. 12
2.1.4 Other studies .................... ............. ........................ ................... ...... —-..... ........... ......... 12
2.3 Economic analysis..................................... .............................................. . ................ ..................... —..... 13
2.3 1 Input costs ....................... -..... .............................. ...... ...... ........ ........... ........ ............ . .. 13
2 3.2 Production data.................. ................................... .. ......... ................. ........................ 14
2.3.3
23 4
23.5
Output values................................ .
Export data........................................
Import data, . .......... ........ ,........ .
16
18
3 SECTOR INSTITUTIONS............ ............................. ................ ~....................... ....................... 19
3 I National Institutions............................... ......... ............ . ......... «................... .....................................................19
3-2 Regional Support................................... ...... ............ .......... ........................................................... .......... 19
3.3 Legislation.......... ...... . ................ ............. .. ...................... ....................................................................... 19
4. SECTOR TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS
4 1 Existing objectives.......................................... ........... ............... ............... *............... ........ .......................... 20
42 Current constraints ................................ . ...... ...... ................. . .. ......................... . ...................................... .20
4 2.1 Constraints for beekeepers and honey hunters ................ ....... . .................. ... . ............ ...... 20
4.2 2 Pesticide use.................................. «...... ........................... ................ .......... ......... ......... ..... ... 21
4.2,3 Lack of Knowledge ...................................................................... ........... ........... ....... ... 21
4 3 Future constraints .......... ........ . .........
r
................ ........................................ . ....................................... . .........22
4 3 1 Habitat toss....................... ...... ............................................................. ..................... ............... 22
4-3.2 Introduction o/exorre
................................................................. ......... ...... ........ 22
43 3 Pesticide use.............................................. .......... ........................................................ ........................ 22
44 Proposed objectives .................................. ................. .. .............. ........................................ .. ..................... 22
4
 - Effect of interventions by other sectors upon beekeeping....................................................... ,...22
S- DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS..,..,................ ................... .—........................................ ........... -..... 24
- 1 Introduction................................................................................................................................ --24
5-2 Assistance to honey hunters .................................................................................................... .24
5-3 Assistance to existing beekeepers.................. .......... .................. .................................... . ......................... 25
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akota River Basin Integrated Development Master Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTIhf
54
6.
7.
Organisation of a beekeepers co-operative and market development
ANALYSIS AND MAPPING by REGION- PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN-
•27
’*•••«.
M<( ------ 29
8. NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES..................................................-............... -
8.1
8.2
Survey and evaluation of beekeeping practices
Effect of pesticides -................................................................................................. Low technology beekeeping
8 3 
REFERENCES
..—.............................................................................—
........ ......... .
•—-3i
31
31
31
•••~32
APPENDICES" " oYnrriONAL HIVES IN SOME WEREDAS WITHIN
APPENDIX A: NUMBER OF 
PROJECT area — -
------ -------------- ---------- 1
BEEKEEPING in ETHIOPIA
....3
...........
mtendix d figures for national beeswax export...................
APPENDIX E ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL HONEY PRODUCTION
APPENDIX F NATIONAL HONEY EXPORT FIGURES
APPENDIX G NATIONAL HONEY IMPORT FIGURES
TABLES
Table 1 Honeybee races present in Ethiopia (Ayelew Kassaye 1992)1 
Table 2. Resources for beekeeping provided by forests within the Baro-Akobo project area 3 Table 3. Resources for beekeeping provided by crops, and pollination requirement of crop?
.6
..6
grown within the Baro-Akobo project area ..................................................................................... ; ,5
Table 4 Number and percentage distribution of beehives by type and region for private
holdings 1991/1992'* 
Table 5 Equipment costs for frame hive beekeepingl5
Table 6. Production by individual beekeepers interviewed May 1996 
Table 7 Producer prices ‘farmgate prices' for honey & beeswax mixture May 1996 
•
Table 8. Dealei prices for crude and pure honey
Table 9. Beeswax prices.............................................................................................................................. Table 10. Honey retail prices
FIGURES
FIGURE I THE FLOW OF HONEY AND BEESWAX
ACRONYMS
FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M*s*crna tural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Hive ................... Nest
Beekeeper
Hone)' hunter Bee colony
Comb................. Bee forage ....
A FEW APICULTURAL TERMS
.. ?\ny container provided by humans in which bees can build their nest
. The comb structure in which a bee colon)' lives This may be built by the
bees inside a hive, or tn a natural cavity (hollow' tree, etc ).
Someone who provides a container for bees to nest inside, and subsequently harvests from it.
... Someone who plunders bees nesting in the wild.
. One honeybee family, consisting of thousands of individual bees living
together as one social unit
The beeswax structure, made of hexagonal cells, in which bees raise their young and store honey and pollen.
Flowering plants that provide the nectar and pollen that bees need for food
TAMS-ULG Bare-Akobn River Basin Ini curated Development Mauer Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2H.
I- INTRODUCTIO
this report presents infortnauon “nc 1 t Raro-Akobo project area
resources for apiculture and their wplWJtlMl
pe s for the development of the apiculture tear, development considered. The exploitation f
o
^e^possibleco ^’X;= so^ from trees for ^op,. 11^4
=
X
”*fo°d p,anu fM b"s
pte importance of
. mav be appreciated by realising that beesuex a Ethiopia's listing of major export commodita.«d
a Beeswax is estimated al 120-150 million Birr. Be
oflX««™ c orS for about 5 million Birr in foreign exchange.
h
1.1 Natural resources for apiculture
1.1.1 Bee resources
The bees used by beekeepers are in no sense 'domesticated’ and are simply the indigenous ‘wild’ bees. These honeybees have evolved according to the prevailing climate, seasons, flora and predators, and are better suited to local conditions than bees introduced from elsewhere could be.
Honeybees - species present
Ethiopia has one indigenous honeybee species with five Taces as shown in Table I.
Table 1. Honeybee races present in Ethiopia (Ayelew Kassaye 1992)
_ ,____________________________________________________________
Distribution
Present in
arei?_^
Species present in Ethiopia
Apis melhfera
This species is native to Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
Yes
| Races present
Apis melhfera abyssimca
This race has been identified only in Ethiopia and is likely to be endemic.
Undetermined
Possible
---------- -~~~~~^ZL-tHT
Apis melhfera a dans on ii
Low altitudes
Likely to occur
lowgb&MP^—- "
Apis melhfera lemenitica
Eastern area
Un^wn-------
c
Apis mellifera litorea
Southern area
Likely *
t0 C
Apis melhfera monticola
Montane
Likely
high d“tude
Upper
TaMS-ULG Ba ro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl>
2H- 1^^tvral resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
p,. presence of lhese different races has implications for beekeeping. Apis mettifera
d nsonii. (the race occurring also in West Africa) is difficult to manage in hives. By 
contrast. Apis mellifera monticola is elsewhere in Africa known as a rather gentle and 
productive honeybee.
Rjices of African honeybees have behaviour and biology different from honeybees that have evolved intemperate climates. Tropical bees have evolved a specific survival strategy: when conditions become adverse the)1 move to a new area, and show far more 'nomadic’ behaviour rhan do honeybees in temperate zones. Tropical bees can afford the risk of moving their nest sires, because a long winter period does not lie ahead. (Honeybees in temperate climates build up large honey stores to survive long winter dearth periods.)
Traditional beekeepers understand that honeybee colonies are mobile, and accept that the majority of their hives may be unoccupied at some times. For example, a traditional beekeeper may own 100 hives but at any time perhaps only half will be occupied by honeybee colonies. This mobility of bee colonies must be appreciated when interviewing farmers: how manv hives they have, and how many colonies they have are different questions.
Because tropical bees often abscond when the colony is disturbed, European methods of honeybee management art not appropriate for tropical bees. This important fact explains one of the reasons why European methods are not appropriate for tropical beekeeping, and is not addressed in existing documentation.
Health of honeybee populations
Ethiopian honeybees were found in 1989 (Koch), to be free of major bee diseases and 
parasites. Other nearby countries (for example Egypt. Yemen) are facing severe problems
because of the diseases of introduced bees. It is essential that efforts are made to maintain 
Ethiopia's disease-free stocks of bees.
Predators
Wax moths and ants are indigenous predators with which the honeybees have a normal host parasite relationship. Wax moths may even be a beneficial insect for honeybees in terms of removing old combs harbouring disease. The disease status of wild bees is excellent and this toay in part be due to the ‘natural house-keeping’ that is done by wax moth. Ants are similarly indigenous predators
Neither of these pests can be eradicated, The only ‘cure’ is good beekeeping practice to avoid their harmful effects.
<!>nng/ess bees
Ethiopia is likely to have several species of stingless bees (7Hgona spp) and the cKzumentadon mentions one, the *7azma * bee. Stingless bee honey is hunted in most African 
societies. Because it is available in smaller quantities than honeybee honey, and has a very stinct flavour, stingless bee honey is always highly valued, especially as a medicine. Honey 
Liters (Anuak) near Gambela knew of stingless bees, named 'octaf.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akota River Basin Integrated Development Master PhnNATURAL RESOURCES
1.1.2 Plant resources for bees
ANNEX 2H APIq^
Forest resources
Forest resources within the project provide excellent forage and 
honeybees, as well as the materials to make hives. In the review of the forest8 hab,Ul for 2E) nine forest types are identified within the project area. Table ? ck SCCtor (Ann*, 
each type for beekeeping. 
" OWs 1116 potential of
Table 2. Resources for beekeeping provided by forests within the Baro-Akobo
area 
P^ject
Forest type
Beekeeping potential ~
Coniferous forest
Depends on species: possibility of honevdew -----
Aningeria forest
High 
*------ 3-----
Olea forest
"High 
----- ----- -
Baphia forest
"High 
--------------- -----
Mixed deciduous woodland
High 
------
Combretum and Acacia woodlands
High 
------------
Riparian forest
High
Bamboo forest and/or woodland
Medium/high
Plantations
Depends on plantation type, but in general low potential. Eucalyptus plantations can be excellent for beekeeping, but can also be of nil value, depending or. water available to roots and humidity. Trees are of no 
' value if coppiced before flowering.
Crop resources
The major food crops grown within the project area; coffee, pulses, oil seeds, maize, sorghum, fruits, vegetables and spices, all provide forage for bees.
Table 3. Resources for beekeeping provided by crops, and pollination requirement ol
crops grown within the Baro-Akobo project area
Crop
Resources for bees
Crop improved bv bee pollination?
Coffee, other
stimulants
Nectar
Yes
Pulses
Nectar and pollen
Oil seeds
Yes
Nectar and pollen
Yes
—■—■—
Maize, Teff. Sorghum Fknnt 1 t c
Pollen
o
Vegetables
No 
_____——■"
Nectar and pollen 
Nectar and pollen
Most need pollination ----- -—Trader- Most need pollination. Root crops pollination for seed production— -
1 Spices
Nectar and pyllen
_
Most need pollination . ,
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master P*"
2H - 3
AnATURAL RESOURCES
/J J
ANNEX 2H. apiculture
\Vater is only a lLniRinK factor for apiculture under highly arid conditions that do not occur in the project area.
j j j Materials for beekeeping
Traditional honey hunting and beekeeping practices use only materials that are available locally. Even within the project area hive designs vary according to the particular local habitat type (bamboo, Cordia logs, grasses, sticks)
Money is commonly carried in calabash containers and in goat skins. Recycled’ square tins arc also used to transport honey. The only other tools needed are knives or spoons.
Frame hive beekeeping requires equipment and materials not available within the project area Further details arc given in 2.3.1.
1.2 Current practices
1.2.J Honey hunting
This is the plundering of honey and beeswax from colonies of honeybees (or stingjess bees) nesting in the wild, mostly in tree cavities, but also in rocks and underground. Where bees are very plentiful honey hunting is widely practised. It is also practised where people have nomadic lifestyles, and therefore do not wish to own hives. The products from honey hunting 
□re indistinguishable from the products from beekeeping in traditional hives.
Extent in project area
Honey hunting is practised widely within the project area, and especially within the lower basin, where the exploitation of bees is mainly by honey hunting. The reasons for this are:
• People living in the lower basin are predominately nomadic Anuak and Nuer.
* The honeybees may be the west African race, .4pis mellifera adansonii, which is also highly ‘nomadic’ and perhaps not worth trying to keep in hives.
* Honeybees are (or were) so abundant that there is no need to try and keep bees in 
hives.
Those interviewed said that most men practised honey hunting.
Positive aspects
• Honey hunting is a way of obtaining high carbohydrate (honey) and high protein (pollen and bee larvae) foods with no financial cost. The Anuak honey hunters interviewed in Gambela had harvested from 40 colonies over one week. The harvest was three 26 kg tins of honey that they would sell in Gambela for a rotal of 540 Birr. (May 1996).
TAMS-ULG Ba rt>-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Matter Plan
2H-4natural resources
ANNEX 2H, APlCULTlpj
• Honey hunters interviewed in Gambcla use a J* greater honevguide
indicator) to lead them to bee nests. This remarkable mutual,sue interaction be^
humans and another species should be retained, and could have potential for tOun^
Negative aspects
The main problems with honey hunting are:
• Honev hunting is non-sustainable if practised to excess (depletion of honoS, colonies), or if populations of honeybee colonies are also being depleted in other S' (loss of habitat).
• Honey hunters are said to be the cause of forest fires. (1995 ARDCO-GEOSERV
Final report Volume IDG Wildlife and tourism)
• A recent trend in some countries, when there is a good market price available fa honey, has been for honey hunters to use insecticide sprays to kill bees (rather than fa or smoke to move them) at their nest. This results in the death of the bee colony and produces toxic, potentially lethal, honey. This is not the practice in the Baro-Akobc basin, however.
1.2.2 Traditional beekeeping
This is the way of harvesting from bees using traditional skills, styles of hives and equipment It is a sustainable, skilled activity using technology that has withstood the test of time (mere than 2,000 years - some believe that beekeeping was first developed in this region 5,000 yean ago)
Extent in project area
Within the project area there is a remarkable range of traditional beekeeping skills. Tbe Majangir are perhaps the most skilled. For them, beekeeping is their main source of income (they have no cattle), and inheritance is based on trees and the hives they contain.
Majangir make hives by hollowing out logs of Cordia abyssinica. Such a hive will take a to make, but lasts ‘for a lifetime’ and will be passed from father to son. These hives art closely to the branches of trees. The beekeepers harvest them by climbing the we removing only honeycombs, thus leaving the colony relatively unharmed This method tx only ensures survival of the colony, but means that the Majangir can continually h^n larger amounts from their hives than can the other beekeepers. Majangir also go hunting when they need extra honey, but consider that honey hunting does not ge enough honey.
All other groups of people (except for Nuct) in the project area practise beekeeping, but with varying degrees of skill. One beekeeper (Oromo; had a
handled knife for harvesting honeycombs, and harvested each colony only evcr^_ ■ bet5 thus obtaining very high yields of honey. As they were not continually disturt^^ .Mth* were not highly defensive and were kept conveniently in their shelter beside
other end of the skill range, some beekeepers simply lower the hive to the ground, whole contents and take the hive away until it is replaced at the beginning of These beekeepers win only ever harvest relatively small amounts from their bees, 
cy compensate by harvesting from large numbers of colonies.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl*
2H-5NA TURAL resources
ANNEX 2H> APICULTURE
A Ministry of Agriculture survey in 1994 revealed that with in the project area the number of tives owned by individual beekeepers ranged between 5 and 500, An average value was not p TOvided. As described above, number of hives owned is not a direct indication of amount of harvest.
Positive aspects
• As with honey hunting, traditional beekeeping methods provide a source of financial income with no financial input.
• This activity can be entirely sustainable. Beekeeping does not compete for resources with any other form of agriculture. Unless harvested by bees, the nectar and pollen of flowering plants will not be utilised. In the process of collecting the nectar and pollen bees pollinate the plants they visit and hence ensure their regeneration.
Negative aspects
• As with honey hunters, beekeepers are blamed for starting forest fires. However, these people have a financial incentive to ensure the preservation of forest.
• Less-skilled traditional beekeepers kill the honeybee colony when they harvest from it, possibly making this non-sustainabie when combined with habitat loss, and loss of bees by pesticides
J.2.3 Frame hive beekeeping
This is the style of beekeeping developed 150 years ago, and widely used in industrialised countries where beekeeping uses European (temperate zone) honeybees. The bees are housed in rectangular boxes, and encouraged to build their combs inside rectangular frames. These frames can be removed from the hive. Honey is extracted from the combs and the empty wax combs are returned to the hive. In this way. the bees put their effort into producing honey rather than beeswax, as the wax combs air continuously re-used.
Over the last forty years various attempts have been made to introduce frame hive beekeeping 
to Ethiopia. In most of the reports cited this style of beekeeping is referred co as modem’ or
improved' beekeeping, although neither term is appropriate. It is true that beekeepers could 
harvest more honey from frame hives than from traditional hives, as long as the bees
remained in the hive, and all the ancillary equipment was available.
Er ten/ in project area
Frame hive beekeeping is promoted by the Ministry of Agriculture; frame hives are used in Mimsciy demonstration apiaries, and in some areas they have been distributed to iarmers. Frame hives are also used at the Wusch-Wusch Tea Project, and Tepi and Babaks Coffee Projects. The use of frame hives has also been promoted by the Menschen fur Metuchen project at Metu. The project subsidises the farmers' use of frame hives (by providing seme equipment free) and buys honey hack from fanners at a rale well above the current market price. During 1996 only 10 beekeepers are being assisted. There is no evidence of farmers lT 'dcpendently adopting frame-hive technology.
TaMS-ULC Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Devetnpment Master FlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURf
Positive aspects
On large projects like coffee plantations where there are plenty of trees, and tools, material labour, training and transport are available, frame hive beekeeping might be succe$ fit However, the projects at Bebeka (coffee) and Wusch Wusch (tea) have been using thi technology for ten years without appreciable success. The annual honey yield peT hive * about 10 kg. compared with about 8 kg for traditional hives. 
Negative aspects
u
Here (in brief) are some of the main reasons why frame hive beekeeping is inappropriate for promotion within the project area:
• Simple economic analysis of frame hive versus traditional hive technology reveals that the costs far outweigh any possible benefits. Currently one frame hive costs 220 Bin One traditional hive sells for 3 Bin. Frame hive beekeeping also requires other equipment to be bought from outside the project area. An economic study of the different technologies has been done in Zambia: al subsistence level, traditional beekeeping is clearly more economical.
• Currently beekeepers own up to 500 traditional hives and accept that at any time perhaps only a portion will be occupied by honeybee colonies (Sections 1.1.1 and
1.2.2 refers). The more hives they have, the greater their chance of having bees. The financial investment required for frame hives makes it impossible for subsistence fanners to own similar numbers of frame hives.
• Beeswax (rather than only honey) is an important product, and indeed is an export crop for Ethiopia Existing reports and proposals favour the increased honey production possible with frame hives. However the honey efficiency of frame hives is derived at the expense of wax production.
• Depending on the race of bees being used, it might be completely impossible to manage them in frame hives (especially Apis mellifera adansonii). At the well-
resourced frame hive beekeeping project at Bebeka, the beekeepers (who ha't received training) are unable to ‘manage’ the bees except after dark. This negates the
whole point of the increased manageability conferred by frame hives. Frame hive
beekeeping is not as easy with tropical African bees as it is in temperate zones. 
Traditional beekeeping has evolved according to the prevailing climate and predators-
Frame hives have to be kept on the ground and are therefore subject to ants. Spec' 
effort has to be taken to protect the hives, and vegetation cleared around the ^°°.r
the apiary. Frame hives depend upon precision manufacture such that the
wooden parts fit well together. Under wet, humid conditions hives warp, 311
and gaps appear which make the bees susceptible to predators, and makes the wo 
the beekeeper yet more difficult. The more stress experienced by honeybee co 
the more defensive they will be, and the more aggressive will beekeepers pc
them to be.
•< is
• Not only is the equipment needed for frame hive beekeeping expensi' c, i difficult or impossible to obtain. The Rural Technology Promotion C®” suit>ble that makes frame hives is currently unable to make them because of lack o lumber. In addition to the hives, frame hive beekeeping needs nails, vare, foundation sheets, and a honey extractor, as well as various other items.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL resources
j 2.4 Modern low-technology beekeeping
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Pus method of beekeeping attempts to use equipment that is economically suitable for rural people and allows beekeeping to be practised in an environmentally acceptable way.
For several years a German organisation (DED) has been working in Ethiopia io develop a hive using top-bars and with a container made from clay bricks, which is almost cost free These hives are in use ar Ambo and Hoileta and seem to be effective from cost and functional points of view. This technology has not been adopted by farmers
Extent in project area
Some of the projects described in Section 1.2.3 above have Kenya top-bar hives on display, 
but in general there is little experience of these types of hives. The clay hive developed by 
DED may not be useful in areas of high rainfall. Ministry of Agriculture demonstration 
apiaries should be testing different types of local materials to determine durable hives for the
area.
Positive aspects
• Low-technology beekeeping can be done near to home, and without climbing trees, and therefore makes beekeeping a possible activity for more sectors of a community
• The whole point of low-technology hives is that they are made from cheap, locally available materials, but they will still cost more than traditional hives. However the cost benefit ratio is unproved by harvests of good quality honey and beeswax.
• Top-bar hives are designed for tropical bees; for example, when the lid is removed there are no spaces available for bees to fly out (as happens with frame hives).
Negative aspects
• Top-bar hives still have one feature that must be made with precision - the top bars These are best made with power saws.
• Like frame hives, top-bar hives are convenient when kept near to ground level and are therefore susceptible to attack by ants and other predators and theft. Methods to prevent these incur extra cost and work
1 J Outputs from apiculture
In Ethiopia honeybees give four economically important outputs;
* Pollination of crops
* Beeswax
' Honey
* Pollen and bee brood
Other outputs which are even more difficult to quantify are:
Pollination of native and introduced vegetation
Financial incentive for people to retain habitats
Products of social value.
TAMS-ULG BiroAkobo River B»sin [ntejrated Development Master Plin
ih-8NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICW.^
Tej and Birz are important drinks in Ethiopia and form part of the social en ' Especially in rural areas, they are important for social ties. There are ‘Tej Bets’ (-r^Onine’n in every town and several thousand in Addis Ababa. Locally made beeswax candi^ "0Uses) of the orthodox religious culture
Cs ** pan
1.3.1 Pollination of crops
Adequate insect pollination contributes towards optimal quality and quantity of crop yields. Bees are believed to increase yields of coffee in Ethiopia. It is not possible to quantify rhe economic value of crop pollination by bees in the project area (Section 1.1.2, Table 3 refers). In studies in areas of more intensive agriculture (USA), the value of increased crop pollination is far greater than the value of products harvested from bees.
1.3.2 Beeswax and honey
Traditional beekeeping and honey hunting both generate a product that is a mixture of broken honeycomb and, depending on the technique used, bee larvae and pupae, and pollen. Thu product is either consumed by the beekeeper’s family or sold on to dealers or Tej makers Beekeepers are not aware of the subsequent value of their beeswax as they sell it along with their honey.
Figure 1 shows the paths followed by harvested honey and beeswax. Merchants tour towns ir. the project area buying the honey and beeswax product. The merchants decani the product into leather or plastic bags, each containing about 120 kg. The bags are transported by road to Jimma or Addis Ababa where they are taken to one of the barendas (honey warehouses). In both cities there are at least 20 such barendas Working within each barenda are dealers who buy the honey and sell it, approximately 90% to Tej makers and 10% to hooey processors. It is only at the Tej makers and honey processors that further processing of t e harvested product takes place.
The Tej makers add the honey and beeswax mixture to water in the process of making along with the leaves of ‘Gesho’ (Rhamnus prinoides). As the beer ferments the wax oats^ the surface of the barrel. The wax (known as seffaf) is removed and formed into wnp sale to wax buyers, who process it further to a semi-clean stage called kesskess.
The honey processors also separate honey from wax to produce a fairly honey either packed for sale locally or exported. The wax is sold on to wax buyers.
The wax buyers are agents of wax refiners, of which there are about ten in 
wax refiners melt and clean the wax (kesskess) and render it into 52 kg b oc block in hessian for export.
each
• to mak *** 
e
Various local industries add further value to beeswax. The main local use produCt* special orange coloured candles used in Ethiopian Orthodox churches. 0th* ^od are floor polish and cosmetics. Beeswax is also used in the ‘lost-wax castin
making the intricate metal ornaments of Ethiopian religion.
1AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PINATURAL resources
/j. j Other nutritional outputs from apiculture
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Many of the beekeepers interviewed stated that they eat the brood (eggs, larvae and pupae) of bees when harvesting from the hive. This product is not sold but is shared with the family and especially given to children. One woman said that this was considered ‘as good as milk'.
Pollen is also valued as a food, with understanding of the different flavours of pollen from different plants. For example the pollen from Vernonia amygdalina. Grawn’ in Amharir is considered bitter and less popular than other pollens, although it is still eaten.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Atabo RJvtr Basin Inlefraletl Development Matter Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Figure 1. The now of hones and beeswax
Beekeeper or honey hunter
harvests honey & beeswax mixture carries to town
sells to
Dealer
stores honey in premises in town sells to
visiting Merchant transports to city' 
sells to
Trader
stores honey in barenda sells to
I
4-
Tej maker separates honey from wax
sells wax
Honey processor
separates honey from wax sells wax to
sells honey to 4
consumers
Wax buyers
sell wax to^.
Wax refiners
Purify- wax
sell refined wax to
Local manufacturers Export agents
retailers, export agetrj
AMS-ULG Bar o-Ako bo River Basin integrated Development MasterNA TURAL resources
ANNEX 2BL .APICULTURE
ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
2.1 Previous studies
2.1.1 Climate and vegetation data
A study by Ayclew Kassaye in 1991, considering temperature, rainfall, altitude and vegetation, ranked the beekeeping potential of the whole of Ethiopia between I (highest) and 4 (lowest), Most of the project area was accorded categories 1 and 2. From the information used this seems a reasonable assessment but it is not sufficient to predict whether the current level of beekeeping could be increased.
2.1.2 ARDCO-GEOSER V Upper Basin Study
The 1995 ARDCO-GEOSERV Livestock Report Volume DIF does not give a comprehensive review and analysis of this sector It does give some hive numbers and total honey production figures for four Whereas and one Awraja (Mocha) during one year only. Note however that there can be a great difference between ‘hive numbers' and ’numbers of honeybee colonies in hives', (Sections 1.1.1 and 12,2 refers)
2.1.3 Lower Basin Studies
The Russian study of the lower basin did not cover this sector.
2.1.4 Other studies
Table 4. Number and percentage distribution of beehives by type and region for private
holdings 1991/1992
Region
Number of
traditional hives
Number of
modem hives
Total
number
% of national ___ total
| ._Gambela
3.330
0
0
.1
Jllubabor
740,090
28,860
768.950
27.4
pKefa
237.750
~ 1,050
238,800
8,5
Asosa
~39.910
0
39.910
1.4
W*lcga
294,380
0
294,380
10.5
2,755,260
55,050
2,808.310
100
Survey, Central Statistical Authority, 1993.
^he report from which the figures in Table 4 are taken does not give details of the questionnaire used. Ln a subsequent 1994/5 survey care was taken to ensure that it was
TAMS-ULG Baro*Akot>o River Basin tntegraled Development Master Plan
2H 12NATURAL RESOURCES
________________________ ANNEX 2H. APICUy^
beehives from which honey was produced at least once in the period’. The results frOrn 1994/5 survey cannot be located.
Illubabor, Welega. and Kefa, which all have areas within the project area, were the regions found to have the greatest numbers of beehives within the nation. From the field trip in ,\|av
1996 it is difficult to believe that there can be such a large number of frame hives in Illubabor region.
The data shown in Table 4 are incompatible with those shown in Appendix A that gives 36.961 hives in Gambela alone (compared with 3.300 shown above). However the figures in Appendix A (dated 1992) are incomplete, giving details for only 22 of the project area’s 68 weredas (Volume IV, Map 1 refers).
23 Economic analysis
2.3.1 Input costs
Input costs for honey hunting
No special equipment. A knife or spoon for harvesting the bees’ nest, containers for the harvest. Honey bunting will involve the men camping out in the forest for a week or so, three or four times a year. Other forest activities such as hunting, fishing, and collecting special fruits and seeds are also done during this time.
Input costs for traditional beekeeping methods
Hives, some household tools such as knives and containers. Traditional beekeepers always make their own hives:
• A Majangir log hive (a hollowed out log) takes one day to make but lasts for 50 years or so. Bamboo hives are also considered time-consuming to make. Three can be made in one day, including time to cover them and smoke them. If sold, the price is 5 Bin Bamboo hives last for abut 5 years.
• Hives woven from twigs and sticks. Six such hives can be made in one working These hives last for five years or so.
• Split log hives are much quicker to make (30 minutes) and are sold for 2 Bin. These last for five years or so.
• The average number of hives per beekeeper is between 5 and 500. A guess at the average might be 50.
Time taken for beekeeping: one week, four times a year (but will vary tremendous1, depending on significance of beekeeping).
Input costs for low - technology beekeeping
Hive: no cost - container made from local material (Chika clay or similar)
Top-bars (30 @1.20 each) = 36 Birr
1 une taken for beekeeping: hives kept near to home are usually harvested two or three tb each year. Harvesting each hive might take 30 minutes.
TAMS-ULC Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Ma»«r Plannatural resources
Input costs for frame hive beekeeping
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Table 5. Equipment costs for frame hive beekeeping
—■
=
Birr
1 Frame hive (3 boxes. 30 framesi
220
Gloves
40
Veil
25
Smoker
49
Queen excluder
Available in Ethiopia, price unknown
Honey extractor
Available in Ethiopia, price unknown
Foundation maker
Import from Europe >300 SUS
Frame hives will last for five years or so. Hives will be harvested two or three times each year. Harvesting each hive might take 30 minutes, with a further day to extract the honey and return the supers to the bees.
Processing honey and beeswax
There is no further processing of the harvested honey or honey and beeswax mixture. It is kept in any suitable covered container until it is taken to the nearest centre for sale, or bought by a visiting honey merchant. Beekeeping work is always done only when there is lime available from other activities. Bees do not require daily attention.
Food and water
Bees find these resources themselves. There is no feeding o f bees by the beekeeper.
2,3.2 Produetion data
Individual production levels
Table 6 summarises production figures by individual beekeepers. The data was obtained during random interviews conducted during May 1996. It should be stressed that the figures provide an indication of production levels.
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Bjisin Integrated Develop men I Mailer Plan
2H- 14NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTLT^
Table 6. Production by individual beekeepers interviewed May 1996
l| Area
Type of
beekeeper
Number of T hives with
bees
dumber of
harvests
per year
yield 1 j (kg) per harvest
Xnnual j harvest
Jkg
knnuai
value ‘
Birr
Agaro
Private apiary 
- frame hives
109 frame
hives
2
8 |
872 "
Wusch Wusch
Frame hive project
25 frame
hives
1
not
clear
, Bebeka coffee | plantation
Frame hive project
300 frame
hives
3-4
10
3000
Bebeka
Traditional
beekeeper
36
3
approx. 4
100
700
Near Bedele
Traditional
beekeeper
10
3
102
1020
1 Beekeeper from l escarpment
Traditional beekeeper
60+
4 (from different hive* each time)
680
4760
Near Bonga refugee camp
Majangir
Traditional beekeeper
60
4
4
960
4416
Gambela
Majangir
Traditional beekeeper
60
3
468
2340
Gambela
Honey hunters
From 40 nests
collected 78 kg
5
2
390
2700
Shebellc
1 Traditional
beekeeper
15
4
Rob Gebiya
Traditional
beekeeper
30
2
4
240
1200
Guyi
Traditional
beekeeper
7
3
4
84
756
Harbi wereda
Traditional
beekeeper
16
han tits etch
hive once in
three years
1
J
—=—-
• at price received by beekeeper interviewed
Interviews with fanners in May 1996 revealed that production is limited by the amount that the\ can cany, the number and volume of the containers, and the time available. Resources ot bees and toragc for bees are not perceived as limiting factors.
Production within project area
The statistics for hive numbers shown in Table 4 (Section 2 1.4) and Appendix A & inconsistent. This makes it impossible to have confidence in any estimate calculated numbers of hives, of what the total honey production of the project area might be.
A rough estimate can be obtained rising the following assumptions:
That the majority of Ethiopia s honey is produced within forests
That 60% of Ethiopia's forest are within the Baro-Akobo project area and that there a correlation between forest area and the number of hives
• Production from honey hunting is ignored.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River B>vn Integmied Development
•.
2H- 15NATURAL resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
From Appendix B, the lowest estimate of numbers of traditional hives is 2 6 million. Assuming that 60% of these are in the project area, 60% of 2.6m * 1,560.000 hives.
Assuming that 50% of these 1,560.000 hives each year generale 8 kg of honey and beeswax, then 780.000 x 8 kg = 6.240,000 kg, or 6,240 tonnes of honey and beeswax.
The ratio of honey to beeswax will be between 5:1 and 10: 1. Assuming the less valuable ratio of 10:1, then the annual production figures for the project area might be:
5673 Tonnes honey 567 Tonnes beeswax 
(worth about 50 million Birr to beekeepers ) (worth about 10 million Birr)
These figures are far lower than might be anticipated from other estimates of current national production (Honey 25,000 - 50.000 tonnes; beeswax 7,500 tonnes (Appendices C and E refers), but nevertheless represent significant commodity levels.
2.3.3 Output values
Pollination of nearby crops
In any economic evaluation of beekeeping it must be emphasised that the return from optimal pollination of crops that depend upon insect pollination (for increased crop quantity and quality) is significant. As mentioned in Section 13.1 it is not possible to evaluate this output
Table 7. Producer prices ‘farmgate prices’ for honey & beeswax mixture May 1996
Area
Selling price
Birr per kg
Agaro, near Jimma
16
Honey from Bcbeka, sold in Addis Ababa
15
^Traditional beekeeper, Bebcka
7
.Traditional beekeeper., Gecha
7-8 (white), 5-6(red)
Traditional beekeeper, Masha (Dealers in Masha sell to dealers in i Gesha, sei! to dealers from Gore, take to Addis Ababa)
5-6 (white), 4-5 (red)
1 Traditional beekeeper from escarpment near Gambela, carried i honey to sell at Gambela
7
Majangir selling 26 kg tin to Tej makers
4.6
riones hunters near Gambela (26 kg tin to Tei makers
6.9
^Traditional beekeeper near Shebelle
10 ’
Traditional beekeeper near Rob Gebiva
5
-Traditional beekeeper near Gimbi
8-10
Traditional beekeeper near Guyi
9
I raditional beekeeper in Harbi Wareda
15 (price has increased due to current honey shortage in this area)
average of above prices B.S Birr per kg
TAMS-ULG Raro-Akobo River Basin Intejnitd Developmcat Mailer PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICUltURe
Table 8. Dealer prices for crude and pure honey
1
Dealer
Buys honey’ and
beeswax at
SeUinTpriTe.B^^
May 1996
Dealer 1 in Jimma
clean honey 7 
crude honey 5
12
May 1996
Dealer 2 in Jimma
clean honey 10-12 crude honey 5
15-16 - ----------
10
May 1996
Dealer, Tepi handles 200 kg each day
clean (white) honey 8-9 clean (red) honey 5 crude honey 7
10-11 (white honey) 7 (red honey)
May 1996
Dealer I in Bedele
not disclosed
12-13 (white honey)
May 1996
Dealer 2 in Bedele
10-11 (white) deals only in white honey
12 (white honey)
September 1995
Dealer 1 Addis Ababa Buy crude honey and beeswax mixture from
beekeeper
13
Sell honey refined and packaged 30
Average of above values 11.7 Birr (unpacked honey)
Table 9. Beeswax prices
Date
Buys beeswax at:
Sells at]__
May 1996
Dealer in Jimma buys from Tcj makers
18 Birr per kg
May 1996
Menschen fur Menschen project buys wax from Tej makers
20 Birr per kg
May 1996
Tej maker sells wax to dealers from Magi
16 Birr per kg
September 1995
Dealer in Addis Ababa
35 Birr
September 1995
Beeswax processing plant buys from Tej makers or honey processors
Price not
disclosed
September 1995
Beeswax processing plant refines and sell to export agents
3700 SUSP* Tow*
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2H-17natural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Table 10- Honey retail prices
Date
Area
Origin
Price
Birr
Weight
Price per kg
i Sen 1995
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: Gojjam
15
0.5 kg
30 Birr
Sep 1995
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia
Ethio-Libyan farms
30
up to 100 kg
30 Birr
Sep 1995
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: SEPDA' 
l
15
■45 kg
33.3 Birr
honey. Jimma
June 1996
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: ‘SEPDA’ honey. Jimma
12.65
.45 kg
28 Birr
June 1996
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: Gojjam Yellow- honey
19
.45 kg
42.2
June 1996
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: Gojjam Yellow honey
13.45
45 kg
29.9
May 1996
Addis Ababa (Commodity listing in newspaper)
Ethiopia
1st grade
2nd grade
3rd grade
28
20
16
Sep 1995
Addis Ababa
USA
20
16 oz
44 Bin
Sep 1995
Addis Ababa
The Netherlands
30
16 oz
66 Birr
*1 SUS -625 Birr
2.3.4 Export data
Summaries of available export figures for beeswax and honcv are shown in Appendices D and F.
Beeswax
Beeswax is one of Ethiopia*s twelve main export commodities, and Ethiopia has in the past ranked amongst the world’s major beeswax exporting countries. The most recently available National Bank of Ethiopia figures show 131 Tonnes of beeswax of value 1,917,000 Bin or
-
USS 926,087 (at exchange rate 1 USS - 2,07 Birr) exported in 1992/1993.
Honey
Hie National Bank of Ethiopia does not list honey separately from other foods Honey exports in 1990 were worth 73.000 Birr or 32,265 USS (at exchange rate I USS - 2.07 Birr) Honey is currently exported to Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Somalia, Uganda and Yemen
2.3.5 Import data
Imported honey is on sale in shops in Addis Ababa. Little data arc available, with on[v 300 kg recorded for 1992, See Appendix G.
TaMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River fluio Integrated Development Muter Plan
2H- 18natural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
3 SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
3.1 National Institutions
Apiculture falls within the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Agriculture. The Ministry has one officer based in Addis Ababa with full time responsibility for beekeeping.
Research and Training
Holleta Bee Research and Training Institute (45 km west of Addis Ababa) was established in 1965. It has a staff of 50 persons and is relatively well resourced. It has technical units for
bee pathology, honey and beeswax chemistry, bee botany, a workshop, a biology unit, and a training and extension unit. Training courses are provided when requested by the Ministry of Agriculture. Holleta received funding from FAO between 1986 and 1988. Holetta’s objective is to carry out research that supports the development of peasant bee-keeping and train manpower at all levels. However, a significant part of the work has also been towards the establishment of the type of beekeeping practised under European conditions, and not especially related to the majority of subsistence level farmers who are the beekeepers and honey hunters in Ethiopia. A proposal has been prepared requesting USS 1.725,676 to upgrade the facilities at Holleta over five years. The activities proposed are a continuation of those already established.
3.2 Regional Support
At regional and zonal levels there are extension officers who are bee experts (BSc, and two 
months training at Holleta). At the Wereda level are bee technicians (12th Grade and 
certificate from Holleta) who include beekeeping amongst their other extension assistance
fanners.
33 Legislation
Adequate legislation controlling the importation of bees and used equipment has been drafts (or enacted). Enforcing such legislation is difficult for every country.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Inlegrated DevelopmeANNEX 2H.
tl Elisas
sector TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS
ob iectives
agricultural development programme developed by tr Ajhez. zx Development Department focuses on:
. Production of beekeeping through improvement of cultural pranks
, Adoption of appropriate and improved beekeeping technology
i Maopowet development
M pan of the national programme, the Ethiopian Forestry Acor
imal programme to: _ 
• promote improved apiculture management in rural areas
an additional 20,000 improved hives, provided on the tes a regular commercial credit institutions;
upgrade and diversify the existing research program by areas of a) queen breeding for sale to producers using planting high pollen producing species; c) quality control
~
- > MI__
1
- st
d) disease monitoring;
strengthen marketing arrangements and improve product ~
150 collection centres to supply six regional processing-
Plants.
10, cost USS 6.2 million, public USS 3.6 million, ph* ‘ ~ i^fele °bjectives, only disease monitoring and the idea
fo nnal objectives for the apiculture sector have been iden-^- CUrrtn^onstraints
w
<??
c*
»sS% !’
■ Jiu'"* 
lis, >llg do e*€ep
desaib“« the constraints cun®£» -
"’ andh"u>’ hu“rn
tSe Sre the mJ ^rom interviews with about 30 becfcxw* constraints facing this sectorNATURAL RESOURCES
Transport and containers
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
The difficulty of obtaining containers (plastic buckets) for harvested honey, and in transporting honey from the site of production to the site of sale limits beekeepers and honev hunters to selling only the amount for which they have containers and can cany. This makes them susceptible to very low prices offered by dealers and Tej makers.
Producer prices
The market for beekeepers' and honey hunters' products is controlled by the buyers. Some beekeepers met at Bonga refugee camp had carried their product (170 kg) for two days to sell it at 7 Birr per kg to Tej makers in Gambela. The Tej makers and dealers know that the producers must sell their products (cannot carry it home again). In Shebelle, a Tej maker showed how the drink Birz is made simply two spoonfuls of honey (perhaps 50 g) dissolved in a bucket of water and filtered. This drink then sells for 3 Birr per litre! As can be seen from Figure 1, there are many stratas of society benefiting from the bee products. A fairer return to the producer could encourage increased production by this sustainable forest-based industry.
Products
Beekeepers and honey hunters sell their crude product, unaware of the potential value of the
wax contained within it. The purification of honey from beeswax is a simple process that car. 
be done at village level, as indeed happens elsewhere in Africa. At present it is only the Tej
makers and subsequent dealers who are gaining value from this commodity that ultimately 
earns foreign exchange for Ethiopia.
4.2.2 Pesticide use
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Final report Volume I1IF Livestock states that spraying of pesticides on coffee is a major problem for beekeepers in the project area. However, ARDCO- GEOSERV, Final report Volume 111D Agronomy states that insecticides, herbicides and fungicides are hardly used by fanners in the area. It seems likely that in the Coffee Improvement Project areas (for example Gimbi) the coffee is sprayed during flowering and this will cause the death of bees, but elsewhere the coffee is not sprayed.
Pesticide use will not only reduce apiculture by killing bee populations, but will also the value of exported honey and beeswax. (Honey importers analyse for pesticide residue5 both commodities.)
4.2.3 Lack of Knowledge
The following areas where there is lack of knowledge needs to be addressed:
• Beekeeping knowledge and training
• Marketing
• Processing
TAMS-ULG Ba ro-Ako bo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2H-21natural resources
4J Future constraints
4.3.1 Habitat loss
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
The main threat to beekeeping is habitat loss In Baro Akobo it is the forested areas that are
the major beekeeping areas
4.3.2 Introduction of exotic disease
A significant threat is that bee diseases are brought into the project area. This can be by humans bringing in bees or used beekeeping equipment from elsewhere Ethiopia’s traditional beekeepers and honey hunters would be seriously affected, as it would not be possible to treat the bees. Effective legislation needs to be enforced to present this from happening Few countries worldwide enjoy Ethiopia’s current situation of apparently disease free, indigenous stocks of honeybees. (Asian honeybees have already been introduced to 
Sudan.)
4.3.3 Pesticide use
Increased pesticide use in the project area will be harmful for bee populations. The presence
of residues in exported beeswax and honey will lower their value
4.4 Proposed objectives
This report proposes that development effort is focused on the alleviation of the constraints
currently facing the industry, rather than striving to introduce more complicated technology.
Outlines of three development options arc presented in Section 5. To some extent these overlap in their objectives, but they present varying levels of assistance depending upon the support available.
4-5 Effect of interventions by other sectors upon beekeeping
Forestry
Apiculture has positive effect upon forest resources by providing sustainable income sources and therefore financial incentive to preserve forest. Loss of forest has only negative implications for beekeepers, loss of food for bees, loss of nest sites for bets, loss of wood for building hives, loss of sites to keep hives. Beekeepers and honey hunters are often blamed for starting forest fires. If this is true, the fires may start not necessarily during the bee exploitation but because they camp out in the forest during this period, also hunting and obtaining other materials from the forest
There seems to be little interaction between the forestry and beekeeping sectors. Forestry and beekeeping students should at some point participate in traditional beekeeping practises to appreciate the many skills involved.
TAMS-ULG BaroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2H-22NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Agriculture
Some crops provide excellent resources for bees (Section 1.2, Table 3 refers) but over a year mixed agriculture will sustain a lower level of beekeeping than tropical forest and woodland Livestock decrease resources for apiculture by reducing the available flora.
Biodiversity and wildlife
The honeybees in Ethiopia are native insects that have evolved as part of the ecosystem. The plants provide food for the bees, the bees enable the plants to reproduce. Flowering plants and the bees that pollinate them are therefore interdependent. It is essential that the Ethiopian races of bees are maintained, and beekeeping helps to ensure this. Efforts to prevent beekeeping being practised inside reserve areas would be detrimental for the livelihoods of people living nearby.
Tourism
Beekeeping usually benefits from tourism as honey finds a good market with tourists. Traditional beekeeping and honey hunting practices, especially the use of honey guides, have tourism potential.
Mineral extraction, flood prevention, hydropower, urban and industrial development All interventions destroying forest habitat will be detrimental for apiculture.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bai in Integrated Devetopmenl Master Plan
2H-23natural resources
ANNEX 2FL APICULTURE
5. DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
5.1 Introduction
The development options outline three main areas that could easily benefit from intervention and are therefore appropriate options for inclusion in the Master Plan. Naturally these outlines will need to be fully detailed before implementation.
5.2 Assistance to honey hunters
Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
Intervention Assist honey hunters to exploit bees in a more sustainable and economically beneficial way.
Rationale Al present the honey hunters destroy every bee colony that they harvest With reduced tree habitat (which provides food and nest rites for bees) bees may not be able to sustain their populations.
Beneficiaries The beneficiaries are the honey hunters who currently spend time hunting bee colonies and receive relatively small payment for their efforts.
Acceptability The honey hunters should be asked about the type of beekeeping they would like to practise. They should have the opportunity to see modern, low technology beekeeping. They may also be interested to practise traditional beekeeping if given the skills to do so.
Application This intervention assumes that the current demand for honey' and wax does not decrease.
Location Honey hunters, especially in the lower basin Gambela region
Extent The project can be continuous.
Employment The intervention would enable honey hunters to generate a more valuable product from their exploitation of bees. By separating the wax from the honey they would be able to sell both products at a higher price than they currently receive for crude honey. This activity currently generates additional income for Tej makers, whose income may decrease through this intervention.
Financing This intervention is appropriate lo be financed by a donor organisation.
Implementation The intervention would involve the establishment of a demousnation site
within the area. Honey hunters will be assisted initially to participate in the establishment of
the site and will receive training in simple methods of producing good quality honey and 
beeswax.
The site will use low technology' hives consmictcd entirely with materials that are available in the area. The only items brought in from elsewhere will be plastic containers and sieves for
TAMS-ULG BirV’Akobo River Bum Integrated Development Muter Plin
2H - 24NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURf
honey and beeswax processing and selling. These will remain the property of the project unless sold to the project participants.
Institutional support This intervention is appropriate to be supported by the Ministry of Agriculture, a PS, or an NGO working independently.
Infrastructure The intervention would need a site to establish an apiary.
Legal None
Risks One risk is that the honey hunters simply prefer to continue their current activity regardless of its likely future non-sustainability.
Sustainability The project is only providing technical knowledge. It should provide support and encouragement to the honey hunters over a worthwhile period of five years and be continued in the longer term by Ministry of Agriculture extension staff.
Environment The project can have only beneficial impact on the environment. The purpose of the project is to sustain strong populations of honeybees, which are themselves important in the pollination and therefore regeneration of the vegetation. Honey hunters are currently blamed for starting forest fires: an important training component will be making and using simple smokers, and ensuring that fires arc not started.
Gender The project is focused on existing honey hunters who are all men. The activity being proposed could be of interest also to women.
Health Increased and improved harvests of honey will be of useful nutritional value.
Social services The intervention will have no demands upon social services.
Multipliers At present honey in the region can only be bought if consumers bring their containers to the seller. Honey is not a visible commodity. Better quality honey, presented in attractive containers for sale will stimulate local trade. It is anticipated that the stimulated market will lead to an increase of beekeeping activities.
Conflicts (non-financial) There arc no further conflicts. The project is simply encouraging an existing activity to be continued in a more sustainable, environmentally harmless and productive way.
53 Assistance to existing beekeepers
Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
Intervention Assist beekeepers to exploit bees in a more sustainable and economic^) beneficial way.
THc
Rationale Existing beekeepers receive relatively low payment for their products, 
assistance will help to alleviate the major constraints they face: with contained transport, and with processing of their products. The assistance will also help to encou are skilled in harvesting honey without destroying the bees, and skills can be
2H-25natural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
the group. With reduced tree habitat (which provides food and nest sites for bees) bees may not be able to sustain their populations.
Beneficiaries The beneficiaries are the existing beekeepers and their families.
Acceptability Beekeepers should have the opportunity to see modem, low technology beekeeping, and choose between this or continuation of their traditional beekeeping, with assistance to improve as necessary.
Application This intervention assumes that the current demand for honey and wax does not decrease.
Location Beekeepers throughout the project area.
Extent The project can be continuous.
Employment The intervention would enable beekeepers to generate a more valuable product
from their exploitation of bees. By separating the wax from the honey they would be able to 
sell both products at a higher price than they currently receive for crude honey. This activity 
currently generates additional income for Tej makers.
Financing This intervention is appropriate to be financed by a donor organisation.
Implementation The intervention would involve the establishment of a demonstration site within the area showing simple methods of low technology beekeeping, and demonstrating the various traditional techniques with examples of how they can be improved. Beekeepers will receive training in simple methods of producing good quality honey and beeswax. They will be assisted to obtain containers to use when harvesting honey and for transporting honey tor sale. The only item brought in from elsewhere will be plastic containers and sieves for honey and beeswax processing and selling. These will remain the property of the project unless sold to the project participants.
Institutional support This intervention is appropriate to be supported by the Ministry of
Agriculture, a PS, or an NGO working independently.
Infrastructure The intervention would need a site to establish an apiary, and have access to 
workshop facilities.
Legal None
Risks There are no particular risks. The project is simply aiming to make work easier, more
financially profitable and more sustainable for beekeepers.
Sustainability The project is providing technical knowledge. It should provide continuous
support and encouragement to beekeepers.
Environment The project can have only beneficial impact on the environment The purpose of the project is to sustain strong populations of honeybees, which are themselves important in the pollination and therefore regeneration of the vegetation. Beekeepers are currently blamed for starting forest fires: an important training component will be making and using simple smokers, and ensuring that fires are not started.
Gender The project is primarily focused on existing beekeepers who are all men. The activity' being proposed could however be of interest to women, who may be interested to begin beekeeping with top-bar hives.
Health Increased and improved harvests of honey will be of useful nutritional value.
TaMS-VLG Biw-Akoba River Bar in Integrated Development Mailer Plan
2H.26NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX2H. APICULTURE
Social services The intervention will have no demands upon social services.
Multipliers At present honey in the region can only be bought if consumers bring their containers to the seller. Honey is not a visible commodity. Better quality honey, presented in attractive containers for sale will stimulate local trade. It is anticipated that the stimulated market will lead to an increase of beekeeping activities.
Conflicts (non-financial) There are no further conflicts. The project is simply encouraging an existing activity to be continued in a more sustainable, environmentally harmless and productive way.
5.4 Organisation of a beekeepers co-operative and market development
Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
Intervention The proposal is to assist beekeepers to gain more income from their products.
Rationale At present the beekeepers receive a poor financial return from their activities. They are constrained in how much they can earn by the amount they can cany to market, and the containers they have. This makes them susceptible to low prices offered by dealers and Tej makers. Assistance with honey marketing has the objective of increasing income for the producer.
Beneficiaries The beneficiaries are beekeepers. All Majangir farmers are beekeepers. Many other fanners in the area also earn significant parts of their cash incomes from beekeeping.
Acceptability Beekeeping is already a well-known and accepted activity. This project seeks to make it more profitable for the practitioners.
Application This intervention assumes that the current demand for honey and wax does not decrease. It also assumes that there will be export markets for the additional honey and wax generated.
Location The proposed beekeepers' co-operative can operate for the whole of the project area. A similar co-operative in Tanzania has 30 000 members.
Extent The co-operative should function continuously.
Employment Establishment of a co-operative will enable beekeepers to generate a more valuable product from their exploitation of bees. By separating the wax from the honey they would be able to sell both products at a higher price than they currently receive for crude honey.
The co-operative itself will have a number of employees: a manager, an accountant, drivers, workers employed in honey’ and wax handling.
Financing This intervention is appropriate for financing initially by a donor organisation, but in the long term should be self-financing.
Implementation The co-operative would function as a means of collecting honey and beeswax from beekeepers and then arranging its onward sale, either within Ethiopia or f°r export
The co-operative will alleviate existing constraints by providing beekeepers ’*itb lidded plastic containers for honey and beeswax collection (these remain the property of the co
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
operative) and by collecting these buckets from specified collection sites throughout the area. This means that the co-operative must own and maintain a number of vehicles that can reach the collecting sites. Depending upon the market available for the honey and beeswax, the co operative will carry out some further processing of the products, and will also package honey for retail sale within Ethiopia.
Beekeepers will be paid set prices according to the weight and quality of their products.
Institutional support This intervention is appropriate to be supported by the Ministry of Agriculture, a PS, or an NGO working independently
Infrastructure The co-operative will need buildings where honey and beeswax can be processed and stored, processing equipment, vehicles, garaging, offices and office facilities.
Legal The co-operative will need legal establishment.
Honey and wax from the co-operative may receive international registration concerning ‘Fair Trading', and it may be possible to register the honey and beeswax from primary forest as recognised organic products.
Risks The risk is that the project will not always be able to buy sufficient honey and wax to generate income to continue operation. There may be periods when little honey and wax are available, or when other buyers begin offering better prices to beekeepers.
It may also be that beekeepers cannot be paid for their products immediately. In this case the risk is that the beekeepers would rather gain a loweT price but receive cash in hand
Another risk concerns international markets for honey and beeswax: currently these art strong, and are generally steady markets. As countries become industrialised their demand for honey and beeswax increases.
Sustainability It will be important that the co-operative has sufficient capital to buy honey and wax so that it has viable quantities for export.
Environment The project can have only beneficial impact on the environment One purpose of the project is to sustain strong populations of honeybees, which are themselves important in the pollination and therefore regeneration of the vegetation.
Once beekeepers have confidence in the co-operative then beekeeping can be seen as a sustainable industry for which forest must be retained
Gender The project is focused on existing beekeepers who are all men.
Health Increased and improved harvests of honey will be of useful nutritional value.
Social tervices The intervention will have no demands upon social services.
Multipliers At present honey in the region can only be bought if consumers bring their containers to the seller. Honey is not a visible commodity. Better quality honey, presented in attractive containers for sale will stimulate local trade, Tej makers will have to pay more for their honey. It is anticipated that the stimulated market will lead to an increase of beekeeping activities.
Conflicts (non-flnancial) There are no further conflicts. The project is simply encouraging an existing activity to continue in a more sustainable, environmentally harmless and productive way.
TAMS-ULG Rero-Akobo River Basin In leg rated Development Muter Ptan
ZH-28NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
6. 
ANALY
SIS
AND MAPPIN
G BY RE
GION
GIS
mapping 
of
beekeeping 
potential
will
closely 
follow
forest
mapping 
of
the
area
Agricultural areas will also have significant beekeeping potential.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PUd
2H-29natural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
7. PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN
Development options would closely follow those selected for the agricultural and forestry' sectors.
TAMS-L'LG Biro-Akobd River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
8. 
NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES
8.1 Survey and evaluation of beekeeping practices
All existing attempts to measure the extent
of
beekeepi
ng within 
the
proje
ct
area
and 
nationally have done so by attempting to count
nu
mbers of
hives in an
area
. As
d
escribed
in 
Sections 1.11 and 1.2.2. this is a superficial
way
towards
determining 
how
muc
h 
honey 
and 
beeswax are being produced A comprehensive and scientific survey of beekeeping is required, in which beekeepers and honey hunters are accompanied during successive seasons, and production levels are recorded. Accurate data must also be obtained from Tej bets and dealers concerning the numbers of beekeepers and honey hunters they buy from, and their turnover of honey and beeswax.
8.2 Effect of pesticides
The effect of spraying of coffee upon honeybee populations is unknown. The beneficial
effect of honeybees upon coffee production should be determined and the losses of bees
through spraying should also be measured. There may be benefit to be obtained from ceasing 
spraying and thus enabling the coffee crop to be labelled organic.
8.3 Low technology beekeeping
Ministry of Agriculture apiaries, and any other demonstration apiaries in the project area, should be studying worthwhile alternative methods of beekeeping suitable for people within the project area who are unable to practise traditional methods. (For example, testing local materials for durability as containers for top-bar hives.) They should also learn about and display the best methods of traditional beekeeping, and should be demonstrating bow to ‘add value’ to the products of beekeeping.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development Master PUn
2H-31natural resources
AiNNEX2H. APICULTURE
references
Annual external trade, 1991 Ministry of Finance Customs Authority
Anonymous. 1970. Honey and beeswax in Ethiopia production processing and export possibilities, a preliminary survey Imperial Ethiopian Govt Technical Agency study 4/61
Anonymous, 1980. Project centre planning and processing services National beekeeping development project. Ministry of Agriculture
Anonymous. 1985. Planning and Evaluation Department Supplement to Honey Production project
Anonymous, 1991. Suitability classification in apiculturaJ development
Anonymous, 1995, Project proposal for upgrading Holleta Bee Research and Training Centre, Draft, pp 6 I
ARDCO-GF.OSERV, 1995. Final report Volume IUD Agronomy Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995. Final report Volume IITF Livestock Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995. Final report Volume ITIG Wildlife and Tourism Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
Asfaw. J., Mechale, S. 1986. An appraisal report of the apiculture project Development Projects Study Agency
Australian Agricultural Consulting and Management Company Pty Ltd. 1984, Apiculture project main report
Ayelew Kassaye ct al., 1991. Potential areas for apiculture development
Ayelew Kassaye, 1983. Ministry of Agriculture Livestock sub-sector review .Annex 4 Apiculture First Draft
Ayelew Kassaye „ 1989. Ethjo-Libyan beekeeping project study and advisory
recommendations
Ayelew Kassaye, 1992. Beekeeping and its role in the farming community of Ethiopia the experience of Ministry' of Agriculture Report of the First Agricultural Conference for NGOs in Ethiopia
Ayelew Kassaye. 1992. MSc thesis on Ethiopian honeybee morphometries
Ayelew Kassaye, 1993. Ethiopian Beekeeping Newsletter
Ayelew Kassaye, 1995. Beekeeping extension activity in Ethiopia ] 976-1983 
Aypli-xv Kassaye, 1995. Personal communication
Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan (EFAP) Final Report Volume H and Volume HI, 1 <>94. FAO, 1990. Assistance in apiculture development. Tenninal statement prepared for die
government of Ethiopia by FaO
Fichtl, R., Admasu Adi, 1994. Honeybee flora of Ethiopia Margraf Verlag Hoyle, E . 1993. Beekeeping in Welaita. North Omo Fann Airica report
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 211. APICULTURE
Koch. W.» 19S9. Survey on bee diseases and pests in Ethiopia. FAO Consultancy report Ministry of Agriculture Survey. 1994. (Hand-vvrittcn draft provided by Ato Nuru Adgaba) National Bank of Ethiopia Quarterly Bulletin. Volume 9, No 3, 1995.
National Conservation Strategy Volume 1. National Policy on the resources base, its utilisation and planning for sustainability, 1994.
Riecheru C.. 19S7. Report on the future development of beekeeping in the coffee project in Tepi FAO AGO ETCP/H/6763
Riechert. C. 19S7. Interim report for the training and beekeeping centre in Holleta (July 19S7) FAO AGOE.TCPZE/H/6763
Rjechen. C_ 1987 Interim report for the training and beekeeping centre in Holleta (December 1987) FAO AGO/EJTCP/E/H/6763
RkcherL C.. 1987. Visit to Wusch Wusch tea plantation November 1987
Wainwright. D_ 1989. Appropriate beekeeping technology in Central Africa. Beekeeping & Development. 14
Water Resource Development Authority, 1994. Socio-economic report of the Upper Baro- Akobo Basin
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akabo River Batin Integrated Development Matter Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2H- APHXVFURE.
APPENDICES
TAMSAJLG Ddn>Akotx» Rivtr L«lcgr*tcd Dcvdoptu«1 Mvtrr tt»o
2H - AlNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
APPENDIX A: NUMBER OF TRADITIONAL HIVES IN SOME WEREDAS WITHIN PROJECT AREA
Number of traditional hives in some weredas within project area
Wereda
Estimated
number of
colonies
Number of
traditional
hives
Holding
mix. min.
Production
per hive per
season kg
Price
Birr per kg
Gambela
Region
Godere
- 1
15686
150
100
3-5
5.5
Gog & Jor
9600
3075
55
2
2-10
5.0
Abobo
7000
5000
200
30
3-10
5.0-7.0
Gambela
14286
13200
501
5
5-15
7.0
Itang
1000
Region 7-12
Maji
50
20
10-15
7.0
Masha
80000
5000-7000
100
10
6-12
6.0
Gura Farda
-
4500
35
13
3-5
6.0 1
Mahal Maji
•
3230
30 1
6
5-15
6.0
Tilku Gesha
-
7800
30
15
3-6.5
S.0-7.0
Tinishu
Gesha
•
18620
40
12
2-6
6.0
Chena
4400
602
30
5
3-6
7.0
Bench Shewa
Gimira
7000-10000
8000
Yeki
5000-7000
4000
15
2
2-5
5.0
Gewata
90
8
2-10
7.0
Decha
15000-18000
8000
Temenja Yaki
15000
10000
100
3
1-8
6.0
AndrechTelo
6000
1500-2000
Assosa
Regional
45000-50000
25000
86
12
10
7.0
Ilubabor
Chora
145
11
5
3?
Waya
3500
2000
160
3
3-15
5-8
r
Hurumu
4500
Darimu
7895
Meta
850
Ministry of Agriculture unpublished data, collected 1992, provided by Ato Gezahegn Tadesse, May 
__
1996
—:------
TAMS-1J LG Biro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
.APPENDIX B
ESTIMATES OF EXTENT OF BEEKEEPfNG IN ETHIOPIA
Estimates of extent of beekeeping in Ethiopia
1 Date 1970“
Number of honeybee
co Io Dies*
Number of traditional
hives*
Number of frame
hives
Reference
2.6 million
3
1972
42 million
2370
11
1980
10 million
7 million
4
1991
7 million
4.6 million
14 000
2
1995
5 million
20 000
6.12
1995
10 million
7 million
8
' These figures cannot be regarded as more than informed guesses.
APPENDIX C
ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL BEESWAX PRODUCTION
Estimates of national beeswax production
Date
Beeswax production
Tonnes
Reference
1970
600
3
1991
3,500
2
1992
7.000
16
1995
7,500
14
.All
not be regarded as more than informed guesses.
TAMS-L'LG Biro-A kobo River Baiin Integrated Development Muter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 211. APICULTURE
APPENDIX D
FIGURES FOR NATIONAL BEESWAX EXPORT
Figures for national beeswax export
Date
Beeswax
export
Tonnes
Value
fob
Birr
Reference
1968
450
?
3
1975
490
2,532.000 *
2
1976
708
3,105,000 ♦
2
1977
400
3,104,000*
2
1978
507
5,142.000 *
2
1979
386
3,658.000 •
2
1980
423
4,192.000 ♦
2
1981 ~
278
2,582.000 *
2
1982
210
1,758.000 *
2
1983
405
2.962,000 *
2
1983
>500
5.000.000 ♦
10.11
1984
756
5.260.000 *
2
1985
229
1.632.000 ♦*
1
1986
134
939.000 ♦♦
1
1987
210
1.416,000 *♦
1
1988
373
2,483,000 **
1
1989
325
1,498,000 **
1
1990
215
1.458.000 **
I
1992/3
131
1,917.000**
17
1995
>500
8.000.000 SUS
6
1995
500
14
*no indication of exchange rates or dates of valuations. 
•* Exchange rate 1USS = 2.07 Birr
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX ZH. APICULTURE
APPENDIX E
ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL HONEY PRODUCTION
Estimates of ua tian al honey production
Date
Honey production Tonnes
Reference
1961
10,554
3 (EC figure)
1970
9,000
3
1974
26,547
4
1977
18.000
2
1991
23,000
2
1992
35,000
16
1995
25,000
6
1995
50.000
14
All of these arc estimates. They are produced by multiplying estimated number of hives by estimated yields. There are many variables, major ones are hive occupancy rate and amount of honey harvested.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICUi.TUrf
APPENDIX F
NATIONAL HONEY EXPORT FIGURES
National honey export figures
Honey
export
Tonnes
Value
fob (Birr)
Reference
1970
10-15
•
3
1975
22.8
110.452*
2
1976
23.1
100,275 •
2
1977
20.8
169.962*
2
1978
44.3
414,359*
2
1979
14.3
131,027*
2
1980
31.1
301,401*
2
1981
25.3
190,268*
2
1982
36.5
300.729**
2
1983
11.5
811.000**
1
1984
18.4
109,161*
1
1985
5.9
444,000**
1
1986
3
19,000* ♦
1
1987
6
44.000**
1
1988
3.7
45,800* ♦
1
1989
8
62,000**
1
1990
7
73,000**
1
1995
approx. 15
14
•no indication of exchange rates or dates of valuations. 
** Exchange rate 1USS = 2.07 Birr
APPENDIX G NATIONAL HONEY IMPORT FIGURES
Date
Honey import
Tonnes
Value
Reference
1970
14.00
1992
3
0.300
2,000 Bin
1 —
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin
Integrated Development Master Pl*n

Summery

Baro-Akobo River Basin Master Plan Summary

Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan

Final Report - Executive Summary | May 1997 | Prepared for Ministry of Water Resources, Ethiopia

        Key Findings
        Basin area: 76,000 km² in southwestern Ethiopia with population of 2.2 million (1997)
Significant hydropower potential (>1,500 MW) and irrigation potential (480,000 ha net)
Proposed development scenarios with investments ranging from $2.5-$5.3 billion
Recommended focus on soil conservation, rainfed agriculture improvement, and water resource development

    

1. Introduction

Project Background

Commissioned by Ethiopian government as one of twelve national basin master plans. Conducted by TAMS Consultants (USA) and ULG Consultants (UK) from 1995-1996.

Study Area

Located between 5°-10°N and 33°-36°E
Divided into upper basin (cool, moist highlands) and lower basin (warm, humid savannah)
Major rivers: Baro and Akobo (tributaries of White Nile)

2. Resource Base

Water Resources

Basin	Catchment Area (km²)	Mean Annual Runoff (Mcm/year)
Baro	30,004	12,784
Akobo Upper	6,036	1,774
Gilo	12,815	3,224
Total	75,910	23,237

Natural Resources

Agriculture: 554,000 ha cultivated (97% in upper basin)
Forestry: 2.2 million ha (over half of Ethiopia's remaining forests)
Wildlife: Declining populations due to habitat loss
Minerals: Gold, platinum, and iron ore deposits

3. Development Options

Hydropower Projects

Project	Size	Capacity (MW)	Cost per kW (US$)
Baro 1&2	Large	210	1,331
Geba A 1&2	Large	171	1,391
Kashu	Medium	60	1,465
Gumero 1,2&3	Small	50	1,833

Irrigation Projects

Alvero/Abobo: 10,400 ha (already under construction)
Baro Right Bank/Itang: 50,900 ha net
Upper Alvero/Dumbong: 15,000 ha net
Gilo Right Bank: 47,000 ha net

4. Master Plan Scenarios

Scenario	Description	Total Investment (US$ million)
I	Base Development Plan	2,542
II	Small hydropower & smallholder irrigation	3,134
V	Large hydropower & commercial irrigation (recommended)	5,255

        Recommended Scenario V Highlights
        Hydropower projects: Geba A, Birbir A+R, Baro A, Kashu, Sor (total 1,015 MW)
Irrigation development: 116,000 ha (mix of commercial and smallholder)
63.7% of investment in hydropower, 36.3% in irrigation
Implementation period: 1996-2035

    

5. Implementation Strategy

Phased Approach

Phase 1 (5 years): Program Coordination Unit for planning and studies
Phase 2: Autonomous Baro-Akobo Basin Water Management Authority

Key Recommendations

Immediate soil conservation and reforestation programs
Improvement of rainfed agriculture as top priority
Feasibility studies for Geba A and Baro hydropower projects
Development of Baro Right Bank irrigation as first new scheme
Strengthening of institutional capacity